December World - game thread

Fragments 3:

He was handsome. He was twenty-five. A war hero. A Legion of Honour on his right breast. He arrived in China in one of the first waves. Convicted for trying to incite the workers to break the armistice. A lost cause. The men and women just wanted to go home. In peacetime he was a poet of a radical inclination. Later they would call him a Futurist. He denied he ever was. But his works were about the need liberate France from her past in order to forge a new socialist future. He liked to talk about Year Zero. A blank slate. A new start. A new era. He wrote a famous poem about Year Zero. He read it to me. He made me feel special. Perhaps I was even the first to hear it. He was my first.

*

I had two close comrades. Both veterans of the front. There was K. An economist with a specialization in planning. He cut her teeth on the railroads. During the war he sharpened them on a submarine. Then there was R. R was a political scientist. A scholar of scientific socialism and historical materialism. R had learned a new set of skills in the Alps. He was a trench raider. A brave man. Both had been sentenced to exile for the same reason as me. We had resisted treason and it had cost us everything.

*

The three comrades as I came to call them always dressed formally. Top hats, tail coats, vests, gloves, canes and shined patent leather shoes. But one feature stood out to me. The radish flowers in their coat lapels. One day I asked about them. He said they were a reminder of hard times on the front when radishes were all there was to eat. His eyes clouded and he paused. Well that, he said, and whatever the Germans had in their trenches. He had to tell me this twice. The first time I got lost in the timbre of his voice. My heart, I remember it even now, missed a beat. He repeated himself smiling all the while. I think he knew the effect he had on women. The second time I heard him but it was a struggle. Did I mention he was handsome?

*

I was never one of them. The three. I suppose it was because I was a she or because I was his. I was never sure. If I was part of any group, I would say it was the so-called student clique. I was the only one of us who was part of it. I was not the only Chinese speaker. In those days, most of us tried. But I, perhaps alone, succeeded. That’s not true really. Others were as good as me. But where they were mere visitors, dabblers in the language out of necessity, I alone went native. I dressed as one, I ate like one, rice with every meal and for a time I even worshiped as one. That caused a scandal on both sides. I stopped but the point had been made. In their eyes, I was one of them. I alone. And that is why I am still here all these years later.

*

As I walked out along the canal I saw her. She was extraordinary: tall, shapely in all the right places, with long delicate legs, beautiful long hair that played out in waves and magnificent shining eyes.

*

She was tall for a Chinese woman. But still shorter by a head than a European woman. She was thin, lean. Hard muscles. She shook my hand once and her grip was painful. Her hair was her best feature. It was long and fell in waves. My Chinese colleagues were all in awe of it. Her face would have been pretty but for a broken nose and the fact that her right eye was clouded.

I joked once that she looked like she had been in a bar-fight. My host, a Chinese, blanched and asked that I not repeat such rumours. But it wasn't her face or figure which caught my attention. No. What really stuck with me were her eyes. They were the eyes of someone who had seen much in life and had survived it all. I taught her in that first class. I would even say I was her friend.

*

She was not like the others I had chased. They had been retiring on the surface but once you pushed past that initial resistance, you found they were anything but like that underneath the sheets. She on the other hand had no time for me. I never found out why she disliked me. Later on, when we were closer, I asked why. She never responded except to give me a half smile of the kind where your teeth never show and all that moves are your lips, and those most reluctantly.

I chased her, I confess. I who had always been willing prey became the hunter. I was no good at this. I suppose my looks had always been enough. I found that I did not really know how to smile on demand. It was not helped that around her my smiles became rictuses. A madman's smile. My hands perspired. My shirts dripped and stank. I suppose this was stress. At the time though I thought myself ill. Consumption having an attraction as a cause of my suffering. After-all was it not the disease of the romantic?

I saw Doctor M. An old revolutionary. A veteran of the Revolution. He was old then. His back hunched, his hair all but gone except for that which sheltered in his ears and noses and made sudden inopportune appearances. The efforts of his wife with tweezers and scissors naught in the face of the multitude of hairs. For all that he still had a youthful demeanour and was fond of jokes and hosted parties out of his house which all of us young folk attended. There he would tell us stories of the old days before the revolution and his many brushes with the Sûreté.

His bedside manner followed was much the same as his public self. He asked me a series of questions. Took my pulse. Listened to my chest. Clapped my back. Sniffed my urine. Then he asked me what was wrong. I of course thinking then of the attacks I had been having where I would struggle for air said that it was consumption. He asked what sort of consumption. I had no idea how to respond. There was after-all just the one. He laughed and suggested that I had perhaps the worst kind of consumption. I was taken aback and could not help but ask how long I had.

The good doctor then gave me his advice and it is advice that I have long adhered to in all manner of things. He said:P

"All things go back to a woman. That is a fact. You are fortunate perhaps to look as you do. I was myself once a handsome man. That brings with it power of a certain kind. This is the power to sway the women you don't want. You are a Hegelian no? Of course, you are. You understand the issue then. You see as Hegel tells us every thesis creates its own antithesis. In your case, those women you do want, the ones immune to your superficial charms, are the ones who do not want you. This might seem a hopeless prospect then but I assure you it is not so. For in the seeds of thesis and antithesis there is always synthesis. How you arrive at this solution is yours to ponder. But what I question is why you feel this way? She is clearly smitten with you.

*

Yes, I was. But he did not want me. I wanted him. To hell with Hegel.
 
Last edited:
The Once and Future King

“Where is the Grand Vizier?”

Silence.

“Where is the Grand Vizier?”

Silence.

“Where is the Grand Vizier?”

Not a soul knew to answer. Not in the Sheesh Mahal or the Naulakha. On his own, without notice, he walked towards the Diwan-i-Khas.

“Wait, Your Majesty!”

“Shall I fear in my own home? Stay on your post, jamadar.”

“Your Majesty!”

The guards left behind, the Hall of the Council empty, the Maharaja marvelled at his solitude as he moved on. If no person had spoken in his quarters, there were no people here at all.

“Your Majesty!”

“Watch the walls or someone else will, jamadar!”

Outrunning the diligence of the guards, the turbaned, bearded monarch crossed into Jahangir’s Quadrangle to examine the Diwan-i-Aam. From hall to hall, through the vast gardens.

“Finally, Your Majesty!”

The progression was stupendous. He relished being surprised by it each time. Though no corner of the world was as beautiful as the shining, fractured, geometry of the Sheesh Mahal, to walk through large to larger courts likewise enlargened his soul. He stopped dead in the middle of the Diwan-i-Aam. Taking the garden in through the nimble columns, he felt his chest would burst. Bursting he waited for his guard.

“Don’t ever do this again, your Majesty!”

“Amjan Singh, I will promote you to get away from your zeal.”

“Thou should not wander beyond safety, Your Majesty!”

“Would you say a falcon glides as it speeds onto its prey? Where there is intention, there can be no wandering. Am I not secure within this Fort?”

“I did not mean”

“You did not, and I did. Now escort me to my rooms. Those labourers and gardeners are too busy to take notice of me, which surely means they plot against me.”

“Your Majesty”

“Do not talk to me if you cannot tell me where the Grand Vizier is.”

It had been days, days of silence and leisure, days or signing and receiving fastidious ambassadors with nothing to say, nothing to ask, and nothing to talk about. Days of routine for the sake of routine, days of eccentric walks and talks with clerks and servants beyond earsight of the guard. The Maharaja lived a second adolescence, and nobody felt the need to end it but himself – Bhajan Singh!

“Your Majesty, it is most urgent for you to sign these decrees.”

“Bhajan Singh, what has been of you?”

“Your Majesty, duty awaits.”

“How goes the war, Manish?”

“It goes, Your Majesty.”

“It goes, and it keeps you away from me. Manish.” The Maharaja was hurt when his sly stare got nothing but indifference back.

“We attack. We defend. We eke out whatever advances we can”

“You shouldn’t think that, because I know I could never be as good, I do not want to know.”

“I never would, Your Majesty,”

“I let you keep me out of ruling, but I want to stay on the loop.”

“I should suggest you come by Army Headquarters sometime. There is too much to do to”

“To do? To come? To send a messenger with the briefs?” There was a tinge of resentment in the voice and nothing but steel in the eyes. Fire met them across the room. “You know me better than my own mother. You”

“You know that you don’t have the temper to rule. You have chosen me to do so in your stead, and I shall, if you let me.”

“Hah! If I haven’t given you everything a man can give another, I have given you nothing.”

“Then I shall go and rule. Feel free to interrupt us.”

“Manish!” The face turned into a back, smaller and smaller at each step. “Vizier!” Smaller. “Manish!”
 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Global changes


Q1-Q2 1894:

After decades of unstoppable progress - and unstoppable bloodshed! - people across the globe are entering a brave new world. A world in which roles of the state and of the individual are often intertwined in way previously never imagined. (New policies are added, policy groups are formed with specific group rules, all policy conflicts are resolved via a one-time policy swap.)


The Treaty of Bucharest has brought the War of Hungarian Containment to its surprisingly anticlimactic conclusion. The terms of the treaty mostly saw Hungary’s strength in Eastern Europe left intact (albeit, diminished), and its biggest impact on the country was its transitioning from a Habsburg-led monarchy to a parliamentary republic led by an organ known as the Országgyűlésof (Country's Assembly). More specifically, the terms of the treaty included:

  1. Mutual abandonment of claims by the Austrian and Hungarian branches of the House of Habsburg on each other, and by the nations of Austria-Bavaria and Hungary in general;

  2. Reparations from Hungary to Austria-Bavaria in suitable amounts for the aggression that started this conflict;

  3. Surrender of the province of Slavonia to the Kingdom of Illyria, to ensure its future security against invasion;

  4. Surrender of the northern komitats, colloquially "Slovakia" to Poland (except its two southernmost, Hungarian-majority districts (Komáromi járás/Komárno District and Dunaszerdahelyi járás/Dunajská Streda District)), to ensure its future security against invasion;

  5. A formal end to Hungarian political and military control of the Romanian Domnate, recognizing its new sovereignty.
(Reparations: Hungary: -150 HC, -150 EC, 40 MC; Austria-Bavaria: +150 HC, +150 EC, +40 MC)

(Armistice: region Danube Region: Hungary gains +21.28% Regional Influence, Austria-Bavaria loses -5.07% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia loses -16.21% Regional Influence)

(Border changes: region Danube Region: Illyria gains +1.5% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -1.5% Regional Influence, region Poland-Czechia: Poland gains +15.21% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -15.21% Regional Influence)


As soon as Istria joined the Kingdom of Illyria, the Italian Republic acted upon its reputation as the liberators of Trieste and stuck a deal with the resurrected realm, purchasing the city from the war-ravaged country for a fair price.

(Region Balkans: Italy gains +1.5% Regional Influence, Illyria loses -1.5% Regional Influence)

(Italy: -40 HC, -18 IC, -30 EC, -5 MC; Illyria: +40 HC, +18 IC, +30 EC, +5 MC)


A similar treaty was signed with Communard France, following a political crisis in the Commune of Communes that lead to an establishment of a new organ known as the Plebean Council led by a pacifist member of the Possibilist movement, Plebean Praetor Paul Brousse. The terms of the Treaty of Luxemburg mirrored the Treaty of Bucharest almost line by line:

  1. The Commune of France shall agree to pay reparations to the Princely Confederation and Italy;

  2. A demilitarized zone will be established along the Dutch and the two German borders, defined by Calais-Saint-Quentin-Verdun-Neufchateau-Besancon. Violation of this demilitarized zone may be deemed an act of war against the signed parties of the treaty;

  3. The signatory powers and the Commune of France, acknowledging the undesirability of further armed conflict between the powers involved, hereby agree to the following.

  4. Provision of arms and financial support to groups deemed terrorist, rebel, or criminal by the governments of the signed parties shall be deemed illegal by the eyes of this Treaty.

  5. Promotion of groups, individuals, and political parties in other signatory states that promote lawful and peaceful dialogue and which does not agitate for explicitly violent act against another individual or the state, engender hatred against ethnic groups, and other such malcontent behavior will be tolerated, although a limit shall be placed on funding such organizations.

  6. Violation of the above two terms by either the signatory powers or France may be deemed a highly aggressive act destabilizing the state of peace in Europe, and may necessitate a coordinated response to enact justice against the offending party.

  7. A pact of non-aggression shall be signed between the signatory powers, the nation of Switzerland, and France, to last the duration of 15 years.
(Armistice: region North France: Communard France gains +20.52% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -15.76% Regional Influence, Netherlands loses -3.33% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -1.43% Regional Influence, region South France: Communard France gains +0.33% Regional Influence, Italy loses -0.33% Regional Influence)

(Reparations: Communard France: -180 HC, -180 IC, -180 EC, -180 MC; Austria-Bavaria: +150 HC, +150 IC, +150 EC, +150 MC; Italy: +30 HC, +30 IC, +30 EC, +30 MC)


The end of the European phase of the Second Atlantic War is finally allowing many participating nations to demobilize their populations and economies. (Hungary removes “Military mobilization (mid term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (mid term)”, Austria-Bavaria removes “Military mobilization (mid term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (mid term)”, Communard France removes “Military mobilization (mid term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (mid term)”, North German Federation removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Poland removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Illyria removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Netherlands removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Italy removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”)


As most of Central Europe is demobilizing, the remaining participants of the Second Atlantic War are starting to feel first effects of war exhaustion. (British Royal Commonwealth removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Military mobilization (mid term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (mid term)”, Union of North America removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Military mobilization (mid term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (mid term)”, Free Boer Republic removes “Military mobilization (short term)”, removes “Economic mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Military mobilization (mid term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (mid term)”)


The Great Colonial War against the British Empire and expansion of the Great-Colombian conflict are bringing war policies to more countries around the world. (Communes of the Andes adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Portugal-Brazil adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Gran Colombia adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Liberia adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Indostan adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Third Burmese Empire adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”, Tokugawa Shogunate adopts “Military mobilization (short term)”, adopts “Economic mobilization (short term)”)


After being bartered from the Netherlands in exchange for a promise to build a first Dutch analytical engine, Ghana didn’t stay a Confederate colony for long. This year, the new territory was passed along to a surprising new owner, the Heavenly Kingdom of China, in exchange for a lucrative imported steel contract. (Region Greater Mali: Taiping Mandate gains +5% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America loses -5% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America: +15 MC, Taiping Mandate: -15 MC)


The development and renovation of the Golden Ring region in the heart of Medieval Rus’ paved a way for a series of reforms that essentially gave state funding for art, culture, and historical heritage of Russia. This reconnection with its past didn’t stop the country from exploring its multicultural present, especially as the Russian troops are victoriously returning from Europe and Russian seamen and engineers extend their helping hands to their Transpacific brothers. (Directorial Russia adopts “Arts endowment”, “Multiculturalism” for -271.17 HC, -918.45 EC, -103.55 MC)


Successful conclusion of the War of Hungarian Containment left Russian leadership with a clear realization that the Mother Russia no longer had to require on endless masses of recklessly brave infantry and thus could use this period of peace to downsize the army. In order not to startle military hardliners, the downsizing was done natural retirement without replacement, shrinking the size of frontline units throughout the first half of the year, while simultaneously increasing the military-industrial complex that provides the troops with munitions and equipment. (Directorial Russia: +2 Enterprises (-26.4 HC, -6 IC, -67.8 EC, -57.6 MC), -6 Corps (-maintenance))


Directorial Russia’s chemical industry and tools of communications continue evolving along the line of ever greater complexity. All the while, this sharp detachment from the romanticized past has created a mood of social alienation and denial among the youngest generation of Russian intelligentsia. (Directorial Russia adopts “Spark-gap radiotransmitters”, “Nihilism and moral relativity”, “Vulcanization of rubber”, Synthetic materials” for -55 IC, -192.5 EC, -54 MC)


The Transsibirian Railway is starting to pay off, as natural riches of the Russian Far East, ranging from gold to fish, are starting to flow to European Russia. Meanwhile, a cultural exchange is bringing more art and science to this once wild frontier. (Directorial Russia: -73 IC, +273 EC; Pacific Directory: +73 IC; -273 EC)


In exchange for the establishment of the Nankin University of Russian Learning, the Heavenly Kingdom has generously paid Russia in gold, silver, and paper money. (Directorial Russia: +200 EC; Taiping Mandate: -200 EC)


As the Putilov Manufacturing Concern approached the Kingdom of Georgia with an offer to establish operations in major cities of that mountainous nation, a series of trade agreements were also made, not only providing armaments and munitions for the Georgian army in exchange for discounts on Georgia’s agricultural produce and wine, but also serving as a trust exercise between Russia and its new Caucasian partner. (Directorial Russia: +50 HC, +50 EC, -20 MC; Georgia: -50 HC, -50 EC, +20 MC)


Having received Russia’s guarantees of geopolitical protection, the Domnus of Romania has given up on any attempts to rebuild the nation’s army and started to rely more on his newly formed (and still inexperienced) secret police for safeguarding his personal power. This has allowed Romania to sell its surplus armaments and start hiring Russian political advisers and espionage instructors instead. (Directorial Russia: -30 IC, +6 MC; Romanian Domnate: +30 IC, -6 MC)


Russian humanitarian aid has arrived to the rebuilding nation of Illyria, creating a positive image of Russia among the Croats and Slavonian Serbs. (Directorial Russia: -50 HC, -50 IC; Illyria: +50 HC, +50 IC)


Russian municipal experiment over the city of Izhevsk have persuaded the Siberian Popular Assembly to ease its strictly libertarian approach to public welfare and accept some basic subsidies for poor families and the unemployed. Simultaneously, ending a long period of administrative uncertainty, the Siberian Popular Assembly finally constitutionalized its main law and the structure of the state apparatus as a libertarian confederacy of free individuals with minimal involvement life of its citizens. (Siberian Popular Assembly adopts “Family support”, “Unemployment subsidies”, “Confederate state”, “Egalitarian democracy”, “Gray market economy”, “Labor unionism”, “Free trade”, “Armed citizenry” for -195.73 HC, -21.34 IC, -528.51 EC, -114.04 MC)


Russia’s investments into Siberian infrastructure and law enforcement created a powerful wave of modernization in the previously insulare Siberian society. Besides improving transportation and policing, this cultural exchange also allowed the Siberians to start to catch up with Europe culturally, as well gradually improve its mostly militia-based army in methods of asymmetrical warfare. (Siberian Popular Assembly adopts “Classicism and the Enlightenment”, “Expressionism and avant-garde”, “Scientific management”, “Socialism and class consciousness”, “Phenomenalism”, “Criminology”, “Transnational crime and law”, “Hydraulic power network”, “Internal combustion engine”, “Vaccination”, “Electrolysis”, “Paved streets and urban infrastructure”, “Highways and roadhouses”, “Vezdekhod and all-terrain vehicles”, “Defense in depth”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage” for -28.5 HC, -15.25 IC, -47.25 EC, -13.5 MC)


Finland is is undergoing a long overdue land reform that also is resulting in massive administrative changes, stemming from the nation’s timocratic, land ownership-based government structure. One reform that does stand out from that trend, however, is Finnish revolutionary education overhaul, aimed to help the nation escape its reputation of North-European backwaters. (Finland adopts “Ethical economy”, “Authoritarian democracy”, “Unitary state”, “Lifelong learning”, removes “Classical education” for -46.30 HC, -43.37 IC, -34.78 EC, -8.02 MC)


Finnish counter-intelligence and navy are finally being expanded to match, more or less, their possible Swedish counterparts, even as Sweden is lowering its aggressive rhetorics under the North-German umbrella. (Finland: +1 Mission, +1 Squadron (-18.6 HC, -19.5 IC, -39.1 EC, -25.3 MC)


Denmark-Norway formalizes its state of a dual union or parliamentary monarchies, while simultaneously developing its a modern economic policy. (Denmark-Norway adopts “Regulated market economy”, “Authoritarian democracy”, “Federate state”, “Legal pluralism” for -35.33 HC, -23.19 IC, -10.01 EC)


In the Baltic Duchies, a similar process is going along the lines of regional legal diversity and institutionalized labor contribution by regular citizens to the public welfare. (United Baltic Duchies adopts “Authoritarian democracy”, “Federate state”, “Legal pluralism”, “Corvee system” for -54.63 HC, -48.9 IC, -12.92 EC)


A newly elected Narodnik government of Hetman Hrushevsky is mastering the Hetmanate’s resources to establish a firm hold over the nation’s economic development. (Ukrainian Hetmanate: +2 Enterprises (-20.4 HC, -5 IC, -51.6 EC, -30.4 MC))


Not stopping at expansion of state-controlled industries, Hrushevksy’s cabinet also used the Narodnik-dominated Ukrainian Rada as an ally in pushing for a slew of political reforms, many of which are aimed at shaping the Hetmanate as a dynamic and capital-friendly, yet communitarian modern European nation. (Ukrainian Hetmanate adopts “People’s army”, “Regulated market economy”, “Solidarist economy”, “Collective ownership”, “Open class economy”, “Authoritarian democracy”, “Benign neglect”, “Minimal wage regulations” for -263.01 HC, -30.39 IC, -194.82 EC, -87.02 MC)


After being briefly invaded by Hungarian troops, Poland is rebuilding itself under a firm authoritarian guidance, promoting policies of patriotic learning, national welfare, and centralized, modern economy, generally known under an umbrella term “Sanacja” (“Sanation” or “Healing”). (Poland adopts “Unitary state”, “Particratic government”, “Universal male suffrage”, “Economic statism”, “Protectionism”, “Civil conscription”, “Workhouses”, “Mass propaganda”, “University stipends”, “Scientific subsidies”, removes “Serfdom”, “Child labor” -339.6 HC, -202.02 IC, -518.54 EC, -38.14 MC)


Modernization of the Polish state is not limited to the government apparatus alone. As Poland establishes itself as an Eastern-European powerhouse for the first time in two centuries, it leads to an economic and cultural renaissance, pushing the nation into the modernity. Most notable of these changes is integration of analytical engines in the nation’s scientific and industrial practices (while Poland currently has no analytical engines in its territory, it’s eagerly submitting works to the “Golem” engine of Prag, simultaneously studying its operation). (Poland adopts “Mass culture and popular art”, “Kinotropy and clack-animation”, “Bohemianism and counterculture”, “Manga, comics, and sequential art”, “Corporate ethos”, “Citizens’ dividend cards”, “Information economy”, “Gambling modus”, “Punchard cryptocurrency”, “Fast food industry”, “Hisbah and venture capital”, “Socialism and class consciousness”, “Globalism and cosmopolitism”, “Positivism and futurism”, “Phenomenalism”, “Psychoanalysis”, “Biologism and evolution theory”, “Environmentalism”, “Nihilism and moral relativity”, “Cultism and self-devotion”, “Constitutionalism”, “Investigative journalism”, “Transnational crime and law”, “Oligarchy and political corruption”, “Cartels and economic crime”, “Citizen data cards”, “Engine clacking”, “Entrepreneurial inventors”, “Clockwork automata”, “Data vaults”, “Spark-gap dario transmitters”, “Analytical engines”, “Hydraulic power network”, “Direct electric current”, “Vaccination”, “Refrigeration”, “Vulcanization of rubber”, Synthetic materials”, “Interchangeable parts”, “Continuous production”, “Mechanization of agriculture”, “Gas lighting and shift work”, “Electrified manufacture”, “Geologic expeditions”, “Dreisines and velocipedes” for -26.5 HC, -41.5 IC, -90.5 EC, -63 MC)


Polish Sanation is a process that is not only intensive, but also extensive. The Polish government is expanding its ability to project power and influence local and foreign markets by channelling national resources into various ministries of the state. (Poland: +2 Missions, +2 Enterprises (-50 HC, -37.6 IC, -104.8 EC, -39.6 MC))


While the world finds itself in the grip of a crisis of mechanical underproduction, Poland seems to be riding the wave of insanely high demand for its excess of industrial machinery and armaments. In one particular case, in Ukraine, it even used donations of machinery and weapons as a tool of political influence, which, albeit, couldn’t prevent a pro-Russian party from taking over the Ukrainian Rada. Meanwhile, the Polish attempt to trade with Georgia failed, as Directorial Russia promised a much better rate to the Georgians for exactly same services and goods..

(Poland: +35 IC, -5 MC; Sweden: -35 IC, +5 MC)

(Poland: +70 IC, -10 MC; Denmark-Norway: -70 IC, +10 MC)

(Poland: +275 EC, -10 MC; Indostan: -275 EC, +10 MC)

(Poland: +75 HC, +75 EC, -5 MC; Ma Dynasty: -75 HC, -75 EC, +5 MC)

(Poland: -15 MC; Ukrainian Hetmanate: +15 MC)


In North Germany, veterans of the Anti-Communard War are being gradually re-integrated to the Federation’s economy. (North German Federation converts 150 HC into 70.69 EC)


Another sign of a great de-escalation in Europe is a great reducement of the North German Federation’s armed forces, and especially of the swollen Bundeswehr, which was somewhat balanced by the Federation’s expansion of its state apparatus. (North German Federation: +1 Mission, +1 Enterprise (-26 HC, -25.3 IC, -69.2 EC, -39.1 MC), -12 Corps, -2 Squadron (-maintenance))


In another sign of times, the Council of Savants of the NGF has adopted a constitutional amendment that finally formalized the federate status of its motley “federal lands” and free cities, while also adopting a series of economic measures that clearly catered to the interests of young, innovative enterprises. (North German Federation adopts “Federate state”, “Startup economy” for -1470.56 HC)


While the North-German culture has just been enriched (while some say, “corrupted”) with comics (the most notable example of which remains a caricature anthology Simplicissimus), a process of an opposite kind is taking place in the German army. After the Central-European War, the Bundeswehr was left with a surplus of obsolete equipment that was simply taking space in the warehouses, waiting to be used by some garrison Freikorps troops that were never even raised. While in other countries such equipment is still being kept and even sometimes produced for use by second-grade troops, the Bundeswehr is confident in the country’s industry’s ability to produce more modern, higher quality equipment in any quantity, so obsolete items are being sold out or discontinued. Meanwhile, the Federation’s merchant marine is going for an even bolder discontinuation project, announcing that starting summer 1894 the entirety of the nation’s shipping is done exclusively by steamers and other ships that use mechanical propulsion. (North German Federation adopts “Manga, comics, and sequential art” for -37.5 IC, -25 EC, -6.25 MC, removes “Smoothbore small arms”, “Breech-loaded small arms”, “Tall sailing ships” (-maintenance))


The Margraviate of Moravia continues reinforcing its reputation as “Eastern Europe’s Switzerland,” a prosperous, neutral nation where hard work and toil could bring a talented entrepreneur any profit imaginable. (Moravia adopts “Anarcho-capitalism”, “Limited dictatorship”, “Unitary state” for -43.34 IC, -15.96 EC)


Now that Central Europe is once again at peace, Hungary’s Országgyűlésof (Country's Assembly) faces a long road of economic reforms. However, before they can be started, the Assembly has unanimously voted to disband the lion’s share of the nation’s armed forces and its vast intelligence apparatus. (Hungary: -5 Missions, -14 Corps (-maintenance))


Same route to re-balancing the budget is being pursued by the Confederation of Princes of Austria, Bavaria, and the Rheinland, a surprising victor in the Central-European War. (Austria-Bavaria: -1 Mission, -16 Corps (-maintenance))


Italy’s participation in the Central-European War granted it few gains, but at least it did show the Italian people their nation’s international potential, and it helped to pave a way for the intelligence service expansion in the Senate. (Italy: +1 Mission (-11.4 HC, -19.9 IC, -30.6 EC, -9.5 MC))


Now that the nation is no longer mobilized, the Italian klepto-democracy is trying to reform itself into a more conventional state with all administrative components in place and even some of the more progressive, labor-friendly aspects of ochlocracy being institutionalized. (Italy adopts “Authoritarian democracy”, “Federate state”, “Labor unionism” for -180.45 HC, -91.47 IC, -336.3 EC)


A collective stress suffered by the Italian society during the Central-European war did not only help to form a tighter cultural unity, but also led to a series of infrastructural and military innovations that were originally motivated by the war effort. (Italy adopts “Traditional art and culture”, “Classicism and the Enlightenment”, “Integrated railway network”, “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Women’s battalions” for -57 HC, -37.75 IC, -43 EC, -13.5 MC)


Hungary’s war exhaustion, however, is incomparable to the crisis that hit Communard France shortly before the signing of the Treaty of Luxemburg. Hoping to gradually help the French society recover from its severe demographic, economic, and expertise crisis, the Plebeian Council has disbanded more than half of the nation’s state apparatus and armed forces, citing the non-aggression pacts signed as part of the peace treaty as a guarantee the French people wouldn’t need much to worry about even with their standing army and fleet diminished to a bare minimum. (Communard France: -9 Missions, -5 Enterprises, -30 Corps, -13 Squadrons (-maintenance))


As the French economy nosedived in the aftermath of the Treaty of Luxemburg, convoys of humanitarian aid were received in France from an unlikely source, the Pacific Directory of the Russian Commonwealth. Meanwhile, on the return journey the ships carried thousands of refugees who wished to try their luck in the eclectic frontiers of Transpacifica. (Pacific Directory: +140 HC, -84 EC; Communard France: -140 HC, +84 EC)


Similar humanitarian aid was shipped to Hungary through Illyrian and Romanian ports, with a similar refugee exodus taking place there. (Pacific Directory: +53 HC, -53 EC; Hungary: -53 HC, +53 EC)


Meanwhile, at home, the Pacific Directory continued to transform itself into a market-friendly pseudo-democratic state with a very strong centralized control over its political life. (Pacific Directory adopts “Startup economy”, “Political police” for -181.8 HC, -37.01 IC)


Meanwhile, Transpacifica is being turned into a melting pot of ideas and technologies, combining military thought and industrial innovations brought by Russian engineers and Franco-Hungarian refugees with “personality cult” thinking introduced by Chinese and Mormon missionaries and ideologues. (Pacific Directory adopts “Manga and sequential art”, “Cultism and self-devotion”, “Nihilism and moral relativity”, “Electrolysis”, “Water and land conservation”, “Battalions of Death and shock troops”, “Telescopic sights and modern sniping”, “Field hospital system”, “Mobile gun shields”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Unrestricted commerce raiding and submarine warfare”, “Port strike” for -23.5 HC, -28.75 IC, -24.25 EC, -6 MC)


The Liberal Federalist coalition in control of the Iberian Republic’s Popular Council is trying to solve the country’s growing shortage of capable administrators and magistrates by finally adopting a constitution that institutionalizes the Republic as an egalitarian democracy with widest possible popular participation, thus enfranchising various class and ethnic minorities across the peninsula. (Iberian Republic adopts “Egalitarian democracy” for -75.08 HC)


In a move that surprised exactly no one, the Triune Kingdom of Dalmatia, Croatia, and Slavonia (popularly known as Illyria) continues borrowing from the reactionary social structures of its most loyal ally and protector, Austria-Bavaria, adopting a modernized version of Germanic feudalism in its post-war land distribution. (Illyria adopts “Neo-feudalism” for -3.64 IC, -4.58 MC)


The so-called “Sublime Constitution” of the Ottoman Empire has turned the venerable regime into a true representative of authoritarian democracy, with candidates for all administrative positions being appointed by the Grand Divan, but the positions granted based on a popular vote. Meanwhile, the old vilayet system was reformed, giving provincial governors less power than before, but also granting local population more participation in municipal and provincial matters. (Sublime porte adopts “Authoritarian democracy”, “Regional state” for -803.22 HC, -202.54 IC, -178.14 EC)


The constitutional and administrative reforms sweeping through the Ottoman Empire were expected to significantly dry the pool of cheap labor available to the Sublime Porte, forcing the nation import both migrant workers and goods produced by them from such distant places like Dixieland and Taiping China. In exchange, the Porte provided its trade partners with surplus mechanical equipment produced in the empire.

(Sublime Porte: +200 HC, -8 MC; Taiping Mandate: -200 HC, +8 MC)

(Sublime Porte: +100 HC, -8 MC; Confederate States of America: -100 HC, +4 MC)


The Caucasian Imamate has always been more of a religious tribal confederacy with a single spiritual leaders in its head rather than a modern state with a regular standing army. In 1894, however, this de-facto state of affairs was ratified by the Divan and the Mejlis of Elders. (Caucasian Imamate adopts “Limited dictatorship”, “Armed citizenry” for -22.09 EC, -1.34 MC)


The defeat of France in the Anti-Communard War has distanced the Ummah of Egypt from their socialist co-thinkers among the Kafir, but it did pave the way for Egypts glorious solitude, characterized, above all, by mercantile prosperity and relaxed control over the periphery and frontiers. (Egypt adopts “Mercantilism”, “Benign neglect” for -46.63 HC, -184.78 IC, -27 MC)


A series of innovations that impacted the Maghrebian society last year forced the Egyptian authorities to start a top-down reform of many aspects of the state, with the army and the navy receiving particular attention. (Egypt adopts “Cultism and self-devotion”, “Dreisines and velocipedes”, “Moving barrage”, “Bicycle-riding and ski infantry”, “Field hospital system”, “Field trenches”, “Defense in depth”, “Specialized troops”, “Paramilitary organizations”, “Women’s battalions”, “Battalions of Death and shock troops”, “Blinking light signalling”, “Amphibious operations”, “Blue-water navy”, “Kantai Kessen and decisive naval battle strategy”, “Power projection” for -268 HC, -116.5 IC, -75 EC, -24.5 MC)


Meanwhile, Sultan Abd al-Aziz I of Maghreb continued reforming the North-African state along the modern lines, hoping to finally gain industrial resources he needs to support his modernized armed and administrative forces. (Maghreb adopts “Labor unionism”, “Mercantilism”, “Laissez-faire economy”, “Remplacement” for -505.65 HC, -61.65 IC, -324.23 EC)


The troubled Sultanate of Oman has been struggling ever since the North-German Ostafrika Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft put an end to East-African slave trade. Now the Omani realm is reforming itself, with the biggest change being its transition from employment of slave-soldiers to mercenaries and professionally recruited Arabs and Swahili, which automatically means introduction of pensions for retired service members. (Oman adopts “Veteran pension”, “Seniority pension”, “Gambling ban”, “Limited dictatorship”, “Protectionism”, “Mercenarism”, “Professional military recruitment”, removes “Military slavery” for -1.26 IC, -166.31 EC)


Muslim Emperor of Abyssinia 'Abd Allah II ibn 'Ali 'Abd ash-Shakur may be unwilling to admit it, but Ummahist advisors sent to him by the Egyptian Khedive did persuade the stubborn ruler to start mending his relations with Coptic chiefs and princes. This proves to be a complex balancing act, with some benefits and protections being offered not only to local tribal nobility, but also to Red Sea trade guilds, poor peasant and herding communities of the highlands, as well as to the artistic centers of the Ethiopian culture, famous Coptic monasteries. (Abyssinia adopts “Solidarist economy”, “Ethical economy”, “Labor unionism”, “Employment equity”, “Limited dictatorship”, “Confederate state”, “Art endowment” for -116.65 HC, -76.75 EC, -1.43 MC)


The theocratic nation of Mahdist Sudan has finally transformed itself from an informal cult of followers of Mahdi teachings to a proper tribal state with its own version of the Sharia law being taken as a baseline for its legal system. (Mahdist State adopts “Partisan voluntarism”, “Religious and ideological nepotism”, “Institutionalized patriarchy”, Regulated market economy”, “Autarky”, “Autocracy”, “Regional state” for -18.03 HC, -3.74 IC, -13.04 EC, -0.14 MC)


An insular Kingdom of Buganda has never had a problem with wealth, which helped it to arm and equip the largest and most well-organized army in Central Africa, but now Bugandan weakness seems to present itself: its troops lack qualified leaders and officers, and the king’s administration is lacking magistrates and tax collectors. Looking to solve the problem, king Danieri Basammula-Ekkere Mwanga II Mukasa has reformed the nation to a somewhat stable tribal union recognizable by scholars of the Medieval Age. (Baganda adopts “Confederate state”, “Protectionism”, “Laissez-faire economy”, “Ethnic nepotism” for -10.45 HC, -8.49 EC, -0.18 MC)


Buganda’s levy is a relatively small force and thus it is in a desperate need of modernization if the “hidden kingdom” is to try and wrestle Central Africa out of other colonial powers’ control. To achieve that, the Bugandans have started adopting a surprising array of Western technologies (such as field hospitals, pioneered by Buganda’s neighbors, the North Germans) and local traditions of military deception. (Buganda adopts “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Field hospital system”, “Requisition and boarding”, “Supply train regiments” for -3.5 HC, -1.75 IC, -9 EC, -0.25 MC)


Caliph Ahmad I al-Madani al-Kabir at-Tijani of Toucouleur peoples is attempting to re-energize his Jihadist realm in the face of Maghrebian colonial expansion and British colonial instability. (Toucouleur Empire adopts “People’s army”, “Religious and ideological nepotism”, “Solidarist economy”, “Confederate state”, “Gambling ban”, “Zakat welfare” for -32.61 HC, -0.97 IC, -33.38 EC, -1.32 MC)


As Liberia is awash with North-American advisers, assisting The Freedmen’s Council of that country to modernize it for its struggle against Great Britain, a series of drastic reforms took place this year, turning Liberia into the first truly socialist African state, while also removing the policies that rubbed their North-American sponsors the wrong way. (Liberia adopts “People’s army”, “Religious and ideological nepotism”, “Collective ownership”, “Solidarist economy”, “Open class economy”, “Executive committee”, “Unitary state”, “Political police”, “State censorship”, removes “Military slavery”, “Gambling ban” for -26.42 HC, -5.3 IC, -13.72 EC, -0.78 MC)


Military advisors and commandeered officers from the North-American Union also helped t improve the Liberian army’s tactical and logistical acument. (Liberia adopts “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Army inter-branch coordination”, “Professional military education”, “Military staff system”, “Women’s battalions”, “Battalions of Death and shock troops”, “Divisional structure”, “Independent corps”, “Moving barrage”, “Field trenches” for -12 HC, -13.75 IC, -3.75 EC, -1 MC)


The Free Boer Republic used the relative lull in the war against the British Royal Commonwealth to pass a series of liberating (some say, “libertarian”) economic and social reforms that are intended to ease the war weariness of the general population. (Free Boer Republic adopts “Protectionism”, “Economic mutualism”, “Contest mobility”, “Authoritarian democracy”, removes “Labor unionism” for -569.58 HC, -160.13 IC, -596.63 EC)


The Boers are not the only participants of the Second Atlantic War who are forced to pass a series of reforms just to stay afloat and battle-ready. Their main enemy, Lord-Protector Thomas Bland Strange, has finally been moved by his advisors to adopt a series of drastic measures that saw his favorite Protectorate Ward’s authority diminished in exchange for a number of privileges and protections for the British intelligentsia and organized labor. This, as well as an administrative reform that granted British colonies (now almost cut-off from the metropoly) some degree of autonomy, helped to stabilize the Royal Commonwealth when it seemed to be on the brink of disaster not seen since the end of the First Atlantic War. (British Royal Commonwealth adopts “Limited dictatorship”, “Federate state”, “Organized labor protection”, “Scientific subsidies”, “University stipends”, “Employment equity”, “Labor unionism” for -2076.11 HC, -3284.88 EC)


Another seemingly counterintuitive, but highly necessary measure undertaken by the Lord-Commander of the Royal Commonwealth is shrinking the size of the standing Royal army. As no threats exist for the Albion for the time being, a whole four hundred thousand troops is being disbanded, easing the burden on the British economy and industry. (British Royal Commonwealth: -5 Corps (-maintenance))


Greek libertarian reforms continued, as the country’s recently elected “lean government zealots” continue supporting a minimalist state apparatus that is capable only of implementing mass-deregulation measures across the country in a nation-wide experiment that attracts attention of many foreign and local experts. (Greece adopts “Open class economy”, “Startup economy”, “Contest mobility”, “Gray market economy”, “Anarcho-capitalism”, “Magnate capitalism”, “Economic liberalism”, “Consumer capitalism”, “Commercialism”, “Free trade”, Egalitarian democracy”, “Confederate state”, “Armed citizenry”, “Mercenarism”, “Vice legalization”, “Ad-hoc homeschooling”, removes “Professional military recruitment”, “Classical educations”, “Workday length regulations” for -65.95 HC, -15.38 IC, -25.1 EC, -7.45 MC)


The only type of tax-sponsored agents that proponents of the Greek “New Liberalism” are comfortable recruiting are economists and managers of all types, mostly being local robber barons and nouveau riche self-made men contracted by the government. (Greece: +1 Enterprise, -1 Corps (-20.4 HC, -4.6 IC, -47.8 EC, -27.8 MC))


The Qajar Dynasty of Persia has finally awakened from its slumber, probably thanks to its venerable ruler, Naser al-Din Shah Qajar, recovering from a long period of illness and regaining interest to the affairs of the state. Most notable of his reforms were a complete overhaul of the national education system to match the needs of the nation in need of modernization, as well as delegation of some administrative responsibilities of the state to local Shi’a muftis (judges under the traditional Sharia law). (Qajar Persia adopts “Specialized education”, “Zakat welfare”, “Regional state”, “Kritarchy”, “Professional military recruitment”, “Estates-based service”, “University stipends”, removes “Religious education” for -144.79 HC, -1.59 IC. -96.7 EC, -10.49 MC)


The Khan of Khiva, meanwhile, concentrates on establishing a Central-Asian form of Islamic “benevolent despotism,” with prohibition and anti-gambling laws being introduced to the ire of Russia and Siberian traders who visit Khiva and Bukhara on regular basis. Yet, even these disappointed merchants confirm that the Khan is quite popular thanks to his investments in local urban art and support of the poor. (Khiva adopts “Confederate state”, “Gambling ban”, “Prohibition”, “Soup kitchens”, “Art endowment” for -41.98 HC, -117.12 EC, -4 MC)


To the east from Khiva, the Basmachi movement is finally forming a structure resembling a modern state, using Waisi and Basmachi propaganda to bind various Central-Asian ethnicities together. (Basmachi State adopts “Unitary state”, “Mass propaganda” for -24.84 IC)


Some say that the Great Colonial War (known in the Sikh Empire of Indostan as the Great War of Indian Liberation) was long in a making, but now that the formal declarations are out, the Indostani Raj is expanding its military forces, particularly emphasizing the regular land army, Fauj-i-Ain. (Indostan: +5 Corps, +1 Squadron (-167HC, -57 IC, -99.8 EC, -67.9 MC))


The Oriental Renaissance continues sweeping through Asia. In Indostan, a series of industrial achievements have allowed the Sikh nation to catch up with some of the most developed countries of the West in information exchange, transportation, and manufacturing, while the Khalsa army and fleet simultaneously work toward overtaking their British opponents in battlefield tactics. mechanization, and logistics. (Indostan adopts “Telegraphy and telephony”, “Spark-gap radiotransmitters”, “Mechanization of agriculture”, “Gas lighting and shift work”, “Direct electric current”, “Electrified manufacture”, “Integrated railway network”, “Steam carriages”, “Vezdekhod chassis and all-terrain vehicles”, “Semi-automatic small arms”, “Light mortars and infantry support”, “Field hospital system”, “Skeleton crawler and light armored landships”, “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Battalions of Death and shock troops”, “Blinking light signalling”, “Amphibious operations”, “Naval infantry” for -86.5 HC, -143.75 IC, -268.5 EC, -311.25 MC)


Tibet is undergoing a series of reforms, inspired by that insular theocracy’s Indostani protectors and, surprisingly, their Chinese counterparts from the Heavenly Kingdom. Rumors have it that the reforms are guided by a Buddhist philosopher Agvan Dorzhiyev, a Russo-Siberian subject of Khori-Buryat descent, appointed to be a prime-minister by a newly ascended 13th Dalai Lama, young Thubten Gyatso. (Tibet adopts “Estates-based service”, “Partisan voluntarism”, “Religious and ideological nepotism”, “Offshore outsourcing”, “Solidarist economy”, “Luuhcu oligarchy”, “Autocracy”, “Regional state”, “State censorship”, “Art endowment”, “Orphanage system”, “Soup kitchens”, “Fa-Jia legalist government”, removes “Feudal government” for -52.67 HC, -23.32 IC, -36.24 EC, -7.41 MC)


With tensions in Central and Eastern Asia rising on all sides, Tibetan army is also modernizing in order to be able to repel (or, at least, hold) a potential invasion from the east. (Tibet adops “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Field hospital system”, “Fortified districts”, “Divisional structure”, “Independent corps”, “Defense in depth”, “Field trenches”, “Bunker fortresses”, “Dispersed combat tactics”, “Specialized troops”, “Paramilitary organizations” for -22 HC, -3.75 IC, -10.5 EC, -1.5 MC)


While Indostan and its buffer states invest into their army technology, the Third Burmese Empire is concentrating on the extensive development of its armed forces both in land and at sea. (Third Burmese Empire: +3 Corps, +2 Squadrons (-118.2 HC, -40.8 IC, -89 EC, -89.9 MC))


Bound by the terms of the Taiping ultimatum sent last year, the Ma Dynasty is gloomily pushing through a series of administrative changes that cater to various ethnic and class minorities, protecting laborers from ethnic bias by their employers. Liberal observers do say that the ultimatum did cause some positive changes, yet, because the old religious system of education had to go and be replaced by a more specialized, pluralist learning approach, much more useful for the modern times. (Ma Dynasty adopts “Laissez-faire economy”, “Civil conscription”, “Protectionism”, “Labor unionism”, “Specialized education”, “Organized labor protection”, removes “Religious education” for -416.93 HC, -311.74 EC)


As ethnic tensions in Dzungaria and Inner Mongolia are subsiding, so does the Ma-Taiping animosity, letting the Heavenly Kingdom to announce a large disarmament program that seeks to decrease the size of the army and develop a stronger soft power force instead. (Taiping Mandate: +6 Missions (-129 HC, -141 IC, -199.2 EC, -33.6 MC), -11 Corps (-maintenance))


The Taiping army may be getting smaller, but the quality of its armaments and training is growing far beyond anything ever fielded by China. In fact, the weapon imports in the first two quarters of 1894 almost matched the entire industrial production in China, making it’s army one of the most motorized forces in the world (and definitely the most motorized in Asia). Critics of this program, meanwhile, state that the Kings-Under-Heaven should’ve waited for the shrinking of the army size first before starting this grand procurement program, which would’ve allowed them to scope it better. (Taiping Mandate adopts “Nihilism and moral relativity”, “Manga, comics, and sequential art”, “Manga, comics, and sequential art”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Telescopic sights and modern sniping”, “Field hospital system”, “Battalions of Death and shock troops”, “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Women’s battalions”, “Fortified districts”, “Mobile gun shields”, “Paramilitary organizations”, “Defense in depth”, “Skeleton crawler and light armored landships”, “Ironclad landships and armored personnel carriers”, “Self-propelled steam cannons”, “Airship reconnaissance”, “Road locomotives”, “Barbed wire”, “Bunker fortresses” for -352 HC, -325.5 IC, -551.5 EC, -401 MC)


Orientalists familiar with Japanese history and social hierarchy might be surprised, but the Shogunate’s recent capitulation to the independence demands of newly created “industrial associations” has eroded the traditional boundaries of class, caste, and service, creating some semblance of socio-economic mobility on the Japanese Isles for the first time in centuries. (Tokugawa Shogunate adopts “Open class economy” for -671.06 HC)


Japanese declaration of war on Great Britain was followed by a burst of administrative activity and mass recruitment programs, as the Bakufu government is using the nation’s mobilization to expand all branches of its power. (Tokugawa Shogunate: +8 Missions, +2 Enterprises, +4 Corps, +4 Squadrons (-324.4 HC, -261.6 IC, -512 EC, -271.4 MC))


Similarly to the Heavenly Kingdom, the Tokugawa Shogunate heavily invested into re-training and rearmament of its obsolete army and navy, albeit for a different reason. Where as the Taiping military reform was aimed at shifting from a large conscript army to a smaller, better equipped standing force, the Shogunate ran its ambitious reforms simply to bring its forces up to the task of fighting Great Britain far away from home. (Tokugawa Shogunate adopts “Cultism and self-devotion”, “Blinking light signaling”, “Brown-water navy”, “Dazzle camouflage”, “Diesel-engine ships”, “Echo-locating devices”, “Electric engines”, “Floating battery”, “Naval airship spotters”, “Naval inter-branch cooperation”, “Oil-engine ships”, “Port strike”, “Snorkel and long-range submarine”, “Submerged attack vessels”, “Unrestricted commerce raiding and submarine warfare”, “Water caterpillars”, “Army inter-branch cooperation”, “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Barbed wire”, “Bunker fortresses”, “Defense in depth”, “Dispersed combat tactics”, “Field hospital system”, “Field trenches”, “Fortified districts”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Mobile gun shields”, “Paramilitary organizations”, “Supply train regiments”, “Turret artillery”, “Women’s battalions” for -348 HC, -170 IC, -278.5 EC, -144.5 MC)


As political climate in the State of Deseret is taking much more oppressive undertones, the nation’s President is also expanding the Mormon republic’s administrative and economic assets significantly, as if expecting a foreign benefactor to “cover the tab.” (Deseret: +2 Missions, +2 Enterprises (-49.2 HC, -38.4 IC, -102 EC, -35.4 MC))


As the both of its Pacific-facing neighbors experience a wave of political reforms and innovations, the nation of Deseret is also slowly catching up on “new” artistic movements and slightly more current power-generation technologies. (Deseret adopts “Impressionism and decadent art”, “Expressionism and avant-garde”, “Kinotropy and clack-animation”, “Steam turbines”, “Hydraulic power network”, “Still engine” for -6 IC, -5.5 EC, -9.75 MC)


The Iron Confederacy is slowly progressing from a temporary league of tribal unions to a primitive state, not only formalizing its administrative and political composition, but also developing its own family-based system of education that stretches, for the first time in the First Nations’ history, beyond mere practical skills. (Iron Confederacy adopts “Egalitarian democracy”, “Confederate state”, “Ad-hoc homeschooling” for -52.51 HC, -31.54 EC, -0.44 MC)


The Union’s President Joseph Benson Fouracre solidified his lead ahead of an upcoming election by passing by legislature that has finally cemented North-American labor protection and central government’s superiority. (Union of North America adopts “Organized labor protection”, “Unitary state” for -496.16 HC, -739.82 IC, -725.76 EC)


In the 1880s, the Union of North America was one of the most technologically advanced societies on Earth. Since then, the worn-out country let that status slip from its hands, but in 1894 it has started regaining on the lost leadership. The North-American economy and humanitarian thought are seeing plenty of development, but that change is dwarfed by the wave of tactical and organizational innovations sweeping through the Union’s army and navy. (Union of North America adopts “Investment banking and trust funds”, “Hisbah and venture capital”, “Environmentalism”, “Nihilism and moral relativity”, “Defense in depth”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage”, “Dispersed combat tactics”, “Specialized troops”, “Women’s battalions”, “Auftragstaktik and command by initiative”, “Requisition and boarding”, “Dazzle camouflage”, “Amphibious operations”, “Brown-water navy” for -419.75 HC, -210.25 IC, -211.75 EC)


Being a geopolitical leader of several anti-globalist alliances and simultaneously fully engaged in the Second Atlantic War, the North-American Union is instead turning itself into an “Arsenal of Fraternity,” (quoting President Fouracre himself), providing advisers and supplies for several of its allies.

(Union of North America: -10 IC; Liberia +10 IC)

(Union of North America: -100 IC; Communes of Andes: +100 IC)

(Union of North America: -10 HC, -10 IC, -10 MC; Gran Colombia: +10 HC, +10 IC, +10 MC)


As the Confederate election is drawing near and promises a change in the national leadership, President Stone has thrown all economic cautions to the wind and announced a wide expansion of the CSA’s state apparatus and public contractor companies, perhaps, figuring out that he had nothing to lose and didn’t have to worry about a re-election anymore. (Confederate States of America: +6 Missions, +6 Enterprises (-165.6 HC, -160.2 IC, -409.2 EC, -245.4 MC))


The Dixie culture is being enriched with classical and even traditional Native American heritage, while the Confederation’s industry and army are adjusting to the needs of developing and exploring its vast new colonial possession of Breckinridge (Congo). (Confederate States of America adopts “Traditional art and culture”, “Classicism and the Enlightenment”, “Manga, comics, and sequential art”, “Biologism and evolution theory”, “Hydraulic power network”, “Vaccination”, “Water and land conservation”, “Vezdekhod chassis and all-terrain vehicles”, “Paramilitary organizations”, “Telescopic sights and modern sniping” for -80.5 HC, -64.5 IC, -118 EC, -80.75 MC)


As the CSA is growing more mature as a nation, its previously unspoken traditions and realities of the day are becoming legal, economic, and administrative practices of the state, underlining its huge level of wealth disparity between various classes of its society. (Confederate States of America adopts “Absolutist corporatism”, “Free trade”, “Economic mutualism”, “Ethnic nepotism” for -394.09 HC, -493.26 IC, -171.18 MC)


Confederate popular culture, customs, education, and technical acumen are being widely recognized across the world, helping the CSA to leverage their position in negotiations over mass imports of armaments and mechanical equipment.

(Confederate States of America: -120 IC, +10 MC; Italy: +120 IC, -10 MC)

(Confederate States of America: -180 IC, -504 EC +54 MC; Tokugawa Shogunate: -180 IC, -504 EC, +54 MC)


Confederate President Stone seems to definitely have a grudge at haughty Portobrazilian diplomats, as in the spring of 1894 he authorized a series of international, low-interest loans to a new enemy of the Twin Crowns, the United Communes of the Andes. Besides, some political and economic advisers were sanctioned to travel to the Andes as assistants to the local regime, despite all ideologic disparity that lies in between the two countries. A similar action took place in Gran Colombia, although in this case the assistance was more covert, being performed via some shell companies related to the construction of the Panama Canal. (Confederate States of America: -150 IC, -150 EC; Communes of Andes: +100 IC, +100 EC; Gran Colombia: +50 IC, +50 EC)


With authoritarian scientific progressivism being a cornerstone of the Mexican regime’s ideology, it’s no wonder that innovative small-business ventures are blossoming in the United States of Mexico. (Mexico adopts “Startup economy” for -408.13 HC)


Mexican cientificos continue pushing the country toward greater technological progress in many areas of knowledge, lacking a sense of direction, but not a sense of purpose. (Mexico adopts “Hisbah and venture capital”, “Vaccination”, “Maskirovka and military camouflage” for -2 HC, -8.25 IC, -62.25 EC)


The Centroamerican Federation finalizes its transition from a constellation of indigenous communes to a modern state, capable of protecting itself against a magnate uprising in San-Salvador. (Centroamerica Federation adopts “Religious and ideological nepotism”, “Protectionism”, “Economic statism”, “Open class economy”, “Employment equity”, “Egalitarian democracy”, “State censorship”, “Political police” for -205.61 HC, -57.96 IC, -105.69 EC)


The Andean joining of the Gran-Colombian civil conflict has caused the United Communes to expand their land army and intelligence services. (Communes of the Andes: +2 Missions, +2 Corps (-87.6 HC, -49 IC, -79.2 EC, -21 MC))


Tensions in South America have forced the Gran-Paraguayan leadership to start investing heavily into its own army and navy once again. (Gran Paraguay: +2 Corps, +1 Squadron (-68.2 HC, -25.5 IC, -48.3 EC, -55 MC))


Having found itself under a Gran-Paraguayan umbrella, the Chile-Patagonian Free State was forced to start moving away from its libertarian roots and adopt more and more elements of military rule, as every other retired Gran-Colombian colonel now dreams of starting a political career as a countryside patriarch of a small Patagonian or Chilean rancho community. (Chile-Patagonia adopts “Federate state”, “Egalitarian democracy”, “Stratocratic government”, “Gray market economy”, “Open class economy”, “Solidarist economy”, “Economic statism”, “Protectionism”, “Armed citizenry” for -62.71 HC, -11.58 IC, -45.86 EC, -1.87 MC)


The Empire of Haiti has been incredibly lucky, maneuvering its way between multiple great powers and always remaining a non-threatening friendly neutral ground for all of them. This largely defined the modern Haitian state as a neutral trade hub and an island of open-mindedness in a sea of New World geopolitics. (Haiti adopts “Armed citizenry”, “Offshore outsourcing”, “Commercialism”, “Consumer capitalism”, “Absolutist capitalism”, “Unitary state”, “Multiculturalism”, “Benign neglect”, “Vice legalization”, “Workday length regulations”, “Orphanage system” for -19.68 HC, -7.17 IC, -22.53 EC, -5.57 MC)
 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

War update

Great Colonial War: Delhi Campaign

Q1-Q2 1894: Relative failures of Operations Geedhay and Paaraata (consisting of tharra smuggling and disruption of British fortification projects by Nihang operatives and their civilian colleagues) put the Indostani planners for the North-Indian campaign in a poor position. Delhi was an obvious goal for any sane plan of attack on the Gangetic plain and through it into Central India, so the British engineers have predictably concentrated the bulk of their defences there, surrounding the great city in three rings of fortifications that covered all major roads and river fords. This made the great sweeping pincer maneuver planned by the Indostani high command as a part of the Operation Dargeh a very ambitious plan indeed. Still, hopes were high, as an enormous amount of effort was put into planning of the operation, and all of the Sikh Empire’s strategic reserves were dedicated to reaching the end goal, the once-capital of the British Raj. Operation Dargeh started with a three-pronged assault by the Fauj Punjab (strong southern flank), the Fauj-i-Khas (center), and the Fauj Ganga (northern flank) against British fortifications at Bahadurgarh, Sonipat, and Najafgarh. At first, the attackers struggled on all directions, as the British forts were quite effective at repelling even the most well-planned advances. However, when the Sikh strategic reserve was committed on May 18 to the attack on Sonipat and Najafgarh, the crucial breakthrough was achieved. On May 24th, the Fauj Ganga under general Gurjant Singh routed British defenders of the Norespur Ford over the Yamuna River, breaking through into the Ganga Yamuna Doab just when the rivers were at their lowest point and effectively becoming the main striking force of Operation Dargeh instead of the Fauj Punjab. General Gurjant Singh’s offensive into the Gangetic Plain, assisted by a simultaneous coup in Nepal, enveloped the British defensives from the north and forced the Royal Army spread its reserves too thinly. That eventually allowed the bloodied forces of the Fauj Punjab and Fauj-i-Khas to penetrate British defenses at Bahadurgarh and then at Gurgaon and Sahdara. Eventually, Delhi was enveloped from all sides, and a grinding urban assault began. Luckily for the British, they never lost control of the critical Tughakabad train station, so even at the worst moments of the siege the city remained supplied through a single railroad, regularly raided by Sikh horsemen and shelled by Indostani artillery, but miraculously never cut off. Still, once the Sikh khaki-dressed soldiers entered the Delhi Cantonment and its railways station, the British garrison’s defensive stance in and around the Red Fort became unsustainable. Spared by the Maharaja’s own order to not bombard the city for the sake of its non-Western inhabitants, the British XVI. Army managed to withdraw via a single railroad, leaving the Sikhs in possession of the Gem of India. To the latter ones’ disappointment, no important documentation and census data was captured with that move, as all offices had been either moved to Bengal or all the way south since the hostilities started earlier last year. Yet, the Sikh Army’s offensive didn’t end there, as several smaller scale attacks took place in Gomati and Jalaun Plains, exploiting the success while the main force recuperated in the Haryana after a bloody campaign. Eventually, a cavalry squadron of Peshawar Lancers entered the gardens of Taj Mahal in front of cinematographic cameras of the Sikh Ministry of Propaganda, establishing the high point of the victorious campaign. (Region Ganges Region gains -2.87% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Indostan gains +22.5% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -22.5% Regional Influence, region Central India loses -0.87% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Indostan gains +25.36% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -25.36% Regional Influence, Indostan losses: -54.26 HC, -17.39 IC, -28.35 EC, -13.04 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -78.69 HC, -26.45 IC, -45.8 EC, -43.54 MC)


Battle of the Doab
Q1-Q2 1894: Literally translated as the “area in the confluence of two rivers,” the word “doab” defines vast plains that lie between great Indian rivers, consisting of fertile floodplains called “khadir” and elevated, drier plateaus named “bangar.” While the Indian subcontinent is a home to many doabs, the biggest one of them, known simply as the Doab, is located in the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh just east of Delhi, between the Ganges and Yamuna rivers. It’s a fertile valley with alluvial soils, hosting a multitude of ponds, rivers, and lakes, and featuring the highest population density known anywhere in the world (with most of the peasants, predictably, living in desperate poverty).While the avant-garde Sikh troops under Gurjant Singh have successfully entered some parts of the Doab earlier this year on the backs of the retreating Brits, now the Southwest monsoon is a true unseen enemy of any army that hopes to conquer this rich floodland. Having recovered from earlier defeats, the British hope to halt the Indostani offensive here, as losing the Doab might give the Sikhs and the Burmese a chance to link up their forces, forming a united front and an uninterrupted logistical network stretching from Lahore to Bangkok.


Great Colonial War: Rajasthan Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: From well before the hostilities began, a Sikh advance into Rajasthan was considered an unlikely and challenging task, mostly because the Indostani troops would have to break through the Aravali Range and cross the Luni River, all the while having their backs pressed against the Thar Desert. As a result, Operation Charan was designed with a particular reliance on speed and alacrity of the attack, aiming to cross the desert with a largely mobile force and then break through in a single weak spot of British defenses, spilling then into the North Mewar Plain. A large army (the Fauj Hamala) was put together, consisting of Sowar cavalry, horse-driven artillery batteries, supply trains half-loaded with fodder for horses, as well as bicycle troops, and specially commissioned civilian steam carriages (which ended up performing rather poorly, as biking through sand dunes was a torture even for most athletic soldiers, and carriages would get consistently stuck in the sand as well, lacking proper dreadnaught wheels). That force, it was hoped, would force-march through the Great Indian Desert and then pierce British defenses at Ratangarh. The choice of the point of initial attack was a bit surprising, as logistically it would have been much easier to attack from the Luni River Delta, where the troops wouldn’t have to fight in and around a myriad of dhoras (sand dunes) of the Thar Desert, but the Sikh high command likely expected Ratangarh defenses to be sabotaged during Operations Geedhay and Paaraata, thus contributing to the element of surprise. And surprise it did bring, but not the kind the Indostani troops expected. The British fortifications in the area were fully completed and manned, so the first assault on Ratangarh was a much bloodier affair than expected, taking two weeks of back-and-forth urban assaults to get a good grip over the city. After that, the fighting briefly continued in the Khetri Hills, but the time window for an effective offensive had ultimately passed by then. Running out of supply to stay on the offensive and still being pressed against the Thar Desert, the Fauj Hamala simply could not continue pressing against the British defenses. Then the Commonwealth’s counterattack came, forcing the Sowars (by now having lost most of their horses) out of the hard-won ruins of Ratangarh and routing them completely. The only thing that saved the Fauj Hamala from being pushed back into the Thar Desert, where it would undoubtedly melt away fighting the elements, was the fall of Delhi in the early June, opening a safe road for a retreat to the north-east. (Region Central India gains -0.44% Regional Growth Fluctuation, British Royal Commonwealth gains +2.55% Regional Influence, Indostan loses -2.55% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -11.9 HC, -4 IC, -6.92 EC, -6.58 MC, Indostan losses: -17.32 HC, -5.55 IC, -9.05 EC, -4.16 MC)


Great Colonial War: Gujarat Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: The Fauj Rajasthana was tasked with a fairly conservative mission for the campaign of spring-early summer of 1894: capture of Ahmedabad and key crossings over the Sabarmati River, thus securing the Sikh enclave of Gujarat from the north-east. In addition, it was hoped that an attack from the Gujarati plain could divert some British resources from better protected areas of Rajasthan, thus opening an opportunity for the Fauj Hamala to break through and wreak havoc in the British rear. As it became clear early on in the war, the latter part of the plan was not going to succeed, but that didn’t stop the Fauj Rajasthana from reaching its conservative objectives. Early May saw a brief, but bloody struggle for a strategically important bridge over the Sabarmati near Dholka, followed by a week-long battle for Ahmedabad and its Bhadr (the Citadel) itself. Having taken control of that regional infrastructure hub, however, the Sikh forces didn’t see a British withdrawal from the region. Instead, two Royal Highlander divisions of the Commonwealth’s army dug in the Danta and Chota Udaipur hills surrounding the Sabarmati River valley, thus threatening any Sikh advance along that line. Dislodging of these defences took the rest of the campaign, opening the gates to Udaipur to the Fauj Rajasthana. (Region Central India gains -0.76% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Indostan gains +4.43% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -4.43% Regional Influence, Indostan losses: -15.01 HC, -4.81 IC, -7.84 EC, -3.61 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -14.64 HC, -4.92 IC, -8.52 EC, -8.1 MC)


Battle of the Arabian Sea
Q1-Q2 1894: In the beginning of the Great Colonial War, the Royal Commonwealth had barely a few battle-ready ships in the entirety of the Indian Ocean, trusting their then-allies, the Burmese, to patrol that region for them. However, when it became clear that a war for India was inevitable, the Admiralty immediately rushed a fleet to its bases in Bombay and Calcutta, using the armistice with France as a way to move most of the ships and merchant marine via the Mediterranean Sea and the Suez Canal. Still, for a few weeks since the declaration of war came, the British shipping in the Arabian Sea was completely at the mercy of Indostani raiders, which was the period when most of the British cargo losses were suffered. Once better armored, armed, and trained squadrons of British ships started arriving to the region, the Sikh navy started facing first checks and setbacks, having lost a few cruisers in a convoy attack near Cape Gwardafuy in Somalia and in a series of skirmishes over the Carlsberg Ridge. Now that the British fleets are properly rebased, the end of 1894 might finally see a reversal of the Indostani naval gains. (Battle quest progress: 33.33%, Indostan losses: -9.01 HC, -5.73 IC, -14.99 EC, -24.9 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -14.87 HC, -9.81 IC, -22.3 EC, -35.62 MC)


Great Colonial War: Bengal Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: While the Sikh war plans for the first half of 1894 were all aggressively offensive, the Burmese military leadership didn’t wish to take logistical risks comparable to the Indostani crossing of the Thar Desert (which, indeed, almost cost the Sikh Empire an entire army). As a result, the plan for the Bengal campaign was charted with a strictly defensive attitude, hoping to fix the British in one place and let them exhaust themselves in fruitless assaults, while Indostan did the brunt of the fighting westward. Half of the Third Empire’s navy was also gathered to provide naval support of that unimaginative plan, named by Burmese staff officers Operation Toe-Nayar. Not everyone was happy with such a passive approach to fighting the Brits, though. Admiral Than Pe, a Burmized Arakanese naval officer with plenty of experience and a hero of the battle of the Moscos Island against the Boer Navy, favored an aggressive series of naval landings behind the British lines instead of a cautious shore bombardment duty his fleet was assigned to. His shelling of Haldia on the early days of the campaign was the first probing effort in such naval action, but it solicited a strong British response from the Ceylon Fleet, resulting in an indecisive naval action in the Ganges Fan on April 29. Having been checked in his ambitious plan, Than Pe fell back to compromise plan of doing a series of supporting naval actions and landings in the Ganges Delta. Eventually, his monitors successfully broke into the Meghna River, but were stopped by their British counterparts short of Mehendiganj in a brief naval scramble. Still, even failing to penetrate deeply into the vast network of the Ganges’ tributaries, Than Pe’s fleet’s action did secure the islands of the Ganges delta for Burmese naval landings (performed, naturally, by Arakanese and Mon brigades that were familiar with naval warfare, unlike the actual Burmese troops that lacked any such tradition). While Admiral Than Pe enjoyed his humble victories, the rest of the Anglo-Burmese front was largely quiet, with very few exceptions. Both armies were equally matched in terms of size, although the British enjoyed some superiority in heavier weaponry. Seeing that the enemy didn’t wish to advance and seeing no point at wasting the precious manpower in fighting for the Assamese jungles, the British chief commander in the region, General Matthew Rawlins decided to give his troops some limited morale boost by adopting a “bite and hold” strategy. This approach was based on limited scale attacks in the areas of the theater of war where a British advance was relatively easy, aimed mostly for very limited tactical gains and simple victories with no major operational implications. Such were the battles of Boko and Jailoh in Meghalaya, as well as the Udaipur offensive. All in all, the campaign of Bengal proved to be rather tame and uneventful, as both armies’ logistics was strained, and most of the losses suffered by the both sides were attributed to attrition and sickness rather than combat. (Region Ganges Region gains -0.37% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Third Burmese Empire gains +2.86% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -2.86% Regional Influence, Third Burmese Empire losses: -46.35 HC, -15.31 IC, -32.34 EC, -30.79 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -34.5 HC, -15.56 IC, -31.32 EC, -41.65 MC)


Great Colonial War: Papua-Melanesian Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: The Tokugawa Shogunate’s plan for the first part of 1894 in the South Seas (the Pacific Ocean) could roughly be divided into two stages. First, breaking through the line of British defenses in the Papua Island and British Melanesia, and, secondly, directly attacking Australia. The stratagem was very risky, considering the distances from home at which the navy and the army would have to operate. Still, the mood in the Bakufu’s supreme command was optimistic, as the British colonial empire was perceived virtually undefended. While that confidence wasn’t completely unfounded, the Royal Commonwealth was informed of the incoming storm by their Australian and New-Zealander governor-generals who had been previously approached by an unnamed third party and warned of the Japanese threat in exchange for some flips of loyalty. The general-governors’ call for help was answered, when garrison divisions and coastal guard brigades were formed in the Commonwealth’s Asian possessions and shipped to Australian and Oceania just in time for the Japanese invasion. Without the Royal Navy’s support, these garrisons possessed minimal mobility, but they were quite capable of denying the Shogunate easy landings - as long as the Pacific Ocean wasn’t entirely Japanese, that is. Another miscalculation on Japan’s part was in the supreme command’s expectation of a quick re-equipment and retraining of the entire military. In reality, the rearmament program was still in progress when the operations started, and wouldn’t be nearing completion until the middle of 1894. That meant that the troops fighting the Royal army (which itself hadn’t seen any improvements since the end of the First Atlantic War more than a decade ago) were equipped and trained, at times, even somewhat worse than the army that won the Boshin War for the Tokugawa clan. Finally, making the Japanese situation worse, the Melanesian command was one of a few examples when the Shogun’s attempt to combat petty factionalism among his servants went rogue. The “command matrix” of inter-branch coordination wasn’t truly embraced by either the army or the navy, and the naval commander in the area felt that his force, responsible for taking hold of the entire Melanesian perimeter, was horribly understaffed, while doing the bulk of the work, while his taskforce superior, an army general, had a simple goal with an overabundance of resources. This led to a very poor performance by the Melanesian naval squadron, which attempted unenthusiastic landings on the Nauru, Malaita, and New Britain islands, only to see the navy’s Kaigun Tokubetsu Rikusentai (Special Naval Landing Forces) beaten rather handedly by the British island garrisons. Meanwhile, in the Papua island, a disaster of another sort was playing out. More than one hundred thousand of Shogunate infantry was gathered in the Tokugawa colonial possession of Madanga (Madang) for an upcoming offensive against British-held towns of Lae and Port Moresby. That concentration of troops was greatly surpassing Japan’s ability to logistically support in the region, especially considering the horrible conditions on the ground. Still undeterred, the task force commander chose to proceed and start an offensive on Lae along the Markham River valley and across the Eastern Highlands of the Bismarck Range. However, with the navy struggling to achieve success in Melanesia, the army had to first make its way through the malaria-breeding jungles. If the valley expedition suffered losses only to disease and the elements, in the Bismarck Range the Japanese had to recon with a consequence of one of their earlier decisions. In 1893, several vicious tribes of Papua headhunters were squeezed out of Japanese Madanga into the formally British territory, and now these “savages” were ambushing the exhausted Shogunate infantry along the jungle trails. Who didn’t die to the highlanders’ darts, jungle miasma, and nightly swarms of man-eating ants, had to face a wall of British machine gun fire at the battles of Nadzab and Mumeng, ending the fighting part of the campaign in mere two and a half weeks. That was followed by a long retreat across the very same landscape the army had just crossed, making sure that most of the losses in the campaign were suffered by the Japanese to attrition rather than the enemy. Throughout the entire operation, the British army didn’t even try to gain a single square foot of an enemy ground, but the sheer word of the Tokugawa resounding defeat helped to crush several informal political alliances and black market trade deals made by “British-protected” Polynesian chieftains with the Japanese agents earlier that year. (Region Australia-Oceania gains -2.36% Regional Growth Fluctuation, British Royal Commonwealth gains +7.65% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate loses -4.01% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -11.94 HC, -4.01 IC, -6.95 EC, -6.61 MC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -26.33 HC, -6.36 IC, -14.35 EC, -8.29 MC)


Great Colonial War: Australian Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: Tokugawa plans for Australia were heavily dependent on a success of two major operations: creating a successful movement for Australian independence and piercing the British strategic defensive perimeter in Melanesia. Both of these endeavors failed to bring expected results, as the Great Penal Rebellion collapsed into a disjointed series of localized penal uprisings and the Papua campaign ended in a shameful disaster. Therefore, all the troops the Shogunate prepared to deploy to Australia once first beachheads are taken had to patiently wait in the Philippines for the entire half-a-year. Lacking their backup, a single squadron of the Shogunate navy attempted to pull off a miracle and land in Darwin, beyond its logistical range. However, the Rikusentai were outmatched and outnumbered by the British coastal garrison, even despite the latter also being overstretched and distracted with penal rebellions in the rear. After a few bloody assaults on coastal forts, the siege of Darwin became a quiet affair, and eventually the Rikusentai withdrew from the fortified beaches under the cover of their warships, ending the campaign with no territorial gains for either side. However, this humiliation, just like the one suffered by the Shogunate in the Papua Island, helped to break down some secret agreements between Tokugawa agents and “pro-British” Polynesian chiefs, dismantling the achievements of the Kempeitai had achieved in the Pacific theater earlier that year. (Region Australia-Oceania gains -0.75% Regional Growth Fluctuation, British Royal Commonwealth gains +2.44% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate loses -2.44% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -4.8 HC, -3 IC, -6.49 EC, -10.09 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -4.21 HC, -1.41 IC, -2.45 EC, -2.33 MC)


Battle of the South Seas
Q1-Q2 1894: When the war against the Great Britain was formally declared, the Shogunate’s naval leadership expected to fight the biggest fleet on the globe using its recently developed “kantai kessen” strategy, drawing the overstretched and overly ambitious foe into the depth of the Japanese network of naval bases and then striking on the Royal Navy with all its power. A risk of being outmatched in equipment was real, because a naval outfitting program was still in full swing on the Japanese Isles, and quite a few modern warships were still finishing their construction in the Japanese shipyards. What the Tokugawa admirals didn’t know, was that the British Royal Commonwealth had no warships to spare for the Pacific, betting everything on winning the Atlantic Ocean back from the North-Americans. As a result, it wasn’t until early March that the Shogunate’s navy really started to venture deep into the British waters of the South Seas (as the ocean is known to the Japanese). Finally, all cautions were thrown to the wind, and a true sea lane interdiction campaign started - at least, to a degree that the still obsolete Japanese navy could perform it. Giving the colossal distances involved, it the progress was rather slow even despite virtually no resistance on the part of the British navy, and the only losses suffered in the “Battle of the South Seas” were those of time, labor, and materiel, as the Shogun’s warships struggle to project the Rising Sun’s power beyond its colonial sphere. (Battle quest progress: 48.1%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -8.57 HC, -5.36 IC, -11.61 EC, -18.04 MC)

Second Atlantic War: Nova Scotia Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: As the Royal Commonwealth prepared for what it saw as holding down the beachhead from which a furious Lord-Protector planned to launch his crusade of Canadian liberation, the Union’s leadership had a much more realistic view of the campaign at hand. Finally, President Fouracre indulged his HQ and listened to their logistical considerations. This meant that instead of amassing all troops in infrastructurally ramshackled Canada, the Union Army was going to keep only a limited army presence in Nova Scotia while preparing its best forces to assault the Isthmus of Chignecto in several echelons. As a result, for the first time in the entire war the North-American soldiers didn’t have to suffer from logistical difficulties and enjoyed, generally, significantly better conditions than their counterparts under General Ashmore. In fact, the Royal troops were starting to suffer from starvation and shortages of ammunition, and their day-to-day conditions of living were miserable, as the entirety of Nova Scotia had a population slightly smaller than the army that was crammed into it (unbeknownst to them, their supply situation would get only worse by May, when the Grand Banks campaign would come to its disastrous conclusion). All in all, the Nova Scotia campaign could be divided into two distinct parts: the early stage (lasting until April 4th), consisting of small-scale fighting and probing artillery exchanges around the Isthmus, and late and more decisive stage (from April 4th until June 11th), that will be known in history as the Battle for the Isthmus. While the latter one deserves its own report, the former one was mostly favoring the North-Americans, as their surplus of artillery shells and ability to rotate troops between the attacks meant that the British could not establish a long-lasting line of trenches, and their counter-attacks mostly failed due to North-American standing barrages. Eventually they were pushed iteratively further and further into the Nova Scotia peninsula, until General Ashmore managed to anchor his defenses in a line between Truro and New Glasgow, where the final assault would meet him and his army in early April. (Regional Growth Fluctuation -0.79%, Union of North America gains +2.53% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -2.53% Regional Influence, Union of North America losses: -4.85 HC, -1.76 IC, -2.81 EC, -3 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -6.51 HC, -2.19 IC, -3.79 EC, -3.6 MC)

The Grand Banks campaign
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Just like in Europe, Great Britain relied heavily on its secret agents in the war for Canada. However, unlike in the operation that surrounded the Cherbourg breakthrough and battle of the St. Anna island, in Canada primary goal of the Secret Ward’s servants was based not on discovering information about enemy movement, but rather feeding false data to the enemy. Thanks to a few staged “leaks” that included a British dispatch boat being allowed to be intercepted off the coast of Nova Scotia, the British Admiralty managed to persuade their North-American counterparts that the Royal Fleet was targeting the Bermuda island for its next amphibious operation. This helped to keep the North-Americans off balance until the Royal Navy was ready to launch the operation that became known as the Grand Banks campaign. (Battle quest progress: 30.57%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -2.29 HC, -3.81 IC, -5.74 EC, -1.6 MC)

Since the disastrous loss of the North-West Atlantic to the Union’s fleet, the Royal Navy’s return to these waters was a matter of survival not just for the British naval prestige, but also for hundreds of thousands of the Commonwealth’s soldiers besieged in North America. This largely shaped planning for the upcoming campaign of the Grand Bank on both sides. The British simply intended to organize a system of well-protected convoys that could breach the Union’s blockade of the New World, while their opponents looked to use proximity of their naval bases in Bermuda and Cape Cod to intercept and raid such convoys using their recent advancements in sea lane interdiction technologies. The campaign that resulted from such planning predictably lacked any major engagements, and was a daily sequence of ambushes, undeclared attacks, and pursuits. Proximity of their bases and distances the British transports had to traverse helped the North-Americans to inflict larger losses on the enemy than they suffered themselves (despite being outnumbered almost 2:1 in tonnage), but in the absence of Admiral Dewey’s force the remaining Union’s ships were not numerous enough to completely bar the British from reaching North America. So, in the end of the year the Royal Navy proved that its global logistical capabilities still remained unmatched, with a new wave of reinforcements and, importantly, construction equipment and transports arriving to Halifax by day. However, the Canadian land campaign of late 1893 became an utter disaster for the British Army, meaning that through most of December the British Navy was not only attempting to supply the troops, but also rushing to evacuate as many units as possible, while the remainders of the Canadian garrison kept flowing to Halifax. The Grand Banks campaign is still far from being over, and the British Empire at this point is risking to lose not just Canada (which it no longer controls, except Newfoundland and Nova Scotia), but a good half of its army. (Battle quest progress: 79.57%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -36.96 HC, -24.38 IC, -55.44 EC, -88.54 MC, Union of North America losses: -23.91 HC, -23.73 IC, -49.16 EC, -68.14 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The peace treaty of Luxemburg between France and the Anti-Communard Coalition put Admiral Dewey and his fleet based in Brest into a strange situation. They could claim a cover of neutral port for as long as they wished, but they couldn’t operate from any French port against the British. An attempt to forge some sort of a diplomatic deal with the Possibilist French government almost led to a renewal of hostilities by the North-Germans and Austrobavarians, and by January 20th Dewey and his force were asked to either stay in Brest for the rest of the Atlantic War or leave it once and for all. To the North-American admiral, this meant a long and dangerous voyage to Bermuda under a treat of interception by his nemesis, British Admiral Hornby. This prediction proved to be correct pretty soon, as British armored cruisers were spotted by Dewey’s fleet mere five days after leaving the harbor. A series of indecisive, open sea actions followed on February 18th and March 2nd, intersected by constant attacks by British commerce raiders on Dewey’s screens or damaged ships. However, unlike with the Battle of the Armorican Seamount in late 1893, Hornby couldn’t force his opponent to take a decisive engagement the Brits were accustomed to, and the Royal Navy proved to be rather inexperienced in prolonged raiding campaigns. Eventually, Dewey reached the radius of operation of North-American raiders and ocean-going submarines stationed on Bermuda Island, forcing Admiral Hornby, who lacked a submerged fleet of his own, to recall the operation. All in all, the campaign, nicknamed by the British “the Hunt for Dewey,” let both sides with comparable losses, but the repair and replenishing that Dewey’s fleet had to undergo in Bermuda left the rest of the Union’s navy slightly outnumbered in the most decisive phase of the Battle of the Grand Banks. (Battle quest progress: 39.05%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -26.91 HC, -17.75 IC, -40.36 EC, -64.46 MC, Union of North America losses: -18.86 HC, -17.21 IC, -44.75 EC, -59.56 MC)

With a more operationally experienced Dewey rescuing one third of the North-American navy from its uneasy European entanglement, the completion of the Grand Banks campaign was entrusted to Admiral Alfred Thayer Mahan. Knowing that the Union’s navy was outnumbered in this section of the Atlantic, Mahan was confident that a more patient and calculated approach was needed to win the control of that naval region. The first advantage the Union’s navy had over the British was its proximity to its bases in Maine and Bermuda, meaning that the enemy could never know where the main bulk of the North-American force was concentrated, but the North-Americans knew exactly where to intercept their opponent. Secondly, the North-American navy, always a force to be reckoned with, had undergone a serious transformation in the nine months prior to that, becoming, perhaps, the best-equipped and best-trained naval force in the world. This advantage was particularly startling in the area of sea lane interdiction and submarine warfare, which was especially critical in a campaign that required to starve the British Nova-Scotian garrison of supplies. At first, Mahan planned to raid British convoys while patiently waiting for Dewey’s arrival in later March. However, when the word of how damaged Dewey’s fleet was finally arrived to Portland from Bermuda, Mahan knew that he had to act boldly in order to bring the Canadian war to a sure end. His plan was to concentrate the entire North Atlantic Fleet under his command and make a sortie toward Halifax, thus threatening the enemy with a decisive battle. He then planned to retreat and repeat the ruse a few more times throughout the campaign, each time forcing the British to concentrate more warships on protecting the Halifax Harbor from infamous North-American port strikes than on escorting their convoys. Meanwhile, Mahan argued, his submarines and above-surface commerce raiders would do enough damage to the British merchant marine to starve the British army on land. That plan was working through the first five weeks of its execution, until a mere luck brough Mahan and the core of the British Northern Fleet together in a battle of Scotian Shelf. As it turned out, the British were themselves looking for a decisive engagement, as they needed it in order to turn the tables in their increasingly desperate struggle to keep the Canadian army fighting. That engagement, however, turned completely into the North-American favor, as their forward cruisers, equipped with newly invented telemobiloscopes, spotted the spread-out British double column in the foggy weather long before the British were aware of their enemy’s proximity. Soon, Mahan’s entire force opened overwhelming saturation fire (another new joker in their sleeve) on the leading ships of the British dispersed formation. By 4.20 pm, some sort of battle order was regained by the Royal Navy, but even that couldn’t help to turn the tide of this titanic battle, as the newest North-American capital warships, built upon the all-or-nothing armoring concept, soaked up most of the British counter-fire without receiving critical damage. By the dusk, the second largest naval battle in history to that point was over, and the winner was obvious to all. With the remnants of the Royal North Fleet being forced to return to the Albion or (in some more desperate cases) to Halifax, the entire British convoy system in that part of the Atlantic was left virtually unguarded, cutting British Canada from the metropoly once and for all. Some desperate attempts to evacuate the remainders of General Ashmore’s army were made, but they were only partially successful, as every other troop transport would meet its end from a North-American submerged attack vessel or diesel corvette, sending thousands of souls to the bottom of the sea. (Battle quest completed with full success, British Royal Commonwealth: -2 Squadrons, -1 Corps, -200 HC, -80 IC, -500 EC, -30 MC, British troops in North America receive -1 CR penalty, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -56.38 HC, -37.19 IC, -84.56 EC, -135.07 MC, Union of North America losses: -31.94 HC, -29.15 IC, -75.8 EC, -100.89 MC)


Battle of the Isthmus
Spoiler :
Q4 1894: The Isthmus of Chignecto is the gate to Nova Scotia and also the last (and best) defensive line for the remainder of the British Canadian garrison. Its closeness to Halifax enables timely arrival of reinforcements and supplies, and its small width completely negates the Union’s superiority in numbers. That is, as long as the North-Americans fail to launch a naval invasion and don’t repulse British convoys in the Battle of the Grand Banks. In fact, the British high command is in a predicament over what should be the course of action now. With the Grand Banks naval campaign slowly swinging in their favor, but still being far from completely securing shipping between the British Isles and Canada, the supply situation of the Canadian garrison is still extremely poor. Besides, even if it were to improve, at least two surviving corps would have to be evacuated to elsewhere, since Nova Scotia and Newfoundland simply lack the infrastructure to support the ragtag horde that General Ashmore miraculously managed to evacuate from the Lower Canada. Some generals even go as far as suggesting complete evacuation of continental Canada while the situation allows it. Meanwhile, hardliners insist that all of the defeatist talks should be stopped at once, and Nova Scotia should be held at all cost as a beachhead for Britain’s future return to Canada and Rupert’s Land. Meanwhile, the Union high command wastes no time in such silly arguments, preparing to finish liberation of North America from the British once and for all.


Q1-Q2 1894: The report of the costly victory in the battle of the Nova Scotia Shelf reached the North-American high command, it became clear that the original plan of performing a multitude of amphibious landings in the British rear was no longer feasible, as Mahan’s triumphant fleet was in no shape to provide a required cover and support for such risky operations. The good news was that Ashmore’s army was no virtually cut-off from the rest of the Royal Commonwealth, and speculations were made that now the Brits would attempt to evacuate it by sea. Therefore, a straightforward, but methodical offensive operation was proposed, taking advantage of the Union’s advantage in all types of materiel and supply. April 4th became the first day of the North-American attack on the Truro-New Glasgow fortification line. After a week-long artillery barrage and nine more days of sluggish advance measured at times in yards rather than miles, Ashmore’s defenses finally collapsed in a critical point around Truro, opening a direct road toward Halifax. Ashmore managed to pull off a miracle once again, stopping the North-Americans just a dozen miles away from the port city, and an order was issued for the remainders of the British army to pull back to Halifax for evacuation. A new temporary defense position was established on a line Dartmouth-Sackville-Three Mile-Hantsport (leaving Halifax still within the reach of North-American artillery), but almost a quarter of the British contingent got trapped in Cape Breton and Prince Edward Island, lacking big ports for re-supply or evacuation. While the Union troops mopped up the north and hauled their heavy artillery for the final advance on Halifax, Ashmore managed to evacuate a half of his remaining force, leaving most of the wounded, along with a few volunteers and a local Nova-Scotian regiment to hold the North-Americans. By May 19th, the final storm of Halifax was in the full swing, and wounded Ashmore was persuaded to leave the continent with the last transport. Remainers of his force would retreat to Annapolis Valley, where they would surrender to the enemy, leaving Canada entirely in the hands of the Union and its allies. (Battle quest completed with full success, region Atlantic Canada-Quebec gains -0.5% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Union of North America gains +2.88% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -2.88% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth: -2 Corps, -100 IC, Union of North America losses: -21.33 HC, -7.73 IC, -12.37 EC, -13.19 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -36.92 HC, -12.41 IC, -21.48 EC, -20.43 MC)


Second Atlantic War: Liberia Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: In a year of disasters and failures, the Liberian campaign of the first half of 1894 was the only bright spot. War was not supposed to come to the British holdings in West Africa in the first place, and if some violence was expected, it was envision as a Jihad by the Toucouleur Empire (thus, a fortification improvement project financed by the Commonwealth in 1891 concentrated in protecting Massina from the northern and northeastern directions). However, when France capitulated in Europe and the Second Atlantic War became a solely one-on-one matchup between the North-American Union and Great Britain, President Fouracre and his State Department started looking for allies in different regions of the world. Liberia, a nation founded by the Union’s predecessor, the United States of America, was a natural choice. Thousands of advisers and officers of African-American descent were sent to this African country to help bring its army and economy into a war-ready state, while a special African Expeditionary Corps of the Union Army was secretly shipped to Liberia and assembled there as a support for the local troops. The army retraining program was still underway in the first months of 1894, when Liberian President Joseph James Cheeseman started experiencing a lot of pressure from the North-American diplomacy to finally declare his joining of the Second Atlantic War on the Union’s side. Given the intelligence information about the upcoming Asian conflict he was provided with, the war promised to be an easy walk for the young nation. A plan was drawn, simply ordering the North-American troops to advance into British Sierra Leone and the hills of British Guinea, while the Liberian army (still undergoing its re-equipment and re-training) would push into the forests and savannah of the Ivory Coast. The division line between the two forces’ operational theaters was laid along the St. John River and the Nimba Mountain Range. On the British side, however, preparations were also underway. The North-American transfer of advisers in 1893 was noted by the Secret Ward, and a transfer of troops was also expected. Therefore, even as the Royal Commonwealth struggled to redeploy enough troops to India and its Pacific possessions, a battle-ready army or a reasonable size was still kept in Mali at all times. This meant that, when the declaration of war came in late January 1894, the Union and its ally had no element of surprise on their side. Quickly, the drastic difference between the African Expeditionary Corps’ performance and its Liberian partners became apparent. The North-Americans broke through the British hill defenses and advanced to Nzerekore, Macenta, and Gueckedou in Guinea, but were soon stopped by their British counterparts. In Sierra Leone, they easily reached the Moa river, but couldn’t take a critical bridge crossing at Kanema. Despite these limited successes in the west, the eastern offensive was collapsing in on itself. An attack on the British positions in Grand Gedeh quickly stalled and was repelled, and by March 4th the Brits outsmarted their enemy and pierced the Liberian right flank, crossed the Cavala river, leading to a capture of a logistically critical port city of Harper on March 18th. This sent the entire Liberian force (still learning the lessons of modern war from their advisers) into disarray. The British counter-attack in Grand Gedeh was briefly stopped in the Putu Hill Range, but the Commonwealth army again broke their flanks (this time in the north, at Zewdu) and the subsequent British offensive kicked the Liberians out of the Grand Kru, Sinoe, Nimba, and Rivercess regions, until it ran out of breath upon a successful capture of another strategically important port of Buchanan. Seeing the collapse of the East and being counter-attacked by the regrouped British in the west, the African Expeditionary Corps was forced to give up all previously gained territory and return to their starting positions. That’s where they helped to regroup the Liberian army and organized a defensive perimeter along the Mono and St. John rivers, with northern frontlines going through the Kpo, Bong, and Nimba Mountain Ranges. In Chicago, the news of the Liberian campaign were received with dismay. President Fouracre, whose popularity was stellar upon the Canadian triumph, was timidly, but still vocally criticized for his African entanglement. The battles of the Isthmus and the Nova Scotian Shelf, his critics said, could be perfect stopping points of the war, giving the British diplomacy literally no leverage over their North-American counterparts. Now, it seems, an entire corps of the North-American army has become a hostage in the negotiations with the Royal Commonwealth, giving the British at least some minor card to play in the peace negotiations that are likely to start soon. More hawkish defenders of the President, however, point out that the refitting of the Liberian army is nearing its completion, and the remainders of the year may show that “Fortress Liberia” is not such an easy nut to crack, after all. (Region Greater Mali gains -1.64% Regional Growth Fluctuation, British Royal Commonwealth gains +6.38% Regional Influence, Liberia loses -6.38% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -9.99 HC, -3.36 IC, -5.81 EC, -5.53 MC, Union of North America losses: -6.79 HC, -2.46 IC, -3.94 EC, -4.2 MC, Liberia losses: -5.82 HC, -0.84 IC, -2.6 EC, -0.38 MC)

Gran-Colombian War of Independence: Colombian Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: As the Gran-Colombian War of Independence escalated, it also split into a conventional military conflict and a series of loosely connected partisan campaigns taking place simultaneously in various parts of the region. The main focus of the former, for the Twin Crowns of Portugal-Brazil, was extinguishing the fire of the rebellion in the heart of the former Kingdom of Gran Colombia. Having learned on the mistakes of the earlier campaigns, the Portobrazilian high command reduced the number of frontline units and also provided them with a significant logistical assistance. In the end, it was the engineer units and construction brigades that suffered the higher loss rate in personnel and materiel on the Portobrazilian side, as they not only had to work on supply throughput in hellish conditions of Colombian jungles, but also were prime targets for various partisan groups. Partially, to ease the burden on the logistical units, the Portobrazilian supreme leadership also drew plans to capture key Caribbean ports of Gran Colombia (such as Barranquilla, Santa Marta, and Cartagena) via naval landings, being clearly superior to the Gran-Colombian Republican Navy. As for the Republican forces, their general plan was neutrally defensive, drawn with a clear realization of inferiority in quality of training and equipment, but with realization of possessing a better morale and logistics. As a result, the Colombian campaign of January-June 1894 was a sluggish push of individual Portobrazilian divisions through the jungles of San Lucas and La Macarena Mountains. Eventually, the Portobrazilian offensive did bring them to the outskirts of Medellin, but the Republican army stopped them there in a thirteen-day counter-offensive that seems to have exhausted all of the Gran-Colombian reserves. That allowed the Twin Crowns’ army to capture an important infrastructure hub of Neiva in the upper flow of the Magdalena river, followed by a successful assault of Magangue in the north. That last attack was not an independent offensive, but rather the army’s attempt to support a larger amphibious invasion taking place west of Maracaibo. The naval assault turned out to be the critical part of the campaign, because it not only suppressed the feeble Gran-Colombian squadron operating in the Caribbean Sea, but also forced the Republican forces to give up almost the entire northern shoreline. After Barranquilla fell to the Portobrazilian Fuzileiros Navais (marine riflemen), Maracaibo was captured without a fight, and Santa Marta capitulated after a naval raid and a threat of envelopment of the local Republican garrison. The only bright spot in the naval campaign for the Gran-Colombians (besides its soldiers’ heroism) was the fact that the port of Cartagena remained under their control after a Portobrazilian attempt to break out from the Panama enclave failed. By the middle of the year, the Republic of Gran Colombia controlled only a thin stretch of land from Cartagena in the north to Ecuadorian highlands in the south, being able to supply a frontline army only thanks to a logistical line running (north to south) through Monteria, Medellin, Pereira, Kali, and Pasto. (Region Gran Colombia gains -3.49% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Portugal-Brazil gains +15.01% Regional Influence, Gran Colombia loses -15.01% Regional Influence, Gran Colombia losses:-19.91 HC, -5.13 IC, -12.71 EC, -9.44 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -21.48 HC, -7.68 IC, -17.17 EC, -16.82 MC)

Siege of Cartagena
Q1-Q2 1894: Truth be told, the Gran-Colombian army is vulnerable to a breakthrough in virtually any spot along its overstretched frontline due to a vital supply line running north-to-south just a few dozen kilometers behind their positions. However, out of all possible transportation hubs, the Caribbean port city of Cartagena stands out as the only remaining northern port capable of receiving support from North-American members of the Monroe Conference bloc. Threatened from the south-east by the Portobrazilian army and from the west by the Twin Crowns’ fleet and naval infantry, this important port must be held by the Gran-Colombians at all cost if they wish to keep the Republic alive for much longer. Known as Cartagena de Indias (Cartagena of the Indias) during the Spanish colonial rule, this ancient town was bestowed a title of the “Heroic City” by Simon Bolivar the Liberator himself after it was captured by a patriot army and navy from the Spanish royalists 1821. Now, however, Cartagena may have to stand up to its name once again.

Gran-Colombian War of Independence: Ecuadorian Campaign
Q1-Q2 1894: Perhaps, realizing their People’s Army’s inferiority in quality of training, the Andean Communal War Committee attempted to concentrate its military operations on various insurgency actions in various areas of Ecuador, Gran Colombia, and even Portobrazilian Amazonia. However, there was no denial that the Gran-Colombian Republican army couldn’t withstand the Portobrazilian onslaught on its own along the entire front, so at least some conventional military action had to take place. And that action was going to be grand - at least in the eyes of the War Committee. The Andean war planners envisioned an aggressive and opportunistic offensive in Ecuador and past the southern flank of the Portobrazilian army in Colombian highlands. In order to achieve that goal, the Andeans planned to employ their airship collectives that, as the generals dreamed, would haul supply and materiel for the marching army. The reality, however, proved to be more harsh. The civilian blimps were virtually useless for heavy military cargo, and the landscape of the Northern Andes naturally favored defense over offense in a conventional campaign. It meant that the original army march from Peru through the Cordillera De Cutucu mountains was virtually lacking any resistance from the Portobrazilians, but by the time Cordillera De Galeras was reached, the Twin Crowns’ troops were already setting their machine gun nests in the mountain passes. Late March and April saw plenty of one-sided, bloody, and unsuccessful attacks by the Andeans along the Napa river, and when the War Committee chose to redirect the main push to the south, into the Costa region, a disaster struck. The logistical support of that offensive was supposed to be provided the a lone squadron of the Andean Communal Navy, but the Portobrazilian Admiralty had predicted that move earlier that year, having sent a naval detachment across the southern tip of the continent with an order to capture of blockade the Pacific coast of Gran Colombia. As the news of the Andean declaration of war were received by the fleet commander in late March, the Portobrazilian ships quickly reoriented themselves to a convoy hunt. The latter action wasn’t supposed to be easy for them, as their bases were too far away, but the fleet commander, Duke João de Castro Pamplona, 8th Count of Resende, demonstrated what Portobrazilian seahawks could do with a fleet of “land rats.” The Andean merchant marine was easily picked on and decimated, and the Andean attempt to give the enemy an open battle during a defense of a convoy resulted in an embarrassing loss in the Battle of Isla Puna in the Gulf of Guayaquil. De Castro Pamplona wouldn’t stop there and follow up on that success with an incredibly risky naval landing on the Santa Helena Peninsula (a task performed by armed seamen, as the squadron wasn’t expected to act as an invasion force and therefore had only a few naval infantry units). This bold move gained the Portobrazilians the city of Guayaquil, threatening the Andean land offensive’s left flank and eventually forcing them to retreat and even leave Quito to the enemy. That concluded the active phase of the Ecuadorian conventional campaign, forcing the Andeans to seek success in various partisan actions across the region instead. (Region North Andes Region gains -2.05% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Portugal-Brazil gains +8.81% Regional Influence, Gran Colombia loses -8.81% Regional Influence, Portugal-Brazil losses: -13.93 HC, -5.23 IC, -9.38 EC, -10.44 MC, Communes of the Andes losses: -27.39 HC, -7 IC, -16.26 EC, -13.78 MC)
 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Central Russia

Spoiler :
Fast-growing, populous region with powerful agriculture and developing manufacturing industry.

Stop a galloping horse, walk into a burning house
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Russian harsh climate and equally harsh life give birth to rather stoic men and women. There even an old Russian saying, “A peasant woman can stop a galloping horse and walk into a burning house,” which, of course, exaggerates things, but only barely. Now this folk saying has been adopted as a motto by a new generation of moderate left-leaning suffragists from the All-Russian League for Women's Equality. What strongly differs this movement from analogous European and American organizations is that the All-Russian League is driven not as much by educated intelligentsia, but by literate factory workers and classless raznochintsy. As Russian factories grow in sophistication and extensive use of difference engines, the outlook of factory personnel changes. Very often, overmen have little use for raw strength of muscles and instead look for greater analytical and troubleshooting skill at their workplace, which female employees can display just as much as their male competitors. In fact, women workers can be (and often are) paid less than men, thus outcompeting men thanks to a lack of labor regulations in Russia. This new sub-class of female workers now wishes to have as much representation in the affairs of the state as other men, being equal and even at times superior to many of them in terms of income and opportunities. Needless to say, this angers many traditionalists and advocates of Russian family patriarchate, mostly popular in the countryside and among the urban poor. One way or another, this seems to be a beginning of a long way toward gender equality in Russia.



Golden Ring
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The so-called Golden Ring of Russia is formed by eighteen ancient Russian cities northeast of Moscow, which played an important role in the formation, reunification, and growth of the Russian nation in the 12-18th centuries and which have preserved most of their architectural landmarks untouched by either wars or the progress. In recent years, Russian economic growth has spurred a debate as to how the nation could make use of this agglomeration. Some members of the Directorial Assembly propose to make these cities tourist destinations and cultural centers of new Russia, which would require significant improvement of infrastructure, law enforcement, and ecologic regulations in some of them. Meanwhile, industrial lobbyists say that kremlins, monasteries, and onion-domed cathedrals could never generate the wealth that could be produced through hard work and toil, suggesting to turn the Golden Ring into an industrial heart of the nation, it’s own Rhein-Ruhr. Some more extravagant proposals include even turning these lands into a settlement area for displaced Serbs, but that suggestion was mostly laughed at during the most recent Directorial session.


Q1-Q2 1894: Done with its “international duty” in Hungary, Russia seems to be reconnecting with the core of its culture, realizing that multiculturalism of the post-Imperial decades shouldn’t stand on the way of Russian self-acceptance. A Tourism Committee was formed as a part of the Foreign Directorate and put in charge of issuing grants for a wide variety of renovation and infrastructure projects that should enable transportation and accomodation of tourists and travellers from Europe and other Russian cities. Law enforcement was also improved in and around the Golden Ring, bringing crime levels across Podmoskoviye (Moscow Surroundings) to the level comparable to that of Central Europe. As a result, even before the tourist season started, the region started experiencing a cultural uplift, combined with growth of small and medium businesses. (Regional quest completed with success, region Central Russia gains +10 IC, +10 EC, +0.5% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Directorial Russia gains +1% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Free Boer Republic loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Third Burmese Empire loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -1.13 HC, -1.87 IC, -3 EC, -0.74 MC)


Woes of the Central Agrarian Zone
Q1-Q2 1894: The Central Agrarian Zone is a traditional heartland of Russian agriculture, characterized before the Second Time of Troubles by the highest concentration of serfs. Even though Serf Emancipation of the 1850s has formally freed all peasants, the allotment of land in the Central Agrarian Zone, unlike in other regions of Russia and Siberia, was heavily sided in favor of the barins and pomeshchiks (the landed gentry), leaving most of obshchinas (peasant communes) with a limited amount of land of rather poor quality. Debt-ridden, often illiterate, and driven to subsistence farming, these peasant communities naturally became centers of a powerful baby boom (since obsolete agricultural practices made family farming highly dependent on human labor)., That, in turn, only forced them to either borrow grain from successful free farmers (kulaks) or rent out overpriced lands from the gentry in order to feed their growing families. While the Directorial Assembly has recently found a solution for overpopulation of cities of Central Russia, it seems like the woes of the Central Agrarian Zone still linger, and the countryside is fuming with dissent, envy, and debilitating poverty.

The Idiot
Spoiler :
1892: A domestic crime with significant repercussions is shaking the Russian political scene. Two heirs to politically influential houses were found near a body a dead woman in a room of a wealthy condominium in the city of Pavlovsk. Both were in the poorest condition of mind and provided little help for the local law enforcement in establishing the full picture of events. One of the suspects, one Prince Myshkin, is a kind, but emotionally unstable epileptic, and also a descendant of a still powerful landowning dynasty with ties to the isolationist Bure-Smirnov political lobby. The other one is Parfyon Rogozhin, a rough-cut, larger-than-life figure known for despicable drinking habits and terrifying wroth, is a heir to a prominent merchant clan directly supporting the Secretary and the ruling Russobalt-Putilov corporate coalition. The first one seems to have descended to complete imbecillia, while the latter one is suffering from a bad case of delirium tremens. While the criminal case goes along, the representation of the crime in press could be used to either support the Secretary and his coalition, or to undermine them, somewhat compensating for the defeat that the federalists have suffered as the result of the recent lobbying transparency campaign.



Air pressure-powered skeleton
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Russian engineer Nikolai Yagin made headlines this winter as the Putilov Manufacturing Concern officially announced its purchase of his invention’s patent. Yagin’s “apparatus for facilitating walking and lifting” is a wearable mobile machine that is powered by a system of compressed gas bags that allow for limb movement with increased strength and endurance. So far, this scientific project is still in its infancy, but it has chances to revolutionize manual labor once completed.


Q1-Q2 1894: Nikolai Yagin’s air pressure-powered skeleton has finally attracted enough attention from investors (and Alekei Putilov himself) to stop being a peculiarity of modern overengineering and turn into a useful invention. Nicknamed “Koschei Bessmertny” (after an undead lich of Russian folklore), the exo-skeleton was finally ergonomically improved by Putilov’s best engineers to give its wearer a 100-225% boost to physical lifting and walking power for a period of time that ranges between ten and forty minutes (depending on the air pressure mode and the size of an air pressure cylinder). While the air pressure storage technology is still in its infancy, Putilov factories are already starting to receive contracts to produce “Yagin’s skeletons” for use in warehousing, construction work, lumberjacking, and other fields where demand for strength and fine motor skill come together. (Technology quest completed, Directorial Russia adopts “Air pressure-powered skeleton” for no additional cost, Directorial Russia losses: -3.47 HC, -0.79 IC, -8.9 EC, -7.56 MC)



Northern Russia
Spoiler :
Booming cultural center with well-established fur industry and access to foreign markets.


White Sea-Baltic Canal
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The entire naval history of Russia consists of overcoming its natural geographic challenges, including lack of steady oceanic access and significant separation of fleets between several inner seas. As the port of Kola has helped to overcome yet another limitation placed on the Russian navy and merchant marine by the very weather of the land, more and more investors and Admiralty officers are starting to put forward yet another infrastructure project designed to help the nation with trade and power projection. The White Sea-Baltic Canal is supposed to connect the White Sea of the Arctic Ocean to the Baltic Sea, going through a sequence of lakes: the Vygozero, the Onega, and the Ladoga. Not only could it boost the region’s prosperity by letting Pomor traders gain better access to Northern European markets, but it could also allow the Russian Arctic and Baltic fleets transfer their ships (albeit of smaller displacement) between their water areas quicker, cheaper, and with minimum risk.


Q1-Q2 1894: As the size of the Russian Baltic and White Sea fleets recently diminished due to a departure of several squadrons for the Black Sea, the value of the proposed White Sea-Baltic Canal grew in the eyes of directorial investors. Excited about the economic prospects of the enterprise and encouraged by the Pomor merchant lobby, the Directorial Assembly almost unanimously agreed to accept a discretionary budget spending plan that included the costs of the new canal construction. Despite all challenges of digging a modern canal among swamps and forest of Karelia and the Transonega region, Russian engineers have yet again proven themselves unafraid of seemingly impossible tasks, pushing the project close completion, which is hoped to happen before the winter of 1894. (Regional quest progress: 89.44%, Directorial Russia losses: -2.97 HC, -0.68 IC, -7.63 EC, -6.48 MC)


Komi of many rivers
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Komi are ancient Finno-Ugric people that have settled the very north of the Russian Plain long before the Slavs and the Norse came into the picture. For many centuries, they were the biggest limitation of Novgorodian political expansion in the north, and with Moskovian vassalization of the Duchy of Great Perm they were largely left alone for centuries, as most of the energy of the growing Russian state was aimed past them, toward Siberian expansion. However, anthropological expeditions and censi of the early 19th century brought the Komi back to the demographic picture of the Russian society. Now that their region, rich in mineral ores, diamonds, timber, and reindeer herds, grows in its economic value, many Komi communities are starting to use Russia’s newfound taste for freedom of speech to attract people’s attention to their ethnic plight. Inhabiting mostly the numerous river valleys of the region (primarily,of the Vychegda, Pechora and Kama rivers), their villages are naturally placed to benefit from the swelling of logistical networks keeping Russian industries of Great Perm working. Yet, the “timber magnates” and “salt barons” that invest most heavily in the region prefer to hire Slavic work migrants from Central Russia, partially due to ethnic biases and partially because they have a greater leverage in wage negotiations with that desperate lot. Komi advocates insist that Komi workers can prove to be superior to the Russian labor force, or that they, at least, could provide lively service industries to grim Russian mining towns, but in order to do that, they need at least some level of municipal representation and cessation of discriminatory policies by the businesses.



Crime and Punishment
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: As one of the biggest centers of education and industry in the Europe, and certainly one of the most “Westernized” cities of Directorial Russia, Saint-Petersburg continues attracting masses of aspiring students, inventors, and classless raznochintsy. While a good number of these people has started finding their way into the ruthless world of Russian banking, computational engineering, and commerce, some of them just can’t keep up with brutal demands of their new employers on their own. In order to withstand brutal 14-hour intellectual work shifts and stay sharp, many of them have to rely on various drugs on daily basis. Medicinal cocaine - a legal and easily acquired substance - is the most popular of them, but some synthetic North-German drugs are also known to be in use. However, now these substance addictions have started to show their ugly side effects. On one case, a young investment banker Rodion Raskolnikov, an employee of a firm Svidrigailov&Partners, went on a bloody killing streak around his neighborhood, armed with an ax and a Zlatoust-made revolver. Caught and arrested alive, he was later found to be a victim of a delirium caused by a nigh-deadly drug overdose. This case would be just a scary anecdote had it been not been a representation of a larger trend that pushes more and more Russian intellectuals over the edge, into a deadly grip of addiction, stress, and vice.




Volga-Don Region
Spoiler :
Fast-growing and populous infrastructure hub of Russia, with well-developed riverine transport, strong agriculture, and up-and-coming industrial sector.


Wäisi movement
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Bahawetdin Wäisev, a Tatar preacher of a Sunni spiritual order of Naqshbandi, first appeared in sight of the Russian police in the early 1880s, when he and his madrasi in Kazan started teaching a mix of Islamic purism and economic socialism to their flock. Back in the day, Russia was still overcoming the consequences of the Second Time of Troubles, and the issue was swept under carpet, but now it seems like his movement, the Wäisi, has gained more traction than the newly-formed Committee of State Security would wish to see. Wäisi emigrants from among the preacher’s first generation of Islamic students are arguably the main inspirers behind the victorious Basmachi Revolution in Kokand and Bukhara. They also possess a lot of influence in the international Ummahist circles, being highly respected in Egypt and having some followers in Turkey and in the Caucasus (although their economic and nationalist views are too progressive for disaffected Turkish and Caucasian villagers). One way or another, now the Wäisi movement needs to either be put down or somehow castrated. Some adventurous KGB experts, meanwhile, go as far as suggest recruiting Wäisi savants and using them as Russia’s agents of influence and espionage in the Middle East.



Volga-Don Portage
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Volgodonskaya Perevoloka (or Volga-Don Portage) is an important trade and military route that’s existed since the 1st millennia BC and serves a way of transferring cargo or even entire ships between the Volga and Don rivers, thus connecting the Black Sea and Caspian Sea economies. For centuries, horse or human power were used to drag light boats and their cargo across a 70-kilometer stretch of land, but times are changing, and the booming Russian economy needs more effective tools of riverine transfer. The most austere proposal on the table is optimization of the portage for use of steam-powered, amphibious alligator tugboats, which means a series of simple portage tracks needs to be built using such simple materials as wood and cast iron. Another project aims to create a proper integrated railway network connecting riverine ports of Tsaritsyn and Marinovka, outfitted with heavy-duty cars and reinforced railway gauge, enabling transfer of not only cargo, but even ships between the two rivers. Finally, the last proposal is creation of a proper canal that would connect Volga and Don into one aquatorium.


Q1-Q2 1894: At this point, the Russians are world’s experts in railroad construction, and they chose to prove it once again with their building of an integrated ship- and cargo-transferring integrated rail network to replace the obsolete Volga-Don Portage. Stretching between river ports of Tsaritsyn and Marinovka is the densest and most complicated concentration of railway lines and railway depots in this part of the world, and some branches of the railway follow further down the Don and Volga rivers to ease the transfer of local destination cargo and passengers. With the war in Europe no longer adding to the urgency of construction, the Volga-Don Railway construction seems to be taking longer than the Transsibirian Railroad to complete, but at this point it’s pretty clear that the project will be completed in 1894 if nothing unexpected happens. (Regional quest progress: 86.75%, Directorial Russia losses: -2.97 HC, -0.68 IC, -7.63 EC, -6.48 MC)


Caviar wars
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Named after a Persian word “Khāviyār,” caviar is a delicacy consisting of salt-cured roe of the Acipenseridae family fish, mostly coming from species of wild sturgeon found in the Caspian Sea and Black Sea. Ever since Russia became a major regional player in the Caspian Sea region, the delicacy found its way onto the tables of Russian upper bourgeoisie and old aristocracy, and from there spread to Europe and beyond, recently becoming a big gourmet trend in the Confederate State of America. Since the Transcaspian region keeps a near monopoly on caviar fishing, it naturally attracts big money and, with them, plenty of aggressive players who are not afraid to spill human blood for the sake of getting a bigger share of the market pie (or, rather, of a market caviar blin). Recently this aggressive, semi-legal competition has attracted attention of organized crime as well and has resulted in what local fishermen call “caviar wars,” featuring assassinations, gang-on-gang skirmishes, and fishing ship boarding. On one particularly scandalous case, it did almost escalate to a war, when a dashing packet boat raid was performed by Ural Cossacks to the shores of the Mangyshlak Peninsula, conceived as a retaliation expedition against a local bey, a vassal of a pro-Russian Emir of Khiva and a major competitor of Russian caviar fishers in the Caspian region.


 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Ukraine

Spoiler :
Fast-developing breadbasket of Eastern Europe with a big labor market.


Draining the swamp
Spoiler :
1892: Expansive Pripyat Marshes lie in the Polesian Lowland, taking up vast tracts of land and standing on the way of any infrastructure project with a potential to connect Russia with Europe. Several projects have been proposed aimed at finally making some use of that inhospitable land. The most ambitious, but most practical project suggests that gradual drainage could help Russia reconquer a lot of arable land. The All-Russian Geographic Society, meanwhile, proposes turning Pripyat Marshes into the first Russian “national park,” a place where wild nature is preserved in its primordial state. That project, they argue, would increase Russia’s prestige in the world and, besides attracting tourists, would also make Russia a destination for many natural scientists. Finally, a few dark minds suggest that, now that Siberia is a formally a separate nation, the marshes could be used as a universal exile location for unwanted types capable of penal servitude. That, of course, would require some basic penal colony infrastructure to be built, and the government would have to come up with criteria for the types of crimes that could qualify for that stereotypically Russian kind of punishment.



Hetman and his mace
Spoiler :
1890: The Ukrainian Hetmanate is at the crossroads. A state based on a compromise between urban bourgeoisie and Ukrainian Cossack military, it’s struggling to establish itself as a solid nation with its own geopolitical course. Hetman Oleksander Barvinsky himself is in favor of building a state lead by military staff, similar to Poland or the Sublime Porte. The Rada (the Parliament), on the other hand, consists of Galitsian and Volynian Catholic urban bourgeoisie, and therefore opposes him and argues for an enlightened, modernized monarchy similar to Hungary or Austria-Bavaria. Scientific elites and intelligentsia from Kyiv and the Levoberezhye (the left bank of the Dnieper) region argue that the young nation’s ties with Russia should be exploited more. Whichever way the nation turns, it’s certain major powers will plan an active role in establishing its course.

Q3 1893: A political crisis over Central European diplomatic realignment is sweeping through the Rada. Looking to pull the Hetmanate out of the Hungarian military and economic orbit, Directorial Russia didn’t waste time and money on launching a heavy pro-Russian campaign in Ukrainian press and politics. The message sent to the Ukrainian public was an amiable one: Russia wished not to interfere with Ukrainian independence and territorial integrity, but also wanted to see Ukraine on its side in the War of Hungarian Containment - or, at least, not on the side of Hungarian royal militarists. That message was happily accepted in Kyiv and other areas of the Levoberezhye, but rubbed Hetman Barvinsky himself in the wrong way. Widely seen in Russia and Poland as a Hungarian puppet, Barvinsky quickly put together an ad-hoc counter-campaign, sponsored by Galitsian and Volynian magnates and supported by Hungarian diplomatic corps and agents of influence. The municipal elections of September 1893 have shown that the Russian position is clearly winning, but the Hungarians and their lobbyists continue exercising a lot of influence in the Rada, still. Luckily, unlike the ongoing political crisis of Gran Colombia, the Ukrainian “great game” is bloodless and so far rather civil. (Regional quest progress: 10.52%, Directorial Russia losses: -3.59 HC, -5.91 IC, -8.68 EC, -2.19 MC Ukrainian Hetmanate losses: -2 HC, -3.39 IC, -5.65 EC, -0.07 MC, Hungary losses: -2.79 HC, -3.7 IC, -5.77 EC, -1.09 MC)

Q4 1893: The battle for influence over the young Ukrainian state continued to rage through the last months of 1893, although, once again, it featured no violence and was mostly fought by pens and banknotes. Several high-profile scandals shook the Rada, as Hetman Barvinsky’s parliamentary allies started facing accusations of corruption and, on a few particularly embarrassing cases, of marital infidelity. Hetman’s own agents attempted to contain the damage, but were severely underequipped and undertrained to properly deal with such brutal blackmailing techniques. Meanwhile, pro-Russian businesses and press continued promoting Russian directorial interests across the country, clashing with their Hungarian competitors and steadily proving their superiority time and again. Besides, Hungary had little to offer as a counterweight to Russian cultural export, failing to present itself as an attractive alternative to an increasingly pluralist Russian culture. At this rate, Ukrainian Hetmanate’s geopolitical realignment is starting to look at a matter of when and not how. Yet, many people question if Ukraine’s acceptance of Russian influence would come before the war in Eastern Europe ends in Hungarian defeat. (Regional quest progress: 65.27%, Directorial Russia losses: -5.29 HC, -8.76 IC, -14.53 EC, -3.56 MC, Ukrainian Hetmanate losses: -3.34 HC, -5.67 IC, -9.44 EC, -0.12 MC, Hungary losses: -10.66 HC, -14.12 IC, -22.02 EC, -4.17 MC)


Q1-Q2 1893: With the signing of peace treaty of Bucharest, it became clear to everyone in Europe that Hungarian foreign influence was going to come down to zero. That, of course, included Hungarian agricultural investments in Galitsia, Lodomeria and the Volyn’. The economic vacuum left by the retreating Hungarian capital was immediately filled by Polish magnates. The latter also attempted to make the Ukrainian Rada more cordial toward the Poles who promised to help the Hetmanate with mechanization of its agriculture. This promise, however, didn’t fly far, as Poland itself was still in the process of mechanizing its countryside. Still, the new economic ties are quite promising for both nations (and especially for the western regions of Ukraine). (Regional quest progress: 51.9%, Poland losses: -1.72 HC, -0.39 IC, -4.15 EC, -2.57 MC)

The changes surrounding Ruthenian agriculture were just a background for the final showdown on the political field, in which Hetman Barvinsky and his loyal supporters in the Rada attempted to protect their honor and their positions against a waterfall of press exposés, corruption scandals and compromising rumors. Having lost his Hungarian diplomatic support and financing, Barvinsky did find other foreign allies in his desperate struggle. The latter allies managed to publish several investigative materials exposing the anti-Barvinsky movement as a Russian propaganda construct, but even these articles couldn’t sway the public opinion. After all, even if a half of what was pressed against Barvinsky and his “magnate party” was true, did it really matter that it was the pro-Russian press that uncovered it? On June 3, Hetman Barvinsky resigned along with his entire cabinet, and extraordinary elections were held, bringing Mykhailo Hrushevsky and his pro-Directorial Ukrainian Narodnik Party to power. (Regional quest completed with success, region Ukraine gains +0.25% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Directorial Russia gains +15% Regional Influence, Poland gains +2.31% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -17.31% Regional Influence, Ukrainian Hetmanate losses: -6.74 HC, -11.45 IC, -19.05 EC, -0.24 MC, Directorial Russia losses: -3.18 HC, -5.27 IC, -8.45 EC, -2.09 MC, ??? losses: -9.9? HC, -11.7? IC, -18.1? EC, -2.0? MC)


Free-settled frontier
Q1-Q2 1894: The region of Slobozhanshchina (or Sloboda Ukraine) surrounding the city of Kharkov in Directorial Russia derives its name from the Old Russian word “sloboda,” meaning “liberty.” That name was given to that region in the 17th century, when Moskowite settlers started to settle along the frontier that separated the Russian Tsardom from various steppe khanates. For a few centuries, these peasants enjoyed a wide variety of tax breaks in exchange for military service against the nomads, but with the Russian expansion into the Pontic steppes, Slobozhanshchina lost its status of a free-settled frontier. However, as Ukrainian Narodniks and their leader, Mykhaylo Hrushevsky celebrate their victory in extraordinary elections of 1894, they have approached the Uchreditelnoye Sobraniye of Russia with a proposal to invest into the Sloboda Ukraine (still a Russian territory) and its rich forestry and agriculture in exchange for tax breaks for Ukrainian capital and work migrants. On his part, Hrushevsky promises to move his country even closer into the Russian orbit, while retaining its independence, still.


Peasant-mania
Spoiler :
1891: Ukrainian national revival is a newly found phenomenon that is sweeping through the Hetmanate and Malorossian provinces of Directorial Russia. One of the key features of this artistic and social movement of local intelligentsia is fascination with Ukrainian peasantry, or Chlopomania (lit. “Peasant-mania”). City painters and poets, journalists and writers travel all the way to the countryside to breathe in the serene spirit of hromadas (Ukrainian village communities). While some find the intellectuals’ fascination with romanticized peasantry dangerous or pervert, others think it could help establish closer ties between the city and the village across the entire region.





North Black Sea Region
Spoiler :
Fast-developing gateway to Black Sea trade and an export hub of Russian and Ukrainian agricultural goods.


Seamen left behind
Spoiler :
1890: The city of Aqyar, previously known as Sevastopol, used to be the main military base of the Russian Black Sea Fleet before the Ottoman takeover of Crimea in the late 1850s. Since then, it’s become a key base for the Sublime Porte’s naval capabilities in the Black Sea. Local authorities, however, are growing concerned over the presence of a big (albeit aging) Russian community in the city. Many Russian seamen and their families never relocated to the mainland and now, as some Turkish secret agents argue, could serve as a pro-Russian spy net overlooking one of the key military harbors of the Porte.


Q1-Q2 1894: The Sublime Porte’s recruitment of the Superior Men as a pro-state youth organization sent ripples across the empire, but in Aqyar such ripples were, perhaps, most visible. Never particularly excited about living under the Ottoman authority, the Russian diaspora of Aqyar was at least content with the Porte’s benign neglect of their neighborhoods. However, this year one particularly enthusiastic group of Superior Men (who mostly were not men, but youngsters between 14 and 20) ventured into the Russian quarters, bullying the locals into stating their loyalty to the “Supreme State” and the “Chosen Race.” Encouraged by their state affiliation, the Superior Men eventually overstepped one boundary too many, and were dragged into a bloody street fight that left most of them dead or maimed. This was only the beginning of a series of riots and protest marches by the Russian Aqyarites, to which local police was too slow to react. (Regional quest progress: -25%)


Loyalty and representation
Spoiler :
1890: Ever since then-Imperial Russia was pushed back out of Crimea, the Turkish authorities have been providing significant support to the local population of Crimean Tatars. This year, however, local Mejlis (the Assembly of Elders) has surprisingly voted for Crimean independence or significant autonomy (although even the hottest heads support an alliance with the Sublime Porte). It seems like the Crimean Tatars feel underrepresented in the Grand Divan, as no visiers or pashas of Crimean descent are there to lobby the proud people’s interests. What’s worse, the Crimean Tatars have not produced a magistrate or officer high-ranking enough to be quickly promoted to hold a seat in the Grand Divan. For now, the tensions stay pretty low, but the situation may escalate in upcoming years.



Place of the Gagauz
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Russian imperialism has always had a messianic taste to it, and even the woes of the Second Time of Troubles couldn’t fully cure the Russian society of its fixation on bringing its own sense of justice and order to the world (regardless of how false and corrupt that vision truly was). Now, the War of Hungarian Containment has brought with it resurrection of the Russian national spirit, but with a new messianic twist. The notion that Russia should be not a conquering empire, but a “haven of peoples” was spearheaded in a brilliant (and, as some claim, alcohol-infused) speech by Directorial Prolocutor Pavel Milyukov himself. First among these welcomed refugees are Southern Slavs, increasingly seen in Russian society as betrayed brothers, mostly due to a guilt complex of Directorial Russia staying out of the Great Balkan War. While vague discussions about relocation of Serbs are ongoing, a similar offer was made for accepting Bulgar emigrants to Russia. That offer has much more specificity to it, thanks to a Bulgar-populated territory already being present in Russia. A small enclave of Gagauzia exists in the very west of the Russian-held Black Sea shore, huddled between the Dniester River in the east, Transdnistrian province of the Ukrainian Hetmanate in the north and the Moldavian duchy of the Romanian Domnate in the west. Since the Russo-Turkish Wars of the 18th century, Gagauzia and southern Bessarabia host a big Bulgarian diaspora that has been very active in support of their Balkan brothers during the Great Balkan War. However, just as with any patch of land in the vicinity of the Balkan peninsula, not everything is so simple with Gagauzia. The land derives its name from the Gagauz people, descendents of Seljuk and Oghuz Turks that settled in the region in the 13th century. Despite being Orthodox Christians and also supporting Russian armies during their wars with the Ottoman Empire in the past, the Gagauz people are afraid that a mass Bulgarian migration could turn them into an ethnic minority in the land they call Gagaúz Yerí (lit. “place for the Gagauz”). Besides, they are afraid that some of the more disgruntled refugees may choose to make distinction between Turkish Muslims of the Ottoman Empire and Turkish Orthodox Christians of Bessarabia, potentially leading to tensions and pogroms. One way or another, the idea of creating a Bulgarian autonomous province on the Black Sea shore was met with a lot of enthusiasm by Bulgarian nationalists across the world, and it’s up to the Russian directorial government to resolve (or ignore) any complications.


Q1-Q2 1894: Even though multiculturalism is recently in vogue in Russia, its leadership chose to not tarnish its relationships with the Gagauz and simultaneously to spare Russian taxpayers of additional hardship of supporting Bulgarian refugees through their stay in Russia. Therefore, a rehabilitation plan was devised, aiming to help Bulgarian refugee families throughout their stay in Russia, but only on the condition of them gradually returning to their Balkan homeland. Recent liberal reforms in the Sublime Porte were quoted as one of the reasons why the directorial government believe it was safe for the Bulgarian expats to return. Peculiarly, in the Porte, this repatriation movement was viewed with suspicion by many hardliners, especially from the ranks of the military and national security forces. They are afraid that the Bulgarans may become the forebearers of a Russian geopolitical return to the Balkans, just like the Croatian and Serbian Chetniks in the west. These cautious voices, however, do admit that the liberal mainframe of the new Ottoman law limits their ability to deal with such risks. (Regional quest progress: 96.78%, Directorial Russia losses: -1.6 HC, -2.65 IC, -4.25 EC, -1.05 MC)


Pyramid scheme and modern scamming
Q1-Q2 1894: The city of Odessa is known not only for its blossoming multiculturalism and once prominent criminal mobsters, but also for the “get-rich-overnight” heist scene that gives rise to some of the most prominent European scammers. One of such individuals, one Ostap Bender, recently made headlines with his mutual trust company “Horns and Hoofs” which accepted private investments in exchange for a slew of benefits that… nobody could specifically explain. Still, some of the first investors did see huge returns of capital and helped to spread the word of “H&H” among the gullible locals. As financial experts predicted, the entire trust was just a shell designed to lure people into giving away their money, and on one sunny day the “H&H” office on Deribasovskaya Street was found empty (except its Sitz-Chairman Funt, a senile, scrawny old man with little knowledge of operations), and Mr. Bender and his co-conspirators simply vanished into a thin air. What they left (besides financial woes for their victims), however, was criminal knowledge of business models that recruit members via a promise of payments or services for enrolling others into the scheme, rather than supplying investments or sale of products or services. Besides enriching the underworld of Directorial Russia, this new approach to scamming is also promising to give Russia’s foreign agents and police forces an edge in using or countering such schemes in their work.




Scandinavia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing center of European education and science, hitting above its weight in economic sector.


Baltoscandia!
Spoiler :
1890: A new academic movement is being spearheaded by a group of social-utopist agitators in Helsinki and Turku. They argue for creation of a transnational state of Baltoscandia, including the territories of Finland, Sweden, Baltic Duchies, Prussia, and Danish islands. As a pan-Scandinavian entity, they say, such union would prevent any future wars between Baltic nations and would help them act more independently on the world stage. Some of these sentiments were positively accepted by disillusioned workers and frustrated students who view themselves as hostages in the prolonged stand-off between Sweden and its neighbours. Conservatives, however, call such ideas traitorous to the spirit of national unity, and reactionaries also point out at the destruction of the social hierarchy such transformation would bring. As dreamy as that fringe idea is, it keeps shaping social debate among Scandinavian intellectuals.

1891: Social-utopists and social-communards across all Finland and the Baltic Duchies were actively engaged in Pan-Baltoscandian agitation, probably funded by some foreign source. It seems like the public discourse is progressing rather quickly, and the topic’s ideological base is shifting to the left. (Regional quest progress: 32.21%, ??? losses: -0.91 HC, -1.41 IC, -2.07 EC, -0.67 MC)

At the same time, Russian Foreign Ministry was not interested in letting go of cordial relationship with Finland in favor of allowing a creation of a new Baltoscandian nation which elites it would be unable to control. Therefore, the Russians chose to encourage the opposite trend, lobbying for survival of an independent Finnish national identity (under a Russian wing, of course). To demonstrate the benefits of staying a sovereign, but pro-Russian nation, they invited Finnish delegates to Moscow to demonstrate the venerable “Ilya Muromets” analytical engine, hinting that should the new calculating machine be built in Saint-Petersburg, parts of its processing power could be offered to Russian Baltic allies. This sort of persuasion, combined with lavish banquets, went a long way to tie Finnish political elites to Russia, although the political situation around the proposed national unification of Baltoscandian nations is still fluid. (Regional quest progress: -50.86%, -0.36 HC, -0.61 IC, -0.95 EC, -0.23 MC)



The land where grass is greener
Spoiler :
1892: As British Canada is becoming an increasingly hostile place for anyone not completely siding with the British military rule, hundreds of families try to escape it for more welcoming lands. While more left-leaning people find refuge in the Union of North America, those opposed to the “populist hydra” head for the Danish colony of Greenland. A harsh land with limited self-rule, Greenland is having an ambivalent impact from that influx of English-speaking immigrants. On the one hand, this provides the Landstings (local twin parliament) with the demographic resources to continue exploring, settling, and developing the large icy island. On the other hand, given the current pace of migration, Kalaallisut-speaking locals are about to be outnumbered by the Canadian newcomers unfamiliar with the Greenlandic way of life, which greatly disturbs the colony’s stability and economy. Whether this wave of immigration will become a blessing or a curse for Greenland remains to be seen.



Scandinavian Trade Union
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: While the Finns and Baltics have their idea of Baltoscandian unity, Germano-Nordic nations under the NGF’s aegis are starting a discussion of a similar kind, but with a more practical lean. Kingdoms of Sweden and Denmark-Norway are considering forming a joint customs and currency system known as the Scandinavian Trade Union. While far from actual unification, it could give the nations a chance to better integrate into the North-German Federation’s economic sphere, while also retaining a certain economic edge over their protectors. Needless to say, the idea is being viewed very differently in different circles. More nationalistic reactionaries think the trade union should exist as a counterweight to the Germanic economic expansion, while pro-Federation liberals and businessmen wish to use it as a way to establish closer ties with their southern neighbor. Finally, a fringe group of extremists expands the discussion to promote Fennoscandia as a united confederation of Danes, Swedes, Finns, and Norwegians, opposing both Russian and North-German interests and free to choose its own place in the world. It appears that pan-national and transnational ideas are starting to clash in Scandinavia, for the better or for the worse of the region.


 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Ireland-Scotland

Spoiler :
Slowly-developing, ethnically divided backwaters of the British Isle.


Pikemen of the Emerald Island
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Irish struggle for independence has entered a new stage, it seems. While moderate factions still exist among self-rule supporters, more and more people start to think that the Irish people should follow the example set by Canadien patriots. While an open rebellion is clearly out of their reach yet, first underground cells have started to form in cities of the Emerald Island, and rolling hills of Connaught and Munster are gradually becoming a hotbed of guerilla activity. Members of these new militias are nicknamed “rapparee nua” (or “new pikemen”), after infamous rapparees of the Williamite War of the 1690s. However, instead of being armed with spontoon half-pikes, these modern patriotic highwaymen are wielding modern small arms and explosives. Only time will tell if the New Pikemen will be able to repeat the success of Patriotes of Quebec.


Double O
Spoiler :
1890: A decorated spy of the Secret Ward of the Royal Protectorate residing in his family estate near Edinburgh keeps bringing troubles to the local community. Besides being a heavy drinker and an avid womanizer, the man is infamous for engaging in needlessly risky escapades and at least on two occasions was a target of violent ambushes set against him by mysterious enemies of the Queen and Her Protector. Despite their loyalty to Mother Britannia, the locals are appalled by the amount of harm this servant of the Crown has brought to the earldom. What’s worse, this particular case appears to be just one episode among the countless occasions when such unruly activities involving state agents took place all across Britain. Most experts say it alienates both gentry and commoners, and greatly hurts local economies, especially in usually quiet areas, such as Scotland and Wales.

1892: In order to distract the “loose cannon” agent from damaging civilian property, he (and his colleagues of similar habits) were put back to the service of the Crown, this time in the role of instructors for the new generation of special, even deadlier agents. Of course, having instructors of that kind led to a series of “uncalled incidents” in training locations, but the Protectorate Ward was happy to pay for such kind of damage, as long as Double O’s trainees could outmatch any foreign competitor in the field. On the negative side, this solution did little to compensate British citizens for the damage they suffered from the retired agents’ adventures, which didn’t help their sense of loyalty to the Lord-Protector at all. (Regional quest progress: 45.86%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -1.42 HC, -1.81 IC, -3.04 EC, -0.99 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: The Secret Ward continued working on the thankless job of cleaning up after its unruly agent(s). Awards were offered to those who had suffered from their misadventures, which did shut some mouths, but also created a scandal when a lady who Double O promised to marry (and who claims to carry a child of his) made a public stance that, thanks to local censors, didn’t gain any traction in the national press. All in all, the incident is considered a result of bad luck, and the task keeps dragging on, slowly but surely. (Regional quest progress: 62.29%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -1.11 HC, -1.41 IC, -2.36 EC, -0.77 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: While “collateral damage” done by the “double-o” agents during their service to the British Crown was of no concern for the North-German Bureau XIII, this agency still did want to recruit these loose cannons to their cause, driven by a desire to gather a menagerie of peculiar individuals from all over the world under their umbrella. However, in a manner that’s become a North-German signature, they relied on a plan that was as inventive as it was overly complicated and unreliable. In a very brief summary, they attempted to lure Double O (or his colleagues) to a specific location by spreading rumors of a large alcohol smuggling operation taking place in the very heart of the British spy training facility. The plan relied on the assumption that the hints reach only the target of the exfiltration, who would, in turn, share none of this information with the proper channels. Once the meeting takes place, a North-German seductress was supposed to use her natural beauty (and copies of Mr. Watson’s interrogation notes) to “motivate” Double O to leave the Albion for Europe. Needless to say, nothing at all went according to that plan. First of all, despite the prohibition in Britain, alcohol access was fairly easy for the licence-to-kill agents and their instructors (as exceptions of such kind were fairly natural to make in their case). Secondly, Double O invited all of his peers to the “hunt for the liquor” and then fell asleep drunk in his office on the night of meeting. Once the rumors reached the leadership, it led to a true hunt for the nonexisting “smuggling operations,” which almost had several high-ranking Bureau XIII agents dead for no gain. In confusion that followed, the seductress “motivated” the wrong person, who turned out to be a freshly expelled candidate Kingsman, a working-class young man named Gary Unwin who goes by a nickname “Eggsy.” Despite being an adorable character, Eggsy was nothing like the target of the operation, but in their attempt to produce at least some positive results, the North-German agents brought the boy to Berlin anyway, their reputation tarnished and their shipping of whiskey confiscated by the Brits. As for the Albion, it enjoyed the final end to the “double-o” agents’ misadventures, while the Royal Commonwealth’s Secred Ward definitely has improved the quality of its training with the hiring of these unstable, but experienced individuals as instructors. (Regional quest completed, region Ireland-Scotland gains +15 IC, +5 EC, North Germany gains +5 IC, North German Federation: -15 IC, -10 EC, North German Federation losses: -0.56 HC, -1.05 IC, -1.50 EC, -0.42 MC)


From North India to Northumberland
Q1-Q2 1894: Rich with coal, ores, and salt, Northumberland had been a heart of British mining and manufacturing since the Roman times. During Elizabeth I’s reign, it was also a center of a flourishing glass-blowing industry, owned and operated by foreign refugees. Now that the Royal Commonwealth is struggling to supply its armies and fleets with modern tools of war, a proposal to resurrect that tradition has been put forward by the Industry Ward. Only instead of foreign refugees they suggest bringing in and hiring Indians displaced by the Sikh aggression, suggesting that they would be an extremely cheap work force for the nation’s factories. Objections to this idea are two-pronged. Radical nationalists among the Lord-Protector’s advisers simply don’t trust any crucial industry to the “darkies,” especially on the Albion. More pragmatic experts point out that the English working class would feel cheated by this move, seeing good factory jobs in crucial sectors of the industry flowing away to the dirt-cheap “imported” work force from the colonies. Whatever decision the Lord-Protector goes with, it should be done soon in order to save the war production for the weary nation.


The Old Ones
Spoiler :
1890: A series of mysterious sightings has been reported around the Loch-Ness lake in Scotland. It all started when villagers and fishers began telling stories of a big monster surfacing amid the lake, something that reporters were quick to denounce as drunken gibberish. But later this year a trustworthy magistrate transferred to the region from Sussex reported to the authorities that some sort of a shadowy cabal of cultists regularly gathers at the lake shore at night. If he were to be believed, the cultists worship an ancient entity known as the Old One, and talk of upcoming events of utterly apocalyptic nature. Sadly, nothing has been heard of the vigilant official ever since, and the entire region has been full of worrisome rumors ever since.

1892: Agents of the Secret Ward were sent to investigate the bizarre reports from the Loch-Ness lake. While the locals proved to be suspiciously tight-lipped about any sect activity, one finding has been made so far. A young assistant detective tried to chase a stray dog that stole his hat and accidentally came across a hidden little dock with an improvised wharf in an abandoned location on the lake shore. As it turned out, a Portuguese inventor of a submergible device for deep water salvage named “bathysphere,” disappointed about his home nation not wishing to invest any money into his project, chose to settle here, far from the smirks of other academics and bureaucrats. Chances are high that it was his deep water boat that people saw in the middle of the lake, mistaking it for a giant lake monster. That, however, doesn’t explain any rumours about delusional sectants who believe in strange old gods. (Regional quest progress: 8.14%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -1.74 HC, -2.21 IC, -3.72 EC, -1.21 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: With the mystery of the “lake monster” being solved (at least, in the minds of more informed and rational experts), the Secret Ward has continued digging into the questions that surround the Cult of the Old Ones and associated disappearances of people. What the agents have managed to discern by now is that some part of the cult revolves around monetary “sacrifices” to a man known as the Starchild, who claims semi-divine descent and who grants his congregation members some sort of godly blessing in a form of white powdery “mana.” That secret man also seems to claim ownership of a highly valuable cryptic journal he calls Necronomicon and forbids even his closest trustees to read or even open. (Regional quest progress: 38.71%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -1.9 HC, -2.41 IC, -4.05 EC, -1.32 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: With the British Secret Ward being truly overwhelmed by the scope and number of urgent matters that require its utmost attention, the investigation of the Loch-Ness mystery was temporarily put on a backburner in Scotland Yard. However, the British allies from the North-German Bureau XIII could leave that cryptic event unsolved. Several top agents agents were sent to Scottish Highlands to investigate the cult of the Old One, and they did deliver on their promise. At first, their chase of the mysterious sect took sinister undertones when several of their informants were found gone completely mad and barely able to speak in human tongue, gibbering something about “finfolk,” mythical sea creatures from the tales of the Orkney Islands. Luckily for the Bureau XIII, one of them had already seen a similar delirium in Switzerland, when his opponents from the Communard France’s extraordinary commission got poisoned by a drug that permanently crippled their cognitive function. Armed with that lead, they continued tracing the cult via a network of illicit drug trade that apparently existed in the region. Eventually, this helped them to track a head of the “cult,” a flamboyant drug dealer and an outcast aristocrat Lord Henry Blackwood, who was mortally wounded during the agents’ attempt to capture him in his layer. However, from the dying man’s last words and some of the notes he, apparently, failed to properly burn, they found out that the man indeed was a head of a cult of brainwashed addicts. Naming himself “Starchild,” Lord Blackwood enjoyed his tyrannic power, while financing his eccentric sect with the money he’d earn from selling synthetic drugs he purchased from the sinister Theosophical Society. As for the Necronomicon, the occult book was never found, but a few pages from it were indeed found in Lord Blackwood’s personal library, appearing to be just parts of the same cyphered ledge that Prof. Moriarty used to keep while working for the three largest secret cabals known to the North-German intelligence. The investigation appeared to have reached its successful conclusion at this point. Both Great Britain and the NGF had retained the valuable intelligence they’d gathered, and Scotland seriously benefitted from the eradication of the drug trade that’d been plaguing the region for years. However, when the agents from Bureau XIII were just about to leave the Loch-Ness valley, a single sight left them in stunned silence. All four men, sober and in a clear state of mind, saw a small steamboat crossing the lake on a misty morning. Having reached something that looked like a buoy, they hauled it onboard, along with a chain and a big underwater cage attached to it. While only one of the agents had a spyglass strong enough to see it, he swears that the cage contained a body of a young man in a strange, scaly suit with flippers at its hands and feet. The man, however, was not drowned as one might have guessed, and resisted his captors while being hauled out of the cage and then forced into chains. The boat would soon disappear in the fog, and it’d take the detective three more days to find its suspected last docking near an abandoned cave. There they found a human-sized aquarium, a pile of ashes that must have been various notes and documentation, and a medallion carrying a symbol they’d seen before, a Star of David encircled by a tail-eating snake - the emblem of the Theosophical Society. Having nicknamed the Society’s prisoner “the Aquaman,” the agents were forced to leave Great Britain, having overstayed their welcome there by a week. (Regional quest completed, region Ireland-Scotland gains +5 IC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.25%, region North Germany gains +10 IC, North German Federation losses: -1.46 HC, -2.74 IC, -3.91 EC, -1.1 MC)


Clydebuilt and the Clydeborn
Q1-Q2 1894: Despite their recent disenfranchisement, the Scots had been one of the dominant ethnicities in the British Empire and of the Albion itself for the past one hundred years, until the Rum Riot and the Sunday Mass Uprising led to Lord-Protector Strange’’s ascension and an institution of punishing measures against the non-English. However, the Scotland’s lowlands are still highly industrialized, and the city of Glasgow (once known as “the Second City of the Empire”) is known for its shipbuilding industries. In fact, the Scott family’s shipyards in the neighborhood of Clydeside are so well-known across the Royal Commonwealth that the steel ships built there deserve a particular adjective, “Clydebuilt,” signifying their excellent quality. Sadly, prohibition and ethnic disenfranchisement that the Scottish people had been experiencing for the last decade have hit the Scott family business hard, leading to a decline both in quality and quantity of ships they produce for Britain. It doesn’t help that their factory workers are known for their professional and national pride, being one of the few collectives on the Albion who’d gone on strike and not been crushed by the Lord-Protector’s police and hired strike breakers. This is not surprising, given the industrial shortages that the British Royal Commonwealth has experienced since the start of the Second Atlantic War, but now some members of the Industry Ward suggest that the government re-approaches the Glasgowites (or the Scottish people in general) with the intent of once again kickstarting Scotland’s industrial prominence for the Commonwealth’s good.




England-Wales
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, populous heart of the British Empire, famous for astounding level of scientific activity and education, combined with rich labor market and strong urban and rural economies.

Return of the Great Stink
Spoiler :
1890: The Great Stink of 1858 is back to London again! This time, it’s caused not as much by the pollution of the Thames river (although this keeps being a recurring problem), but by the booming industries of the London sprawl combined with aggressive expansion of London Underground trains system and above-ground Gurney steam carriage transportation. Whoever could afford it, have left the city for country houses, but vast majority of the population remains in the suffocating megapolis. With it, the smog has brought unprecedented level of health issues and crime, especially in the working class neighborhoods by the Thames. Most importantly, the London crisis is merely the most noticeable of such events. “The Stinks” have been known to happen on and off in major industrial cities of England for the past decade. Perhaps, it’s time to do something?



Long live the Queen!
Spoiler :
1890: Now that the threat of a populist revolution seems to have withdrawn, the Queen and her closest relatives no longer feel that they need the iron-grip “protection” offered by the Lord-Protector himself. Their position is shared by landed gentry that would rather have returned to the time before Lord Wellington altogether. On the other hand, British bankers and industrialists have benefitted greatly from the protectionist (no pun intended) policies of the current stratocratic administration. And as for the officer corps, it is split between their loyalty to the Queen and their appreciation of the power and privileges they enjoy under the Protectorate’s militarist practices. Meanwhile, the working class and the peasantry keeps growing ever more alienated from all three of the groups. And the colonies? Nobody even asks them.



London calling
Spoiler :
1890: As cheap labor from the British colonies arrives to the British Isles for the wages unthinkable in their homelands, the heart of the Royal Commonwealth starts facing a true problem with a severe surplus of work-eligible men and, as a result of it, unemployment. Workhouses and steep increase in the size of the army and navy were designed to mitigate these issues, but the country is still dealing with huge masses of unemployed men who don’t even get to participate in the “shadow economy,” because of how effectively the Secret Ward has been cracking up on underworld activities. As of today, it looks like a crisis waiting to happen.



We don’t want to fight, but by Jingo if we do
Spoiler :
1892: After the Atlantic War and subsequent national crisis, it seemed like it would be a long time before British public would be acceptive of thoughts of another war again. However, the last year’s Sao Tome Incident near the Zaire coast, combined with ethnic purges of English settlers in the Cape, has reversed that pacifist trend. Atlantic War veterans that yesterday were praying in churches for eternal peace under the sun, now march in London singing “By Jingo” and decrying the “sinkers of the Challenger and rapists of Capetown.” The stratocratic nation of British authority makes the Lord-Protector formally immune for any, even most passionate, display of public demand, but it seems to be harder than ever to dissuade the nation from yet another foreign entanglement.

Q1-Q2 1893: The Boer campaign against the British shipping around the Cape of Good Hope stirred even more trouble in the Albion’s politics, shifting popular mood further to the right. The Second Lower Canada and Second Red River Rebellions didn’t help the case, as more and more hawkish demagogues demand that the Lord-Protector actually does what he volunteered for and “protects” the Royal Commonwealth and its current and former subjects from Celtic and Canadian lawlessness, most importantly, from the perfidy of the Boers. Drastic actions may be required to display British actions as just the right type of response to all of the threats the nation is facing across the globe, and effective retaliation could please a lot of “hawks” and help the Lord-Protector regain popular support. (Regional quest progress: -30%)





Low Countries
Spoiler :
Fast-developing region with moderately strong economy.

Overseas ambitions
Spoiler :
1890: Thanks to the British support, the United Kingdom of the Netherlands has been enjoying a period of resurgence of its colonial ambitions. However, recently it has become obvious to everyone but Director-Admiral Willem Jan Derx that the Kingdom’s resources are overstretched, while its home provinces are suffering from a prolonged economic and demographic stagnation. While North Germany and France are preparing to make the Netherlands their economic playground, the Kingdom’s British “protectors” are looking increasingly incapable to help the country’s continental economy grow. It seems like a brutal struggle for de-facto economic control over the region is brewing.

Q4 1893: Perhaps, it was obvious for many geopolitical observers that the Netherlands had a very slim chance of saving their colonial empire, and even if they did, they risked turning into an economic backwater of Europe due to a wide spread of the nation’s resources. However, the public opinion was still very far from comprehending this, and thus a series of colonial sales undertaken by Director-Admiral Derx was met with an almost universal outrage at home. First of the grievances, of course, was an agreement of “joint administration” of the Dutch East Indies with Portugal-Brazil - an agreement that, according to the nation’s hawks and jingoists simply meant that the Portobrazilians could stick their nose into the Dutch matters, receiving a bigger share of East-Indian trade than they would otherwise. The other problem was the sale of Suriname to the Twin Crowns, which was seen a practically useless, but a morally important colony, being the only Dutch-held territory in the New World. But worst of all, people reacted to the transfer of Ghana to the CSA, which wasn’t even compensated with anything besides an unfulfilled promise that the Confederates would one day build an analytical engine in the Netherlands. Worst of all, it seems like the Director-Admiral has managed to alienate the nationalists and Dutch imperialists at the moment of crisis, when their support could prove critical for the survival of his troubled government. (Regional quest progress: -50%)



The Tulip Crisis
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Throughout the most of his political career Director-Admiral Willem Jan Derx has been seen mostly as a preserver of the status-quo and protector of the Dutch monarchy when it was most vulnerable. However, now it appears that all these years the ambitious military man was simply accumulating political momentum to push for radical reforms of the Dutch society - reforms that surprised many of his enemies and even allies with their contradictory nature. Nicknamed the Tulip Movement, Derx’s political initiative introduced a number of half-hearted proto-democratic political measures that angered hardliners among the officer corps and the nobility, while at the same time curbing freedom of enterprise and going as far as introducing strict economic planning at least on a corporate level. This strange mishmash of change came over a short period of three months, shocking the country into a state of discontent, worry, and chaos. Major business owners (who happen to be leaders of the Dutch liberalism) were dismayed by introduction of economic planning and thus didn’t appreciate liberal political changes. On the other hand, supporters of the authoritarian rule liked that the nation’s leadership could now better control its greedy and unruly entrepreneurs, but saw Derx’s attempt to form a consociationist cabinet with opposition parties as a sign of his weakness and incoherency. It didn’t help that the Director-Admiral’s own propaganda sources failed to truly connect with the public perception of the crisis, ignoring economic anxiety of the Queen’s subjects and instead talking about humane nature of the reforms (as if there was something inhumane in the free market) and blaming some “woes” and “mismanagement” on the “incompetence of monarchs” (even though not the Queen, but Derx himself has been the de-facto ruler of the state for the past decade and was thus responsible for any mismanagements of that period). Seeing that the political crisis in the Netherlands was spiralling out of control, Derx’s new North-German allies hurried to put their own foreign propaganda machine to work, supporting the Tulip Movement and denouncing both of the nations’ common “socialist enemies.” This, however, also played out against them, as many observers pointed out that the planned economy measures introduced by the Tulip Movement were not much different from socialism, and that the North-German hypocrites should themselves put their own country on the rails of central planning if they really like it that much. Based on some of the more realistic assessments, the Dutch and German propaganda still somewhat curbed the discontent, but the Netherlands’ stability is now under a serious question, and an absurd ideological chaos existing in its political spectrum is quickly leading to atomization of the society similar to the one seen today in Gran Colombia. (Regional quest progress: 26.57%, Netherlands losses: -2.53 HC, -3.99 IC, -6.53 EC, -0.61 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.8 HC, -1.5 IC, -2.11 EC, -0.6 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The end of the Anti-Communard War helped to greatly stabilize the situation at home in the Netherlands, as, at least, one source of stress and discontent was removed from the daily protest agenda. The Confederates delivering on their promise to actually build a functional analytical engine in Rotterdam was another stabilizing factor, which the Dutch state press happily used in their propaganda and counter-agitation. However, while the Tulip Crisis is slowly dying down, it doesn’t happen due to a resolution of the controversies and conflicts that rested in its foundation. As the nation is no longer at war, the Director-Admiral has to now justify to his population why central planning is so necessary. (Regional quest progress: 52.24%, Netherlands losses: -2.53 HC, -3.99 IC, -6.53 EC, -0.61 MC)


Erasmus of Rotterdam
Q1-Q2 1894: What partially helped Willm Jan Derx to weather out the spring of 1894 was the arrival of Confederate engineering and clacking crews to Rotterdam, where they proceeded to build a new, licensed analytical engine as a belated pay for the Dutch sale of Ghana in 1893. As the construction was nearing its end pretty soon, a lucrative contract for management outsourcing was signed with the Confederates, as the Netherlands currently lack the knowledge base to run and maintain this giant analytical mechanism, named by the proud Dutch “Erasmus of Rotterdam,” after a Renaissance humanist and theologist. Meanwhile, back home in Dixieland, an embattled President Stone again faced criticism in the light of his recent sale of Ghana to the Chinese in exchange for a lucrative steel contract with them. His opponents presented the voters with a damning half-truth, saying that Stone ended up leaving the Dutch with an engine, China with Ghana, and Dixieland with nothing at all. Perhaps, the history will clear his name some day. (Regional quest completed, region Low Countries gains +15 IC, Confederate States of America gains +3% Regional Influence, Netherlands loses -3% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America losses: -0.83 HC, -0.19 IC, -2.23 EC, -1.82 MC)


Leaking dams
Spoiler :
1890: The idea of reconquering land from the sea through construction of dams was always a popular one in the Netherlands. Recently, however, several of such dams, mostly the older ones, have started leaking, plagued by years of neglect brought by redirection of most of the nation’s limited resources to supporting its colonial empire. So desperate is the Kingdom’s Ministry of the Interior that an open tender is offered to pretty much any enterprise that could assist the Netherlands in preventing a catastrophe and, if everything goes well, reconquering more land from the sea.

1891: North-German enterprises stepped in to provide some repairs and extensions to the levies systems in Friesland, hoping to gain a foothold in the region. Simultaneously, French “engineering commissions” tried to offer their services to the Dutch, hoping to outcompete the Germans thanks to their state support and centralized planning. That, in turn, prompted the Commerce Ward of Great Britain to concentrate its economic efforts on countering Communard creeping economic expansion. This three-way competition resulted in a series of hotly disputed tenders and lobbying wars, followed by an ugly rat race toward completion of the project won by each side. Out of all sides, the North-Germans seem to be the most successful, both thanks to their superb engineering expertise and an attractive, market-friendly approach to competition. Either way, while the three major powers compete, the problem solving is progressing at a slower speed than it could if some agreement was reached by all parties. (Regional quest progress: 21.29%, North German Federation losses: -2.06 HC, -0.46 IC, -4.93 EC, -4.56 MC, British Royal Commonwealth: -1.82 HC, -0.48 IC, -4.87 EC, -4.08 MC, Communard France losses: -9.67 HC, -2.34 IC, -26.2 EC, -24.1 MC)

1892: Through some back channels, the Communard leadership learned about negotiations that took place between Great Britain and North Germany, looking for an economic “ceasefire” over competition in the Netherlands. That made the French falsely assume that British and North-German companies would not attempt to do business in the Low Countries. The Communards chose to use that assumed vacuum to become the main contractors for the Dutch dam fixing project, thus gaining a strong economic foothold in otherwise ideologically hostile region. North-German competition was indeed gone, but British companies still put a good fight over each tender and contract, stealing some of them for themselves. Enjoying quite a lot of support from the Dutch political lobby, the Brits were, however, outmatched both in technology and materiel, so the war for the economic domination of the Dutch dam infrastructure continues with unlikely French superiority. (Regional quest progress: 63.21%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -4.09 HC, -1.07 IC, -10.95 EC, -9.18 MC, Communard France losses: -2.76 HC, -0.67 IC, -7.48 EC, -6.88 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: With both North Germany and Great Britain concentrating on expanding their own industries at home, French construction commissions were the only ones left to work on dam construction in the Netherlands. Most of French industrial capacities were also dedicated to war efforts, but even the remaining commissions were expected to get significantly ahead of their British and North-German competitors. However, to many people’s disappointment, Dutch quality control engineers found a big variety of defects in French construction, an alarmingly high rate of them serious enough to cause the collapse of entire segments of the dam system. French contractors at first dismissed these defects, then tried to downplay their severity, but eventually were forced to recognize them under contractual obligations and promised to re-do most of the work and punish all culprits. Dutch nationalists and royalists hurried to decry foul play on the French part, claiming that the defects were acts of Communard sabotage, but cooler heads eventually prevailed. Some small progress was achieved since then, but mostly the season was considered a lost opportunity for French economic expansion. (Regional quest progress: 64.64%, Communard France losses: -1.11 HC, -0.27 IC, -3 EC, -2.76 MC)



Indirect counter-barrage
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: For the past century, the Dutch Royal Army was mostly catching up with innovations introduced by other militaries. Now that it’s fighting its second war against mighty France in two decades, the Netherlands seem to be determined to not let themselves slide to technological backwardness yet again. Having learned from devastating artillery duels with their French counterparts in Southern Flanders, Hauts-de-France, and Champagne, Dutch cannoneers have come up with new indirect artillery fire technique aimed at coordinating efforts with observation balloons in order to suppress enemy artillery located far behind enemy frontlines. First testing of these counter-barrage methods took place in Friesland, with their North-German allies enthusiastically partaking in the drills. (Technology quest progress: 55.43%, Netherlands losses: -1.53 HC, -0.4 IC, -0.73 EC, -0.49 MC, North German Federation losses: -1.31 HC, -0.5 IC, -0.83 EC, -0.68 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The Anti-Communard War could be over by the second week of January 1894, but the training season for Dutch and North-German artillery officers was far from over. Putting together all experience gained in artillery duels with their French counterparts, the allies have finished the development of their artillery suppression fire technique that is sure to serve them well in the future. (Technology quest completed, Netherlands, North German Federation adopt “Indirect counter-barrage” for no additional cost, Netherlands losses: -4.58 HC, -1.2 IC, -2.18 EC, -1.46 MC, North German Federation losses: -1.18 HC, -0.44 IC, -0.66 EC, -0.56 MC)

 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Baltia-Prussia

Spoiler :
Fast-developing, lightly populated and quiet region with highly literate population, acting as a connecting hub between the Russian and German markets.


Lithuanian national awakening
Spoiler :
1892: Lithuania is not only the most populous of the Baltic Duchies, but also the one with the most prominent history. Throughout the last century and a half, however, it was somewhat reduced in its national self-awareness, partially caused by the fact that the political and academic life of the Grand Duchy was almost entirely monopolized by members of the German and Russian diasporas. Now, it seems, the Lithuanian national spirit is being resurrected, as seen in art and political publications. One part of the movement views the United Baltic Duchies as an artificially created pan-national entity that should agree to Lithuanian leadership if it wishes to achieve true unity and greatness. More radical and militant student groups, instead, romanticize Lithuanian past as a one-time Eastern-European powerhouse and the leader of the Rzech Pospolita, arguing that Lithuania should abandon the Baltic Duchies and seek to align itself to proud and ferociously independent Poland. Finally, a minority group is seeking simple independence, ideally as a neutral confederative republic akin to Switzerland.



Estonophiles and estonophobes
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Ever since the times of Teutonian Northern Crusades, the region of Livonia (also known as Livland to the Swedes) was administered by semi-autonomous Livlandic Landtags (Liefländischer Landtag) attended exclusively by German Baltic nobility that aggressively protected its rule to keep German customs, laws, and even language to govern their lives. However, ever since the United Baltic Duchies gained independence from Russia, local Baltic cultures were growing in their social, economic, and political influence. This has brought local ethnicities to dominating administration of all of the duchies, with the sole exception of Livland, and now Landtags have fallen under a political siege. The Livonian German community is split as well, with so-called Estonophiles being in support of promoting and resurrecting the Estonian self-rule and cultural tradition, and Estonophobes standing firmly on the position of Baltic civilizational inferiority to the Germans.



Yearning for the West
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: A motto “Drang nach Osten” (German for “Yearning for the East”) has been historically known to be popular among German and particularly High Prussian nationalists, arguing for Germanization of the Slavic lands, from the Baltics to Bohmen (Bohemia). However, now cosmopolitan and pro-Polish policies of the Council of Savants is producing plenty of fear among German settlers in Ostpreussen (East Prussia), Posen (Poznan) and Pommern (Pomerania) that it’s only a beginning of a demographic reversal that could bring the Poles back to the lands they have long considered theirs. As local Sokoly clubs open their doors to whoever is wishing to listen to their gospels of West-Slavic unity, North-German settlers are starting to bitterly describe the situation as “Dang nach Westen,” or “Yearning for the West.”





Poland-Czechia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing region with big labor market, booming culture, rich agriculture, and formidable industrial capacity.

Poland is not yet lost!
Spoiler :
1890: Ever since regaining its independence in the 1830s, Polish political elites and the general population has been extremely paranoid about the prospects of losing it yet again. Russia, even in its much more democratic form, is still being viewed as a potential threat, especially by the older generation. The North German Federation still holds lands with significant Polish minority. Finally, Hungary is increasingly viewed as a dangerous and arrogant regional rival. In this atmosphere, a West-Slavic nationalist organization called “Sokoly” (lit. “the Falcons”), formally centered around a culture of physical athleticism, has started to breed clubs all across Poland, Czechia, and Slovakia. They advocate a creation of a Pan-Slavic European state similar to the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth, dissolution of the corrupt and ever-deadlocked Polish Sejm (the Parliament), state censorship in favor of promotion of stricter “Slavic national ideals,” as well as “a stronger hand” of military administration in the affairs of the state. Sokoly are quickly becoming an influential force in Poland, Moravia, and Northern komitats of Hungary.

Q1-Q2 1893: West Slavic nationalism experienced a sudden rise in Hungarian komitats with large Slovak minorities. Terrorist attacks, propaganda campaigns, and blackmailing cases against royal officials have become widespread and daily. Hungarian State Protection Department dispatched significant forces to counter this trend, clearly inspired by foreign influence, and to a degree the fire of Sokoly resistance could be contained if not put down. Yet, Hungarian agents again found themselves outmatched by better equipped and diversely trained foreign agents, which reflected on the losses they suffered. (Regional quest progress: 38.86%, Hungary losses: -13.39 HC, -17.74 IC, -27.68 EC, -5.25 MC, ??? losses: -4.5? HC, -7.9? IC, -11.9? EC, -2.9? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: In the aftermath of the Central-European War, a military-minded group of politicians, led by a charismatic “savior of Krakow,” general Władysław Wysocki, took over the Polish state. A series of nationalist authoritarian reforms known as the Sanation also became a foundation for a resurgence of Pan-Western Slavic nationalism, most visibly displayed by the infamous Sokoly movement, which the leaders of the Sanation hoped to use as a unifying factor for the Polish state and its ambitious political goals. In Slovakia, ex-partisans that had fought against the Crown of St. Stephan under Russian sponsorship were now integrated into the Polish military, which did provide it with plenty of zealous and experienced, un-orthodox officers, but also created a sizeable pro-Russian faction in the Polish army. In the rest of Poland, various Sokoly clubs and paramilitary circles were vetted and eventually became pools for military and officers recruitment, causing a brief (but expected) period of disorganization in the Wojsko Polskie that is hoped to lead to a creation of a patriotic and ideologically homogeneous core of cadres eventually. Some of these cadres, however, proved to be too rabidly anti-German and, as a teachable moment, most of them were sent to garrison the Gdansk corridor, to teach them to cooperate with their North-German colleagues. This gave an opposite effect, and after a few embarrassing episodes the Polish leadership had to pull such rookie squads from Pomeralia and assign them to guard bogs and marshes of the Russo-Polish border. One way or another, the chaos of the Sanation seems to be temporary, and many observers point out that the ideas of Central-European Pan-Slavism (central to the Sokoly doctrine) are likely to become a ideological foundation of the Polish army quite soon, for the better or for the worse. (Regional quest progress: 63.62%, Poland losses: -9.32 HC, -2.66 IC, -4.84 EC, -3.01 MC)


O tempora, o mores!
Spoiler :
1890: The Margraviate of Moravia is a quiet, prosperous nation, which economy is heavily dependent on tourism and manufacture of luxury items, such as crystal glassware. This year, however, a series of scandals occurred in the resort town of Ostrava, when a French cinema director and his wife (known in certain circles as an exotic dancer from Dutch West-Indies) settled down there for a living. Presence of an avid Parisian social-revolutionary would be shocking enough, but the outrageous lifestyle of the sinful couple quickly became public and sent Moravian newspaper audience reeling. A series of explicit performances followed up by drunken orgies have taken place in Ostrava, and a petition has been signed to expel the paramour couple from Moravia for public indiscretion. However, no laws have been broken so far, and a rash action could create a precedent hurtful to the fragile local economy. After all, as some are willing to admit, “everyone knows” that most of gentlemen arrive to Moravia not just for sanatorium springs, but also to have an affair away from the family. Why should our income suffer because of one Frenchman who doesn’t bother to hide it?



Third Mining Clamour
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The German word “Berggeschrey” means “mining clamour” and is analogous to the American English idiom “gold rush.” Throughout the history of Middle Ages and Renaissance, two major “mining clamours” occurred, both of them centered around silver mining in the Ore Mountains that surround the region of Bohmen (Bohemia). Very recently, the ore extraction in these forest-covered areas was dropping in profitability, with deeper and more complex underground water management systems required to keep excavation going. However, in recent years a series of geological discoveries was made, indicating presence of large gold, silver, iron, and uraninite ore deposits at reasonable depths. The latter type of ore, also known as “pitchblende,” is mostly a peculiar scientific novelty, containing chemical element Uranium known for its ability to glow in darkness, a mostly harmless phenomenon discovered by chemists. One way or another, it seems like another Berggeschrey is coming to the Ore Mountains.


Q1-Q2 1894: As the “mining clamour” in the Ore Mountains was mostly neglected by other nations, the North German Federation dispatched its industrial powers to take advantage of it. New state-of-the-art gold silver, and uraninite mines were opened in North-German Bohmen, and ore-processing plants were built in a record time in the vicinity of Prag. With the exception of some Pragites who didn’t wish to ruin the historical skyline of their beautiful city with fuming domes of the ore-processing factories, most of the observers were very optimistic about the economic impact this development had on the region and the North-German presence in it. (Regional quest completed, region Poland-Czechia gains +15 EC, +10 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +1%, North German Federation gains +2% Regional Influence, Austria-Bavaria loses -0.5% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -0.5% Regional Influence, Moravia loses -0.5% Regional Influence, Poland loses -0.5% Regional Influence, North German Federation losses: -2.46 HC, -0.55 IC, -6.51 EC, -5.23 MC)


Young Poland
Q1-Q2 1894: No one can argue that Poland’s separation from the Russian state during the Second TIme of Troubles led to a blossoming of the Polish industry and economy. However, until recently, the cultural achievements of the young nation were somewhat lagging behind - so much so that even touring Confederate musicians would gather larger crowds in concert halls than a Papal visit in 1890. Now, the Young Poland (Polish: Młoda Polska) movement is likely to change that trend, especially if they receive government support. Ranging in their style from decadent to modernist to art nouveau, the Young Poland visual artists, musicians, and writers could become a new face of Polish intelligentsia - if only they stopped criticizing their ham-handed, stratocratic government for a second...




Danube Region
Spoiler :
Fast-developing trade hub of Central Europe with formidable labor market, strong agriculture, and blossoming culture.


Brain leak
Spoiler :
1890: Artistic and scientific intelligentsia of German origin is leaving Hungary faster than the country is producing its own clercs, engineers, educated officers, artists, and scientists. Despite the Habsburg compromise of 1849, current Palatine-King Istvan I of the House of Habsburg seems to have failed to retain the respect and confidence of old Austrian intellectual elites residing in Hungary. A great deal of contempt toward German-speakers still exists among the population, pushing “the brains of the nation” away to places that welcome either their culture or their knowledge. It remains to be seen what can remedy the situation.

1892: In an attempt to keep the South German intellectual elite from leaving Hungary, scientific regulations have been eased, leading to a series of quite progressive, but also ethically questionable scientific experiments being performed in the country. Beyond that point, however, the deregulation was not the strongest approach, since it didn’t address the problems of non-scientific thinkers and, in general, didn’t improve the treatment of German-speakers across the nation. One way or another, at this rate the problem is likely to resolve itself in the upcoming years, and the question is whether or not Hungarian nation would benefit from it. (Regional quest progress: 48%, Hungary losses: -1.58 HC, -0.33 IC, -3.81 EC, -2.66 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: German-speaking Hungarian citizens were, in their majority, horrified by the actions of Palatine-King Istvan I, escaping into Illyria, Austria-Bavaria, and at times even into the Ottoman Empire during the early days of the ultimatum and while the inconclusive Congress of Brno dragged on. When the first shots got fired and the way west got blocked, the nature of South-German resistance radically changed and became much more desperate. Partisan squads and urban terrorist cells started forming throughout the country with the assistance of an unknown foreign power. Hungarian Államvédelmi Osztály (State Protection Department) was vigilant and responded to that insurgency in force, starting a high-scale spy hunt and counter-terrorism crackdown across the nation. That so-called “War Within” proved to be a costly one for the Hungarian authorities, since their opponents, it seemed, were better equipped, more motivated, and, in some instances, just too nihilistic in their destructive drive. By June 1893, some semblance of order still existed in the lands of St. Stephan, but the casualty rate for the Hungarian law enforcement and counter-espionage agencies was staggering. (Regional quest progress: 4.4%, Hungary losses: -17.28 HC, -22.9 IC, -35.71 EC, -6.77 MC, ??? losses: -5.9? HC, -12.1? IC, -15.8? EC, -4.4? MC)


Dreams of Yugoslavia
Spoiler :
1892: After the dissolution of the Austrian Empire, the province of Slavonia was divided between Illyria and Hungary, with Hungarian Slavonia witnessing a major influx of Hungarian settlers. Displacement of Vojvodian Serbs, however, broke that short-living demographic parity between Slavonian Hungarians and South Slavs. For now, local Croats mistrust the Serbian refugees, as a result of a long history of ethnic tensions between Balkan Catholics (Croats) and Orthodox Christians (Serbs). But observers from the Hungarian secret police are afraid that this division is just temporary. They warn that a new, Pan-Slavic sentiment is growing among Southern Slavs, who view Hungarians, South Germans, and Turks as their universal oppressors, as proven by the bloodshed of the 19th century, and especially the last three decades.

Q1-Q2 1893: Motivating Croatian and Serbian conscripts from Slavonia to fight a war against their brethren in Illyria was a hard task by itself. To make matters worse, it appears that someone is helping to rebuild South Slavic unification movement again, abandoning too Serbo-centric and now barely alive Black Hand and forming a new Serbo-Croatian organization known as Chetniks. The Chetniks, trained and supplied by their shadow sponsors, have started a campaign of terror and sabotage against Hungarian officials and even commoners. To make matters worse, some officers report that Pan-Yugoslavian agitation takes place in some army units, meaning the Chetniks have penetrated them as well. Hungarian counter-intelligence has done a lot to contain this potentially explosive movement, but loss rate has been very high among their agents. (Regional quest progress: -7.14%, Hungary losses: -5.58 HC, -7.39 IC, -11.53 EC, -2.19 MC, ??? losses: -3.?? HC, -5.2? IC, -7.9? EC, -1.9? MC)

Q3 1893: The Chetnik movement continued its resurgence this late summer, but was seriously hurt by a mass deployment of Hungarian military police and secret service in Slavonia and Vojvodina. Clearly dealing with foreign agents in possession of sophisticated equipment and training, Hungarian operatives still managed to compensate their relatively simple methods with overwhelming network saturation, forcing Pan-Yugoslavian terrorists and agitators into hiding in many places. Still, given the progression of the War of Hungarian Containment, this dynamics is likely to swing back into Yugoslavian favor soon. (Regional quest progress: -32.49%, Hungary losses: -7.25 HC, -9.61 IC, -14.99 EC, -2.84 MC, ??? losses: -8.5? HC, -14.1? IC, -20.7? EC, -5.2? MC)

Q4 1893: Hungarian conquest of Illyria was a huge strategic and morale victory for the Crown of St. Stephen from the military perspective, but it’s starting to look like a major domestic quagmire now that the Illyrian lands are placed under Hungarian occupation. Notorious Chetniks are back with vengeance, expanding their role from yet another Serbian nationalist organization to a Pan-South Slavic independence movement that is starting to gradually attract even Croatian and Dalmatian monarchists to its cause of Yugoslavic sovereignty. Chetniki’s foreign sponsors seem to have learned the lessons of the fall season campaign and now provide Yugoslavian patriots with much better training and equipment, causing a major drag on Hungarian resources as the State Protection Agency (Államvédelmi Hatóság) continuously finds itself outmatched. (Regional quest progress: 40.21%, Hungary losses: -17.32 HC, -22.94 IC, -35.79 EC, -6.78 MC, ??? losses: -7.1? HC, -11.8? IC, -19.7? EC, -4.8? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Withdrawal of Hungarian influence from the Balkans and even Transdubnian Slavonia secured a lot of South-Slavic lands after the Kingdom of Illyria, finally allowing for a return of refugees and even some immigration from dissatisfied Ottoman Serbian communities. Russian Directorial ambassadors and political activists also helped to transition the heroic Chetnik movement from a militarized partizan force to a proper transnational political organization that fights for ethnicities’ right of self-determination, especially in the context of Pan-South Slavic national sentiment. (Regional quest completed with success, region Balkans gains +5 HC, +5 IC, Illyria gains +1% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia gains +0.83% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -1.83% Regional Influence, region Danube Region: Illyria gains +1.5% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Hungary loses -2% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -1.88 HC, -3.12 IC, -5.01 EC, -1.24 MC)


New Jagiellonian Union
Q1-Q2 1894: The recent War of Hungarian Containment put Poland and Hungary at the opposite sides of the frontline, but historically both nations have more in common than dividing them. Both countries have re-gained their independence barely half a century ago, and in the 14-15th centuries they even were de-facto ruled by the same monarchy as a part of the Jagiellonian Union. That historical occurrence is, of course, long buried in the past, but Polish capitalists and politicians did their best in the first half of 1894 to rebuild a pro-Polish sentiment in the Hungarian society and political elite. On the economic front, Polish magnates happily invested into restoration of the war-ravaged Transdubnia and Transcarpathia, only to meet significant competition from their Hungarian counterparts that didn’t wish to lose profitable government contracts to the Poles. Same challenge was met in the Országgyűlés (Country’s Assembly) of Hungary, where pro-Polish lobbyists argued for a draft of national constitution that sees Hungary led by a strong, centralized government with an authoritarian lean. This proposal did lead to a series of filibusters that puth the constitutional assembly in limbo, but didn’t account to much besides this, as Hungarian political elites seem to be dead-set on establishing a directorial parliamentary republic. For now, it appears that the Polish soft intervention has so far only alienated Hungarian political and economic elites even more, although it did attract sympathies of some ultranationalists that like the Polish government model and view the parliamentary government as too soft and weak. If the Poles are to break this trend and re-establish any semblance of Polish-Hungarian union, they’d have to first catch up with Hungary’s diminished, but still formidable arsenal of soft power projection. (Regional quest progress: -14.86%, Hungary losses: -4.84 HC, -3.06 IC, -11.28 EC, -5.59 MC, Poland losses: -8.21 HC, -4.07 IC, -18.48 EC, -9.31 MC)

Doctrine of the Holy Crown
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: According to a popular belief, king Stephen I during his coronation held up the crown to offer it to Virgin Mary, sealing his divine right to the lands of Hungary. In the 17th century, that legend was expanded with a concept of personified crown: the Hungarian royal title now had will and character of its own, staying above any mortal monarch. Now it’s this so-called “Doctrine of the Holy Crown” is being referenced in Hungarian pro-war propaganda, with which the monarchy is trying to motivate its dumbfounded subjects to fight its neighbor and ideological ally, the Princely Confederation of Austria, Bavaria, and the Rheinlands. However, the new propaganda bureau did little to expand on the old tradition or to bring the multitude of conflicting views existing in the kingdom to some common denominator, leading to a well-funded, but unimaginative propaganda campaign that may take quite a while to fully persuade the nation that the war is truly necessary. (Regional quest progress: 13.81%, Hungary losses: -4.9 HC, -6.49 IC, -10.12 EC, -1.92 MC)





Balkans
Spoiler :
Slowly-growing region with once-formidable culture and education, now suffering from recent war and intercommunal conflicts.

Italian job
Spoiler :
1890: Illyrian authorities have been long suspecting that a ring of Italian spies existed in its Adriatic shore, a theory based on a rapid spread of ochlocratic and social-revolutionary ideas among local seamen and workers. In an attempt to bust smugglers of forbidden political literature, the Illyrian Gendarmerie initiated an all-country night raid around port facilities and warehouses. To their excitement, several Italian boats were indeed captured, but instead of banned books they were loaded with rare sorts of alcohol, tobacco, and factory-made clothing. It appears that the gendarmes have discovered “just” a criminal operation by the the Italian mafia, and resolution of this touchy situation is up to interested great powers.


Q1-Q2 1894: The War of Hungarian Containment left plenty of scars both in the economy and the national psyche of Dalmatian and Croatian people. At the height of the war, smuggling operations almost died down, as the Illyrians had little money to spare for smuggled imports. Now that a rebuilding has begun, so did the smuggling. However, in a strange twist, the smuggled goods changed from luxury products to day-to-day necessities and construction materials. Besides, the smuggled imports were unbelievably cheap - so much that some buyers wonder how the smugglers planned to make money with it. The misguided do-gooders achieved little financial success with their venture, as the Kingdom of Illyria was already flooded with Russian humanitarian aid, oversaturating the market and de-evaluating the entire anonymous illicit charity scheme (if there was any value in it in the first place). (Regional quest progress: 94.86%, ??? losses: -1.4? HC, -2.5? IC, -3.9? EC, -1.2? MC)

Macedonian Youth
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Macedonian Youth Secret Revolutionary Organization or MYSRO is a name of a pro-Bulgarian revolutionary cabal that emerged in recent years in North and South Macedonia in response to Albanian banditry that ravaged Bulgarian settlements after the end of the Great Balkan War. Since Macedonia was mostly peaceful during the Great Balkan War, its Bulgarian diaspora remained mostly untouched, and so did its nationalist underground. During the Sublime Porte’s crackdown upon the kachaks, the MYSRO surprisingly became some of the most active and enthusiastic collaborators and informants, helping the Ottoman secret police and garrison forces to cleanse the countryside of much hated Albanian brigands. However, it appears that the MYSRO members used the wide scope of the police action to settle old scores with the Albanian diaspora in general, often leading Ottoman agents to believing that some non-criminal mountain clans of Macedonian Albanians were supporting banditry. By now, it’s virtually impossible to determine how many innocents have suffered from the MYSRO’s actions, especially considering the fact that vast majority of Albanian warlords they hinted at were indeed criminals and highway robbers. This, however, puts the Grand Divan in an awkward position. Still influential Albanian pashas insist that the MYSRO should be destroyed in the most determined way possible, as it is a malicious remnant of South Slavic resistance. More liberal pashas (mostly the Bosniaks, Kurds, and Iraqi who oppose the “Albanian cabal’s” influence), think that cooperation with the MYSRO may be a good starting point at de-radicalization of South Slavs and, possibly, pacifying the Balkans.


Q1-Q2 1894: The Sublime Porte, led by an energetic, yet inexperienced young Sultan, continues experimenting with unorthodox solutions to its regional inter-ethnic conflicts, which some of the pashas compare to playing with fire. In a shocking interpretation of the Bosniak, Kurdish, and Iraqi pashas’ suggestion to make peace with the MYSRO, Sultan Mehmed Selim I went a big, big step further and ordered imperial agents to try and incorporate the Macedonian Youth in the recently uplifted supremacist organization of Insanüstü Insan (Superior Men), essentially not just making a truce with these group of Bulgarian nationalists, but even urging them to join the Sublime Porte’s state apparatus as a pro-government movement. Negotiations with the MYSRO leadership were very complicated, as the other side was afraid of being played in some way. Eventually, however, the MYSRO officially announced becoming a Balkan sister branch of the Superior Men, causing some of its more radical members to split from them and declare them traitors to the cause of Bulgarian independence. However, the South Slavic underground was not the only side that got split by this controversial decision. Befriending of the MYSRO was viewed as a near-treasonous act by a lot of pashas of the Sublime Porte, including even some of those who wished to negotiate a peace with them. As for the Albanian community (that remains to be very influential in the Balkans), it was left in a state of simmering rage. Still, despite all of the havoc and confusion this act has caused, it promises to start incorporating the Balkan peninsula into the wave of mobilizational, Pan-Ottoman enthusiasm that speeds up the development of the “Sublime State.” (Regional quest completed with mixed results, region Balkans gains -10 HC, -10 IC, -5 EC, Regional Growth Trend +0.25%, Sublime Porte gains +0.25% Regional Influence, Illyria loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte losses: -1.44 HC, -2.21 IC, -3.45 EC, -0.97 MC)


Revival or death
Q1-Q2 1894: The merge between the MYSRO and the Insanüstü Insan seems to have become the final drop that overflowed the glass of Albanian patience. In mere two years, their diaspora saw a transition from the most privileged ethnicity in the Ottoman Empire (except, naturally, the Turks) to targets of cruel mockery. Yes, many of the clans purged in recent banditry crackdowns were indeed honorless kachaks, but examples of innocent imprisonment or even capital punishment were too numerous to be easily forgotten. And the very same people they once helped the Turks to defeat are the ones to now side with the “Sublime” state of betrayers and hypocrites. A new cultural movement of Albanian National Revival (Albanian: Rilindja Kombëtare) is now gripping the minds of Albanian intelligentsia, while more radicalized youth is starting to join an underground independence movement, known as the Rilindas (“Revivalists”). This radicalization of the Albanians and their search of their national heritage in the history of the Caucasus, Macedon, and Ancient Illyria in unexpected turn of events for the Sublime Porte, especially given that many of Albanian pashas are still some of the most influential people in the Empire. Still, some of their cabinet enemies are starting to question their loyalty and even spread rumors that some of these ethnocrats might be Revivalists in disguise themselves.

Little envelope for an island
Spoiler :
1891: The scope of Italian underworld takeover of the failing Greece state is just becoming to be known. It appears that after the demise of all major “shipping barons” (who de-facto controlled the Greek economy) in the heat of Italian pirate hunt has put mafia viceroys in charge of the vast majority of local businesses. The Greek state is becoming increasingly corrupt, and tax evasion in exchange for a bribe (known as fakelaki, or “little envelope”) becomes widespread. It’s especially noticeable in the islands of the Aegean sea, where all businesses depend on Italian consiglieri in one form or another. For the Italian government it opens an opportunity to gradually push for a transfer of Greek islands under Italian jurisdiction.


Q1-Q2 1894: Italy has finally acted upon its chance to bribe its way into territorial transfers, driven either by their obsession with mining natural deposits anywhere an Italian foot ever touched the ground, or by their dismay at Greece’s radical libertarian reforms that had wasted the Italian loans on ideological fuss. The operation that eventually resulted in a purchase of the islands of of Milos and Naxos was a rather elaborate one. Local governors were secretly approached by representatives of prominent mafioso families - of course, with fakelaki already in their pockets. When Italian consiglieri were nearing an agreement with the Greek politicians, a diversion was created, as Italian secret agents stirred trouble on the two islands by orchestrating a delay of ship arrivals that were supposed to import salt and bread from the mainland. Public riots that ensued became a perfect cover-up for the “purchase,” as well as a pretext for the Republican Navy to intervene with a “peacemaking” mission. By the early June, when the dust had settled, the Hellenic Republic found itself missing two islands. (Regional quest completed with mixed results, region Balkans gains -5 HC, Regional Growth Fluctuation -0.25%, Italy gains +0.75% Regional Influence, Greece loses -0.75% Regional Influence, Italy losses: -0.85 HC, -1.08 IC, -1.88 EC, -1.35 MC)


Exarchate of the defeated
Q1-Q2 1894: Throughout most of the 19th century, the ancient Millet system of confessional self-rule inside the Ottoman Empire was gradually degrading, with confessional and ethnic self-identification melting into united, proto-nationalist movements. One of the strongest and unified millets was the millet of Bulgarian Orthodox Christians (Eksarhhâne-i Millet i Bulgar). However, the Great Balkan Rebellion (or the Great War of Independence, as it’s known to the Bulgarians), left the Southern Slavic alliance defeated and repressed, with the millet-granted privileges removed from the Bulgarian Uniates. Yet, a way out of that defeated state was opened for the Bulgarians by the recent constitutional reforms in the Sublime Porte, as well as by the Ottoman embrace of the Macedonian Youth, a Macedonian movement of Bulgarian nationalists. Proponents of a renewed Exarchate argue that any oppression of Bulgarian self-identity is illegal under the “Sublime Constitution,” and therefore Orthodox Bulgarians should have the right of autonomous rule. This notion, while legally true, is extremely toxic for the vast majority of Ottoman jingoists and adherents of the “Sublime supremacism,” who view them as demands given by a defeated foe to a victor. Should the Exarchate be re-established, these hardliners would see it as a near-complete reversal of the Ottoman victory in the Great Balkan Rebellion.
 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Italia

Spoiler :
Booming region with great labor capacity reflecting on vibrant agriculture, formidable industry, and prosperous trade with limited number of partners.


Paradoxes of unity
Spoiler :
1890: The Unification of Italy has generated a lot of nationalist ardor three decades ago, but now that the excitement has died down people of Italy are discovering that it’s not always easy to find a common tongue with fellow co-citizens, sometimes quite literally. North Italians have a trouble understanding southern dialects, often resulting in legal and economic disputes and even differences in interpretation of laws. Meanwhile, Piedmontese citizens of the only sub-national state of the peninsula that chose not to join the populist revolution of the 1860s feel quite comfortable talking to their neighbors from Lombardy or Venetia. This is quickly turning into an awkward (some say “dangerous”) love-hate triangle, and Italian authorities are yet to resolve it.

1891: Some low-key agitation was taking place in North Italy among order-loving conservatives, as well as some clergy and old regime aristocracy (mostly landless and ruined by now). No serious destabilizing efforts were discovered, though, and the source of agitation is unknown. Either way, it makes true unification of Italy slightly harder when trust in the national government is low. (Regional quest progress: -1.9%, ??? losses: -1.28 HC, -1.76 IC, -2.76 EC, -0.54 MC)

1892: Even though the timid conservative agitation in North Italy ceased this year, the Republican authorities (and especially their mafia patrons) took the threat very seriously and chose to resolve it in a blunt way, more popular among criminal strongmen than legal government officials. A series of threats, kidnappings, arsons, and even extrajudicial killings took place across the Po river valley, ensuring that those who oppose the mafia rule over Italy (and Italian unity in its current from) stay quiet and scared, at least for now. (Regional quest progress: 9.33%, Italy losses: -2.49 HC, -4.06 IC, -6.62 EC, -1.86 MC)



Camorra doesn’t die
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Unlike Sicilian mafia, Campanian Camorra is rather cross with the Shadow Council’s conclusions. While mafia clans are pyramidal and strictly hierarchical, Neapolitanian and Calabrian ‘ndrina gangs are horizontal, highly competitive, and decentralized, so the administrative compromise of Rome made little sense to them. While many ‘ndrinas simply refused to abandon their street turf (thus becoming, as a Turkish journalist nicknamed them, “criminals among criminals”), others chose to unite into a loosely-knit syndicate known as ‘Ndrangheta, dominating southern businesses and especially influential among populist politicians. So far, any attempts to bring the Camorra to the knee have failed rather bloodily.



Quanta cura
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: French declaration of war on Great Britain and its allies have raised a big wave of anti-Communard thought in Europe. The House of Savoy was savvy to specifically request Papal support on their anti-Socialist stance, being one of the closest allies of the Catholic Church in Europe. Pope Leo XIII responded with issuing a Papal encyclical Quanta Cura, in which Communism and Socialism were called a “fatal error” of the Western society. The encyclical is now being used as a propaganda tool in Sardinian war against France, and it has a potential of turning into a major ideological pillar of the House of Savoy’s regime. (Regional quest progress: 32%, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -2.7 HC, -3.7 IC, -5.8 EC, -1.13 MC)

Q4 1893: Supplementing their major attempt to woo the Papacy into respectful neutrality in regards to the Italian kleptodemocracy, mafioso families pulled some strings and made some offers people couldn’t refuse, eventually getting several prominent cardinals and bishops to weigh in on anti-Communard, and thus pro-Catholic nature of Italian ochlocracy. These articles and encyclicals were successful at shifting the agenda of the Quanta Cura away from attacks on the Italian Republic, while simultaneously concentrating it on the Italian enemy on the Western Front. The public discourse is still ongoing, but it is close to shaping general mood of European Catholics for years to come. (Regional quest progress: 91.71%, Italy losses: -2.07 HC, -3.62 IC, -5.56 EC, -1.73 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: According to some secret documents leaked into the Sardinian press, some sort of a secret agreement was made between the leadership of the Italian Republic and His Majesty’s government of Sardinia-Piedmont. The agreement, according to the scandalous material, stated that the Italian intervention in the Anti-Communard War on the Sardinian side was performed in exchange for Sardinian acceptance of the Italian hegemony on the Apennine Peninsula. These news caused a political crisis in Sardinia-Piedmont, eventually leading to a resignation of the entire old cabinet. The new government was keen on showing the King’s supporters that it, while not being directly hostile to the ochlocratic state of Italy, still acted completely independently from it. Papal encyclicals turned out to be a perfect case for just such a type of diplomatic display. A war of letters and speeches ensued, in which Papal traditionalists, supported by the King of Sardinia-Piedmont, argued against the Italian kleptodemocracy as something that, perhaps, cannot be called a “sin,” but cannot be called a “virtue” either. Defining the mafioso rule as the “Purgatory of Nations,” Quanta Cura went in direct confrontation with the Italian diplomatic effort to make peace with its own Catholic majority. This resulted in a barrage of articles and speeches by Italian publishers and politicians, leaving the international status of the Italian Republic in relation to the Holy See largely in a limbo. (Regional quest progress: 98.43%, Italy losses: -2.23 HC, -3.9 IC, -6 EC, -1.86 MC, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -4.05 HC, -5.56 IC, -8.73 EC, -1.7 MC)


Our Sea
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Mare Nostrum, or “Our Sea,” was a nickname of the Mediterranean Sea at the height of the Roman Empire. Ever since the Reunification of Italy, the idea of Mediterranean dominance was highly popular among Italian nationalists, but until this year it remained just that, an idea. Naval war against Communard France, however, made the Republic’s leadership realize that it does indeed have a chance of regional domination, as long as its merchant marine is up to the task of connecting the shores of “Our Sea” together into a tight trade network. To that end, a massive expansion of Italian commerce fleet was announced this year, followed by a series of state contracts and wharf expansions. The project is still far from completion, but Italy is well on its way to embracing a status of Mediterranean mercantile powerhouse. (Regional quest progress: 40.62%, Italy losses: -2.15 HC, -0.49 IC, -5.63 EC, -4.48 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: As the war in the Mediterranean Sea faded, the Italian government didn’t opt out of its investment in Mediterranean merchant marine. In fact, the Senate came up with a very progressive work training and employment program that earned the Republic plenty of praise from among European socialists. Demobilized soldiers and navy sailors were encouraged to join the Republic’s merchant marine as a safe, stable, and well-paying place of employment. Special schools were also opened for preparing an entire generation of seamen from among the nation’s working class youth. To supply the shipbuilding pipeline with metal and other resources, all half-finished warships, that had by then lost their immediate war purpose, were scrapped or converted into cargo ships. At this rate, it seems like Italy’s investment into its inner sea merchant fleet is going to pay off big time once it’s finished. (Regional quest progress: 95.14%, Italy losses: -3.07 HC, -0.7 IC, -8.05 EC, -6.4 MC)


Arditi and small-unit tactics
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Italian army attempts to place itself on the forefront of modern infantry warfare. In addition to revolutionizing handguns and casualty treatment systems, they are also starting to experiment with an application of an army military doctrine for the independent combat deployment of platoons and smaller units in a particular strategic and logistic environment. Mountain assault units known as Arditi (“the daring ones”) have had their first limited-scope field exercises in the Julian Alps near Goritsa, proving the concept and outlining the path for future development of small-unit tactics. (Technology quest progress: 18.29%, Italy losses: -5.25 HC, -1.3 IC, -2.41 EC, -1.99 MC)

Q4 1893: Italian experiments with small unit deployment and tactical operations certainly attracted attention of one of the world leader in military organization and tactical innovation: the Bundeswehr. Together with Stormkorps units, the Italian Arditi had a series of field exercises that promote ideas of squad independence and NCO initiative. (Technology quest progress: 69.55%, Italy losses: -2.43 HC, -0.74 IC, -1.53 EC, -1.24 MC, North German Federation losses: -2.36 HC, -0.9 IC, -1.5 EC, -1.22 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The small-unit tactical doctrine might have missed a chance to contribute to the Italo-German war efforts against France and Hungary, but it didn’t mean that either of its developers was going to divest themselves from it. In fact, most of the non-mobilized units of the Italian army, combined with a few Stormkorps detachments of the Bundeswehr went through a series of exercises that have truly given the new tactical approach to take hold in the both armies. (Technology quest completed, Italy, North German Federation adopt “Arditi and small-unit tactics” for no additional cost, Italy losses: -4.05 HC, -1.26 IC, -2.26 EC, -1.98 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.59 HC, -0.22 IC, -0.33 EC, -0.28 MC)


Crossing the T
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: While the bulk of the Sardinian navy was busy protecting the nation’s communications with Africa, one naval squadron participated in a naval drill near the shore of Sardinia, practicing a battle tactic in which a line of turret warships crosses in front of a line of enemy ships, allowing the crossing line to bring all their turret guns to bear while receiving fire from only the forward guns of the enemy. The first results were promising, but significantly more practice will be required before all captains and fleet commanders familiarize themselves with the maneuver and its coordination. (Technology quest progress: 13.57%, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -2.13 HC, -1.35 IC, -3.21 EC, -5.48 MC)

Q3 1893: Sardinian navy has continued to familiarize itself with new naval tactics, this time launching a limited-scale naval exercise near Sicily in hopes to prepare itself for a conventional battle with their French counterparts. (Technology quest progress: 47.68%, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -2.32 HC, -1.47 IC, -3.5 EC, -5.98 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Tactical modernization of the Sardinian navy has been a long process, especially considering its distractions with the Boer piracy and French commerce raiding. However, the capitulation of Communard France and distraction of the Boer navy with the battle for the South Atlantic meant that Sardinian captains and admirals finally had time to practice new aggressive battle maneuvering that promises to make modern sea battles even more decisive. (Technology quest completed, Sardinia-Piedmont adopts “Crossing the T” for no additional cost, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -2.52 HC, -1.59 IC, -3.96 EC, -6.48 MC)


Gas warfare and protection
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The Second Atlantic War has already seen a number of revolutionary military innovations, and it’s no surprise to anybody that Sardinia-Piedmont, one of the closest British allies, is working on yet another one. According to certain rumors, a secret facility located, most likely, on one of the Mediterranean islands, is working on developing poison gases that can be used in warfare. In parallel, Sardinian general staff is learning about emerging military techniques and methods that involve using toxic properties of chemical substances as weapons, as well as protecting friendly troops from their effect. (Technology quest progress: 24.62%, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -3.74 HC, -0.87 IC, -8.94 EC, -6.2 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: If Sardinian indecisive participation in the Anti-Communard War has taught the kingdom’s army leadership anything, it’s that modern warfare requires more inventive means of breaking the bloody equilibrium of trench warfare. To address that issue, they have resumed funding of a controversial research of chemical gases and protection equipment for war use. The research is still far from being over, but some experts speculate that it may bring great results once complete. (Technology quest progress: 41.29%, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -3.34 HC, -0.78 IC, -8.11 EC, -5.52 MC)


Cemented armor
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The technological race between naval weapons and armor is currently quite clearly favoring the latter. That may be the reason why Italian ship manufacturers chose to invest into the development of naval steel armor of high quality, which structural integrity is improved through deep carbon cementation by applying carbon-bearing gases to the heated steel. In order to draw from the vast knowledge bank accumulated by North-German steel manufacturers, the Italians also invited Friedrich Krupp AG to participate in a joint project, hoping to be able to produce first warships outfitted with cemented armor some time next year. (Technology quest progress: 58.9%, Italy losses: -1.84 HC, -0.42 IC, -4.83 EC, -3.84 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.95 HC, -0.22 IC, -2.63 EC, -2.14 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Just as they planned, Italian and North-German shipbuilders completed their research of cemented steel armor, propelling their navies to the edge of the naval defense technology. (Technology quest completed, Italy, North German Federation adopt “Cemented armor” for no additional cost, Italy losses: -1.84 HC, -0.42 IC, -4.83 EC, -3.84 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.82 HC, -0.18 IC, -2.17 EC, -1.74 MC)


Aluminum, duralumin, and light metal frames
Q1-Q2 1894: Production of harder metals was always important, but practicality also often requires not only firmness or plasticity, but also light weight. That’s exactly the purpose of a research undergone by an Italian metallurgic company Alcoa Italia Portovesme. In their most advanced facilities, the AIP metallurgists practice production of metal alloys, usually produced through electrolysis, that combine significant structural rigidity with light weight, perfect for aviation, automotives, and tool-making. The project is still in its infancy, but, given the growing popularity of airships and heavier-than-air aerodynes, it may soon find plenty of investments. (Regional quest progress: 11.41%, Italy losses: -3.38 HC, -0.77 IC, -8.85 EC, -7.03 MC)




North Germany
Spoiler :
Fast-developing supernova of European economy, with unrivaled levels of prosperity, industrial ingenuity, and education.


Ragged have-not’s
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Even in the most prosperous society, there’s always place for someone to fall to the very bottom. A term “lumpenproletariat” (lit. “ragged have-not’s”) used by German moderate socialists describes just that group of people: a poor underclass that lacks political consciousness to participate in a struggle for workers’ rights against capitalist oppression. Recent talks of the Cisrhenian Commune and their grassroot shutdown by hysterical patriots exposed just how wide the divide between North-German workers and lumpenproletariat currently is. While organized labor may be sympathizing with the Communards to some extent, the homeless, the unemployed, drinkers, pimps, prostitutes, career criminals, and all sorts of vagabonds and misfits seem to be quite easily swayed by nationalistic, chauvinistic sentiments, providing the Council of Savants with some sort of counterbalance for socialist agitation among working classes. The remaining question is, do the high-minded Savants wish to rely on dirty mobs in their anti-Communard struggle?


Q1-Q2 1894: The end of the Central-European War brought with it a clear change in the Council of Savants’ rhetorics. Instead of the militarist zeal and anti-socialist propaganda, the Federation is now setting its state press to hail the advantages of multiculturalism, tolerance, and liberal welfare. This clearly put the federal government at odds with its aggressive lumpenproletariat. To fix that problem, a tried and tested “carrot and stick” solution was adopted. While a series of welfare measures assisting the urban and rural poor made the Federation one of the most comfortable places for such types to live in Europe, the cryptic Bureau XIII started to crack down on more ideologically zealous have-not’s. Many clubs and societies that are formed around racially or socially radical (especially “anti-French” or “anti-socialist) ideas have started having problems with the law, rarely venturing into the area of true criminal cases and mostly limited to administrative arrests and fines. As soft as such “punishments” were under the Federal Constitution, they did help to quell the growth of radical nationalism in North-Germany, to a relief of many liberally-minded observers. Meanwhile, more libertarian columnists are now questioning if the persecution of the chauvinists led to the government overstepping its just boundaries of responsibility, despite being driven by good intent. As for the most radical and dedicated ultranationalists, they have grown bitter of the Federation’s government, choosing to instead associate themselves with countries they see as models of their vaguely formed ideology (ranging from stratocratic Great Britain to Sanationist Poland to, most strikingly, the rabidly anti-British Free Boer Republic). (Regional quest completed with success, region North Germany gains -10 HC, +10 IC, -10 EC, Free Boer Republic gains +0.5% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Poland gains +0.5% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -1.5% Regional Influence, North German Federation losses: -1.91 HC, -3.58 IC, -5.12 EC, -1.44 MC)


Free church
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Decades of economic, political, and cultural liberalism are starting to transform the North-German religious landscape. More and more German Protestants choose to leave the embrace of the Evangelical Church of Germany and instead associate themselves with various small congregations that stress their separation from any government influence (or influence on government), support secularism, and denounce dogmatism of large church organizations (ranging from prominent giants like the Russian Orthodox Church or the Roman Catholic Church to more shadowy international unions, such as the New England-based Fabian Society). These “free churches” also support economic entrepreneurship, cultural freedom, and plurality of opinions, making many traditionalist thinkers question if “free churches” are churches at all. In North-German politics, “free churches” are being seen mostly as a decentralizing factor, although many deputies on the Council of Savants see it as a positive thing and a true manifestation of its Constitution’s ideals.


Q1-Q2 1894: The North-German government’s interaction with a myriad of Freikirchen (“free churches”) that have blossomed across North Germany this year was rather contradictory. On the one hand, the state press and the Ministry of Cultural Affairs of the Council of Savants attempted to encourage the free churches to be more tolerant to the ancient, hyper-centralized giants of the Russian Orthodox and the Roman Catholic churches (probably due to the Federation’s recent warming of diplomatic relations with Directorial Russia and the Italian Republic). On the other hand, the portrayal of the Fabian Society in the state’s communication with Freikirchen was purely negative, also likely due to the country’s animosity toward the North-American Union. In the end, this schizophrenic duality was very poorly received by the “free Christians” of the Federation, as the people view the government and its press as exemplars of hypocrisy and duplicity. (Regional quest progress: 53%, North German Federation losses: -2.25 HC, -4.21 IC, -6.02 EC, -1.7 MC)


Dresden or Drezno?
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Saxonian city of Dresden was not only one of the centers of the May Uprising that led to the creation of today’s North German Federation, but it’s also a major cultural and industrial centers of Central Europe, featuring a multitude of cigarette factories, motor car production, food processing, banking and the manufacture of medical equipment. Its suburb of Albertstadt also hosts a major armaments factory that employs as many as 20,000 workers, three quarters of them Czech or Polish expatriates, prefered by factory owners as labor for their willingness to work for minimum wage, mostly due to lack of unionization among them. Recent detente with Poland has helped to put down many fears of Slavic sabotage of North-German armaments production, but, on the other side, Polish migrant workers are now flocking to Dresden (known to them as Drezdno), outcompeting local craftsmen due to their low pay expectations and still making decent money by Polish standards. This Polanization of Saxony’s heart is the most notable example of such socioeconomic tensions that exist in Eastern Germany, but it can surely be expanded to parts Brandenburg, Pommern, and Mecklenburg.



Tiger hunt
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The North German Federation never officially admitted its involvement in the espionage absurdity that took place in Switzerland earlier this year. However, the Bundesnachrichtendienst (Federal Intelligence Service) is still suspected by espionage experts to be sheltering an infamous Dr. Watson as either a hostage or a protectee (or, possibly, both). Alas, the man has proved to be not only a great source of information, but also a magnet for troubles. All agents who were tasked with recovering the doctor from the Swiss custody have recently been found dead, shot by a sniper in a series of unrelated homicides. Some of the more cynical intelligence analysts were originally suspecting that the Bundesnachrichtendienst was simply covering their tracks in a rather heavy-handed manner, but soon the murders continued, with Dr. Watson, allegedly, surviving a similar shot only by a miracle of chance. Worse yet, another extraordinary person saved by North-German espionage agencies, a famous archaeologist and artifact hunter Dr. I. Jones, have also become a target of such assassination attempts, saved through a sacrifice of a field agent. As Dr. Watson has described in a series of incoherent interviews, the person standing behind this alarming assassination streak is a mystery person who departed Mr. Holmes referred to as the Tiger Hunter. If the mystery is to ever be solved, now is the time to put an end to the “tiger hunt.”


Q1-Q2 1894: The Tiger Hunt attracted plenty of attention for the Federation’s young, but already infamous intelligence agency, the Bureau XIII. Just like in their previous (mis)adventures, the North-German spies happily employed foreign nationals in their (overly) complicated plans, only this time the assistance came not from China, but from the Pacific Directory of Russia. A delegation of rookie operatives was sent to Berlin from Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky through Moscow, mostly in order to provide a believable cover to the North-German plans of luring the mysterious sniper into a trap. What predated the ambush, however, was plenty of scare all across Germany, as the Bureau XIII spread its nets far and wide, both in a form of information gatherers and war veteran snipers, the latter of which were tasked with finding likely sniper’s nests around places where the hunted doctors were residing. One way or another, by April the Transpacific team arrived to Germany under a plausible legend of a naturalist conference, featuring, among others, Vladimir Arsenyev the explorer of the Russian Far East, along with his loyal friend, a Nanai hunter Dersu Uzala. While these individuals took a deep interest in learning the secrets of the North-German school of military sniping (attending shooting ranges between Arsenyev’s scheduled conference events), the rest of the Transpacific team spread around Berlin, dropping hints to suspicious individuals about Dr. Watson and Dr. Jones being soon transported to a hiding spot in the Russian Pacific coast - a deliberate disinformation, aimed to lure the mysterious Tiger Hunter into a trap. The desinformation did succeed, albeit at the cost of lives of two Transpacific agents, who were found dead in a gutter, their bodies seemingly mutilated by a bear or another creature of similar size and ferocity. That mysterious tragedy didn’t defer the operation, as the Bureau XIII proceeded to prepare for an ambush, scheduled to take place at the Lehrter Bahnhof (the Lehrte Train Station of Berlin) in late May. Multiple precautions had been made, including securing all potential sniping nests with North-German scharfschutzen. What the Bureau XIII couldn’t have predicted, however, was how deep the reach of their mysterious enemies truly was - as it would later be found out that three out of six snipers involved in the operation were either bought off or blackmailed into doing the opposite of their job and assisting the Tiger Hunter in his grim task. Yet, a tragedyy was evaded through an unlikely intervention. As soon as both doctors, accompanied by Mr. Arsenyev and his Nanai friend, appeared on the train platform, they bumped into an elderly bookseller, who, attempting to apologize for his rudeness, left Dr. Watson with a brochure that had a single English phrase on its cove, “Duck!” The doctor appeared puzzled by this mention of a bird, until his North-American colleague recognized the hint and took a cover behind a stack of suitcases, taking the Briton down with him. That, most likely, saved both of their lives, as shots started to be fired from different directions, fired by the same snipers who were supposed to prevent the crime, sending the crowd on the platform into a disarray. Several Bureau XIII agents got shot, and their protectees would be doomed, had it not been for their Transpacific companions, who, working as a sniping team of their own, managed to neutralize all shooters but one (albeit, at a cost of a flesh wound in a leg suffered by Mr. Arsenyev. When the North-German police finally zoomed in on the remaining shooter (who must have been the Tiger Hunter himself, considering all his helpers had been shot by the Transpacific riflemen), they the attic of the train station office occupied by two struggling men, one of which was the very same “old man” who warned the hunted men of the counter-ambush. Confused about the entire situation, the gendarmes moved in with the intent of arresting both of the men, only to be knocked out cold by the “old man,” who used an unusual fighting technique that would be later recognized by a maverick female detective from German Tsingtao as baritsu, a synthetic martial art inspired by the hand-to-hand combat traditions of the Orient. One way or another, when the gendarmes came back to their senses, they found the “old man” nowhere to be found and his opponent, a brawny Englishman, tied with a rope and lying unconscious next to his weapon, an unusual air rifle unlike anything produced anywhere in the world. During an interrogation, the man would later be identified as one Sebastian Moran, a retired British colonel and an avid big-game hunter. At first, he denied any wrongdoing and claimed that he was there trying to help the gendarmes to arrest the real shooter, but when the interrogators suggested letting him go, Colonel Moran backtracked his statements and admitted that he was the assassin, adding with a smirk that in the Bureau XIII’s prison he’d be safer than anywhere in outside it. It appears that the Tiger Hunt is over, but a silhouette of something bigger is coming into the picture just now. (Regional quest completed with full success, region North Germany gains +20 IC, region Pacific Siberia gains +5 IC, North German Federation losses: -1.46 HC, -2.74 IC, -3.91 EC, -1.1 MC, Pacific Directory losses: -0.52 HC, -0.77 IC, -1.16 EC, -0.09 MC)


The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen
Q1-Q2 1894: With the capture of Colonel Moran, the Tiger Hunt was over, but that seemed to be only a beginning of something bigger. A few days after the dramatic shootout in the Lehrte train station, Dr. Watson received a mysterious note in departed Mr. Holmes’ handwriting (at least, that’s what the emotionally shaken Englishman wished to believe), consisting of only one sentence, “Trust your own intelligence, but beware everyone else’s.” That, at first, appeared to be someone’s eccentric joke and was dismissed by Dr. Watson for a time. Yet, a few days later the note gained a darker meaning, as Colonel Moran was found strangled with a shoelace in his single man’s cell, with his wardens appearing to be on the run. What preceded that event, naturally, was a series of revelations, made by Moran under a threat of being unceremoniously hung as an enemy of the state if he doesn’t speak. The Tiger Hunter admitted in that final confession (that later still cost him his life, albeit by another hand) that his former patron, Professor Moriarty, indeed used to be an undercover agent of the British intelligence before the First Atlantic War, as well as Moran himself. When General Thomas Bland Strange, a hero of the First Atlantic War and an absolute stranger to the aristocratic elites of England, organized a peaceful coup that dismissed the Radical Party and the Parliament, and instituted a royalist military dictatorship with “Lord-Protector” Strange at its head, Prof. Moriarty and Col. Moran remained personally loyal to their previous patron, the old-times head of the Royal Intelligence and a devoted technocrat, Sir Charles Egremont. With Lord Egremont fallen from grace, Moriarty and Moran temporarily found themselves wrangling the underworld of the Albion, until they were contacted by their past patron again. Egremont claimed to be in touch with a shadowy group of men, “visionaries” from the two Germanies who called themselves the Illuminati and who were attempting to establish a network of “reliable savants” across the world for their own, yet unknown goals. Prof. Moriarty, according to Moran, originally accepted the offer and kept a mysterious ledger that not only tracked the secret society’s activities in England, but also contained some strange codes allegedly written by Ada Lovelace herself (the dissolute, now departed daughter of Lord Byron himself). Moran himself didn’t know much about that business, as he mostly performed some dirty jobs for the Illuminati and his friend. It is during these days that the Tiger Hunter came across Moriarty’s other team of “errand runners,” which Moran only could describe as a “league of extraordinary gentlemen” and which, contrary to its name, included a lady that recently was briefly sighted in an espionage scandal that took place in Transylvania. At some point, however, it appears that Moriarty became a double agent of several other dark forces, which origin Moran didn’t quite understood at the time, knowing only their names: the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn and the Theosophic Society. Whatever these forces were aimed at, they essentially became aware of each other at some point through a single error of dealing with Moriarty’s wicked genius and two-face personality. The “league of extraordinary gentlemen” ended up being wooed by one of these forces, while Moriarty and Moran, fearing of the Illuminati’s vengeance, sided with the Order of the Golden Dawn. That didn’t save Moriarty from the Illuminati’s revenge, as their agent, one Mr. Holmes, successfully tracked the Professor in Switzerland before being shot by Moran himself (and, apparently, surviving a “leap of faith” from the Reichenbach waterfall). Perhaps, more could have been revealed in a follow-up investigation, but Moran wouldn’t see the dawn of the following day. A brief council attended in the morning by the chosen few survivors of the Tiger Hunt came to several simple conclusions. State-funded intelligence agencies, while potentially helpful, had been compromised and couldn’t be fully trusted in the mission of getting to the bottom of the truth. A new team of outstanding individuals with loose national connections had to be assembled, made up of persons from different countries, thus being unbiased and independent in their work. Finally, that team - or transnational security agency - had to have headquarters and, quite naturally, a name. However, what madman could possibly join such a suicide mission?


The German Customs Union
Q1-Q2 1894: A spirit of mutual cooperation has been recently in vogue in the both Germanies, fueled, for the most part, but the NGF’s and Austria-Bavaria’s alliance in the Central-European War. Now, a bold and, until the most recent moment, unthinkable solution has been proposed by some of the more internationalist North-German technocrats: to establish Zollverein, or the German Customs Union. They argue that both of the nations that now encompass the majority of the German-speaking world greatly benefitted from elimination of the customs that had existed between the myriad of polities that existed in their place before 1848. Now that the two federal nations have seen that streamlining of the customs didn’t infringe on the polities’ municipal independence, maybe it’s time to streamline (or, as some internationalists say, eliminate altogether) the complex border customs and tariffs that no longer serve much of a purpose.


Radioactivity and basics of atomic science
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Radioactive metals have been known to chemists for many years by now, but so far they’ve been viewed as a peculiarity of nature, being able to produce weak luminescence in the dark. Now, however, enough knowledge of molecular chemistry has been accumulated to suggest that much more practical and fundamental lessons could be learned from research of these metals. Needless to say, the Council of Savants was quick to recognize the value of such research for prestige of North-German science as well as for opening other, yet unknown technological possibilities in the future. Attempting to crack secrets of so-called atomic science, an international team of North-German, Russian, and, surprisingly, Chinese chemists and physicists was put together, running a series of advanced experiments that might hold keys to an area of theoretical physics dedicated to the theory of atomic structure of elements and process of radioactivity. (Technology quest progress: 81.97%, North German Federation losses: -1.15 HC, -2.15 IC, -3.02 EC, -0.85 MC, Directorial Russia losses: -1.22 HC, -2.02 IC, -3.35 EC, -0.82 MC, Taiping Mandate losses: -1.26 HC, -1.13 IC, -1.58 EC, -0.27 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: International efforts to understand the basics of atomic science came to fruition this year, as leading scientists from Russia, North Germany, and China were awarded the first group Nobel Prize for their contribution to the world of physics. In addition to opening a new chapter in material science, this set of discoveries also became a powerful prestige statement that is sure to strengthen the three nations’ cultural standing in the world. (Technology quest completed, North German Federation, Directorial Russia, Taiping Mandate adopt “Radioactivity and basics of atomic science” for no additional cost, Directorial Russia losses: -1 HC, -1.67 IC, -2.67 EC, -0.66 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.9 HC, -1.68 IC, -2.41 EC, -0.68 MC, Taiping Mandate losses: -1.6 HC, -1.75 IC, -2.47 EC, -0.42 MC)


Mine-laying blimps
Q1-Q2 1894: Fundamental science is not the only avenue of North-German innovation. Obsessed with the skies and various machines that make humanity conquer them, the North-German engineers are now looking for ways to exploit that conquest. While the Graf Zeppelin Company is shocking the world with its revolutionary rigid dirigible designs for passenger and cargo transport, their competitors, Luftschiffbau Schütte-Lanz, have teamed up with the Goodyear Tire And Rubber Company of the CSA to create blimps (non-rigid airships) for the North-German and Confederate navies. While naval air reconnaissance is already in use in some of the more advanced naval forces of the world, the S.L.1 (type “a”) stood out from them due to its ability to carry and precisely deploy naval mines, an ability that may prove crucial in increasingly maneuver-reliant modern naval warfare. Even though the researchers from Goodyear TaRC were fairly oblivious about the exact combat application of the blimp they were developing (knowing it only as the “combat zeppelin”), they still provided the Confederate navy with a once-in-a-lifetime chance to adopt this great example of North-German engineering. Some of the more innovative military thinkers speculate that with time, the war in the open seas may be revolutionized by non-rigid airships capable of both reconnaissance and attack of enemy vessels either through direct bombing or through deployment of naval mines. (Technology quest completed, North German Federation, Confederate States of America adopt “Mine-laying blimps” for no additional cost, North German Federation losses: -1.78 HC, -0.4 IC, -4.7 EC, -3.78 MC, Confederate States of America losses: -0.69 HC, -0.16 IC, -1.86 EC, -1.52 MC)




South Germany
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, populous melting pot of German regional cultures with powerful industries and vibrant agriculture.


Neutrality and dishonor
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Recent development of the Reichenbach Falls murder investigation has flashed out what was already obvious to many Federal patriots in the Swiss politics since the times of fraternal bloodshed of the Sonderbundkrieg: Switzerland is not going to be untouchable by the foreign powers simply because it declares itself neutral. Even if the “great” powers of Europe agree to recognize Swiss military neutrality de-jure, they are still just as likely to intervene into internal matters of the confederate state, unless Switzerland finds a strong protector or gets ready to protect its own political independence on its own. The debate has just started on all levels of the Swiss society, ranging from municipal city halls with their long history of direct democracy and all the way to the Federal Council.



Of serfs and soldiers
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Despite an early fiasco of the first peasant guerilla battalions, problems of serfdom and resulting inequality between peasants and their noble landlords continue being sharp and divisive. The total nature of the Central-European War now has brought a strong argument against serfdom, namely full conscription. Austria-Bavaria has suffered heavy field losses, and greater and greater portion of is standing army has to comprise of peasant recruits, many of which are, indeed, serfs. That brings a few problems. First of all, landowners have started to complain about the financial losses they’ve already suffered from missing the harvest, while a good portion of their workforce was absent fighting the war. Secondly, urbanites and free farmers find it unfair that they are prioritized in conscription in order to protect other rich men’s profits. Finally, soldier bonds prove to be a strong factor of horizontal solidarity, with many veteran companies starting to secretly vow to do all they can to help those of their brothers-in-arms who are serfs to regain full freedom after the war is over. Some members of the nobility (especially active-duty lower-rank officers who have seen combat firsthand, often side by side with fellow serf soldiers) are starting to openly and volunteered free all of their veteran serfs and their families as a sign of gratitude for their sacrifice. This, of course, angers those who are ineligible for service or were forced by their owners to stay and work the fields despite their patriotic zeal. In other words, service and serfdom don’t go well together.

Q4 1893: For one reason or another, the Council of Savants of the North German Federation grew very preoccupied with serfdom-related issues in Austria-Bavaria. So much that the Deutsche Bundesbank started to give out targeted agricultural loans to South-German serf-owners, hoping to create an incentive for them to move away from obsolete methods of agricultural production and management toward modern, mechanized farming. To support that initiative, various engineers and agriculturalists from North Germany started working as contractors in the south, offering their expertise to any enterprising noble. Sadly, the broad picture was quite far from the North-German expectations. First of all, the Savants seem to have overestimated the enterprising spirit of the Ancien Régime nobility. A typical the Deutsche Bundesbank borrower was a family of landowners accustomed to simply receiving constant mediocre income from a de-facto land rent, doing little to nothing to manage the estate in a meaningful manner. Having lost big numbers of their serfs to conscription, these people were more than happy to simply cash out and perform only superficial activities adhering to the conditional loan contract. North-German diplomats attempted to encourage the Confederacy of Princes to put pressure on their own nobility, but the Austrobavarian government simply refused to take any action on serfdom reform until the war is over. Until then, it seems like North-German cash keeps southern aristocrats happy. (Regional quest progress: 81.46%, North German Federation losses: -2.26 HC, -3.35 IC, -6.03 EC, -2.5 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Disappointed with the humble results of their last year’s effort to jump-start the obsolete Austrobavarian economy, the North-German economists chose an even more enablement-based solution. They started to rend desirable parcels of land from the Austrobavarian landed gentry, then developing this realty and leasing it to local farmers and war veterans. The more cynical economy experts were quick to name it “yet another form of serfdom,” as the “free farmers” ended up working on the land they didn’t own and often didn’t originally develop. However, this measure was popular among the masses who saw it as a chance to get a good life at someone else’s expense (where “someone else” was a strangely altruistic foreign government). All in all, the economy of South Germany did experience a moderate boost, but the “nanny approach” used by the North German Federation angered many austerity proponents at home, costing quite a lot to North-German taxpayers for rather questionable gains. These critics also pointed out that, while these measures did pave a road for a quicker removal of serfdom in Austria-Bavaria, this policy still formally remains in effect in the country and may not go away for at least another half a year as the Confederation of Princes recovers from the Central-European War. More optimistic observers, meanwhile, say that the measures were a long-term investment into the nation’s future geopolitical standing, pulling the both Germanies closer together and helping to erase (or tone down) the structural differences that separate them. (Regional quest completed with success, region South Germany gains -10 HC, +15 EC, +5 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.75%, North German Federation gains +4% Regional Influence, Austria-Bavaria loses -4% Regional Influence, region North Germany: Austria-Bavaria gains +4% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -4% Regional Influence, North German Federation: -150 EC, North German Federation losses: -2.18 HC, -0.49 IC, -5.78 EC, -4.65 MC)


Danubian Swabians
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The Duchy of Swabia historically was a source of a lot of South-German migrations to various regions along the Danube River, especially during the height of the Austrian Empire in the 18th century. Their diasporas formed three major communities in Hungary, Banat, and Satu Mare. Hungary’s aggression and eviction of many Germans from the lands of the Crown of St. Stephen has led to a mass migration of Hungarian and Romanian German settlers back to South Germany. Now these refugees crowd Autrobavarian cities and create a lot of challenge for local administrators to establish habitual German ordnung (order). Some Princes suggest recruiting the men and employing women and even teenage children on local factors (that historically suffer from a lack of workforce caused by serfdom), while others point out that the War of Hungarian Containment has turned completely against the Magyars, and quite soon Danubian Swabians will be able to return to their homes, increasing Austrobavarian influence in the region post-war.



Repopulation of Lothringen
Q1-Q2 1894: The Communard attempts to purge aristocratic land ownership and redistribute the lands in Lorraine (Lothringen) during the recent war left that region in turmoil. Many people loyal to the Princely regime (not all of them rich or privileged) were driven out of their land or disappeared in Communard purges, leaving some large estates completely lacking ownership. Among those who survived, tensions are high. Some people mistrust everything French, viewing the remaining French Lorrainers as potential troublemakers; the latter ones point out that some Francophone old-regimers were, in fact, the most fervent fighters against the “Communard Plague” and thus deserve being compensated and treated fairly. Meanwhile, more nationalist advisers of the Board of the Princes suggest dividing the free lands between Lorraine Franconians (German-speaking locals), but that also raises some questions, as some proletarians among them had been quite happy to receive French land grants while the program lasted. Finally, an even more unusual suggestion is being voiced by the Catholic faction in the veteran council: to pass these lands to landless war veterans who would be accepted into a religious militant order. Having received tentative (but not overwhelming) support from the church, they say the Duke of Bavaria should resurrect the Order of St. Anthony, which was originally founded in 1382, this time in a shape of a paramilitary corporation of war veterans. Naturally, they view the empty fields of war-torn Lothringen as the perfect domain for just such an organization.

 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

North France

Spoiler :
Booming center of progressive art and sciences, with quickly recovering, expansive urban and rural economies.

Fruits of equality
Spoiler :
1890: The Paris Commune and the subsequent Grand Revolution did release an enormous wave of popular enthusiasm and productive capability. What it failed to make, though, was to increase the standards of living of an average French citizen. While the distributive system of collective ownership has saved countless lives of proletarians and unemployed, it also has sucked the few objects of wealth that average French citizens did have. It may be wise to find a way to console those who have contributed to the national revival so much only to gain so little.

1891: The Communard government felt that asking the public opinion was the key to solving the issue, and assigned part of its state apparatus to a series of public opinion studies regarding the wants and the wishes of the people. The results, predictably, were very complicated, ranging from some that were incredibly straightforward (and thus, predictably, horribly uninformed) to some that were fairly reasonable, but not very popular among the badly educated masses. Now that the massives of data are gathered, it’s up to the Commune of Communes to decide how to turn it into policies. Some factions in the council lobby for the simple solutions understandable by the masses, while others argue for a less purist approach to social equality, but a lot of gradient opinions exist between these two extremes. (Regional quest progress: 12.28%, Communard France losses: -1.37 HC, -2.11 IC, -3.11 EC, -1 MC)

1892: In an effort to please everyone, the Commune of communes has attempted to perform a piecemeal Welfare and Entitlement reform across the nation, implementing some of the popularly proposed measures of rewarding workers in the equality-based economy. While that reform saw rather low-key reception due to its lukewarm, generic nature, the Commune of communes did hide a bold experiment into the reform package. Three “experimental regional communes” were created in Brittany, Burgundy, and Aquitaine, provided with enough autonomy to implement more radical or one-sided decisions regarding the Welfare and Entitlement reform. While auditing commissions still supervise administrative loyalty and ideological purity of these new semi-federal entities, the experiment seems to be rather well-received by the regions. (Regional quest progress: 46.71%, Communard France losses: -2.37 HC, -3.65 IC, -5.39 EC, -1.74 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: As the nation started a new revolutionary war, a significant part of its resources was pulled into other, more critical tasks, leaving regional experiments with self-rule and welfare schemes undermanned and underfunded. Some small progress was still achieved at monitoring progress of various welfare and entitlement solutions, but on high level the regional communes were mostly busy with unrelated administrative tasks, enjoying the lack of central supervision and becoming trampolines for provincial deputies’ careers. (Regional quest progress: 48.24%, Communard France losses: -2.68 HC, -4.14 IC, -6.11 EC, -1.97 MC)



Lorraine land redistribution
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: French liberation of most of Lorraine from Austria-Bavaria during the first part of the year opened an opportunity for French Tribuns to perform a publicity stunt showing to the oppressed population of Europe why French overlords are best overlords. A land redistribution program was announced across newly liberated territories, offering land and real estate confiscated from nobility and bourgeoisie to numerous local workers and peasants, who were encouraged to unite into democratically managed factories and collective farms. The program had its challenges, since a lot of poor farmers were quite happy to receive land grants, but didn’t wish to share them with anyone else, but retribution against such “individualists” was swift and rather harsh (although it did depend on their class origin). Despite all of its local victories, the land redistribution program was eventually put to a complete halt by a simple and immitigable factor: forced retreat of French armies from most of Lorraine. (Regional quest progress: 55.86%, Communard France losses: -2.05 HC, -3.16 IC, -4.67 EC, -1.51 MC)

Q4 1893: Despite the situation at the frontlines, Lorraine land redistribution, bizarrely, continued. However, due to constant shifting of the theater of war westward, quite soon the newly redistributed lots of land could be found in the no man’s land or even behind enemy lines, dropping their practical value down to zero. On the positive side, the land redistribution still received a positive spin from Communard propaganda bureaus, being presented to a larger French and European audience (with some details omitted, of course) as a great fix of past injustices. Very few lots in the land registry still remain untouched, but commissioners tasked with this project recommend that the Commune of Communes waits until the war is over (with a victory, of course!) before proceeding with this task. (Regional quest progress; 96.57%, Communard France losses: -1.42 HC, -2.19 IC, -3.23 EC, -1.04 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: As the French war efforts imploded shortly before the peace treaty of Luxemburg, one thing became painfully clear: the propaganda stunt of Lorraine land redistribution was never to amass to anything substantial. If anything, the contrast between the reality of the Communard defeat and a land redistribution program that existed purely in imagination of Communard ideologues made the loss only more embarrassing. It seems, in the end of the day France was left with a small commune of refugee peasants that did cast their lot with the French cause and ultimately lost everything. (Regional quest completed with full failure, region North France gains +5 HC, Communard France: -30 IC, -80 EC)

Purity spiral
Spoiler :
1890: Revolutionary spirit is great, but sometimes enthusiasm spills over the edge in France. In the first days and months of the Commune, a lot of well-off people were forced by raging mobs to give up their luxury in favor of the community, but since then the public fervor seems to have subsided. This year, however, sees a resurgence of the same pattern. What’s ironic, some of the victims of crowd racketeering and lynching were not old regime sympathizers, but political leaders of the young state who were seen as living too opulent a lifestyle compared to their fellow compatriots. With a heavy heart, the Commune’s authorities have to look into this new issue before their geopolitical rivals have used it against them.


Languages of the Commune
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The region of Picardy in the fart north of France is known not only for its sugar beet agriculture introduced and promoted by Napoleon to combat French dependence on sugar imports, but also for the wide use by locals of Picard language, known simply as chtimi. Similar to Cosmopolitan French, Picard language is the first of the regional dialects that has recently been introduced to local school and university programs, run by Picardian communes of various levels. This development is rather new for France, since the nation has seen a significant drop in regionalism since the times of Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars and is considered to be very unitarian by contemporary European standards. Now, some members of the Commune of Communes are afraid the Picardian grassroot experiment is the first step toward reversing that unifying trend, while their opponents suggest that what unifies all Communards should be not the language they speak, but the ideas they believe in.



Fortress France (du Nord)
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The array of enemies of the People’s Revolution is spectacular, but so is the French determination to fight until inevitable triumph. But meanwhile, the workers’ nation simply needs to survive. In order to do that, French General Staff has come up with an idea of a continuous fortified line that combines simple infantry trenches, cement bunkers, artillery emplacements, and, innovatively, loudspeaking devices for playing inspiring music and pre-censored political news for the friendly troops and warning announcements for the enemy soldiers indifferent languages. In theory, this can become the most sophisticated and virtually unbreakable continuous line of defense since the Great Wall of China. In practice, French engineers are struggling to complete the giant project before shells start exploding above their heads. (Regional quest progress: 31.05%, Communard France losses: -2.22 HC, -0.54 IC, -6.42 EC, -5.21 MC)

Q4 1893: As Hungary’s situation becomes ever more precarious, France’s line of defenses grows in its strategic importance, considering the number of enemy forces it may soon be facing. As a result, the “Fortress France” line continued being worked on by numerous well-supplied workers’ collectives across the north of the country. (Regional quest progress: 62.67%, Communard France losses: -2.71 HC, -0.65 IC, -7.94 EC, -6.36 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Cancellation of the infamous “Fortress France” fortification project was on the negotiations table of the Treaty of Luxemburg since Day 1, but in the end the Coalitionary powers had to walk back on their demand to fully demolish all fortifications built since 1893 and all foundation pits and ditches being filled with cement. That, as Plebean Praetor Paul Brousse argued, would put the French industry, already devastated by the war, into too much strain. As a result, a mere demilitarization program was adopted, cancelling the fortification works and disarming the entire line of defenses, thus letting the wild nature reclaim it with time. While this did indeed save France quite a penny, it also became a depressing symbol of the Communard defeat, forcing the public moral plunge all across the country. (Regional quest completed with full failure, region North France gains -1% Regional Growth Trend)

Agit-trains and agit-boats
Spoiler :
1892: In an attempt to improve the public morale and unite the nation even closer around the Communard ideals, the French government has introduced so-called agit-trains and agit-boats to its infrastructure and traffic. These are mobile propaganda centers touring around the country, outfitted with on-board printing press, government complaint office, printed political leaflets and pamphlets, library books, and a mobile cinema. The pilot project aiming to bring the “only true ideology” to the train stations and landing stages of French towns and villages was received with curiosity and enthusiasm by the commoners, but now a lot more investment of administrative effort and equipment would be needed to make that innovation nation-spread. (Technology quest progress: 18.93%, Communard France losses: -1.58 HC, -2.43 IC, -3.59 EC, -1.16 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: With the national focus centered on the war with Austria-Bavaria, only limited resources could be dedicated to pushing the extravagant propaganda project forward, reflecting on humble progress. (Technology quest progress: 22.64%, Communard France losses: -2.53 HC, -3.89 IC, -5.75 EC, -1.85 MC)

Q3 1893: The railway system of France was clogged from July to September with trains requisitioned for continuous redeployment and mobilization of troops, but this didn’t stop project supervisors from continuing some local experiments with the use of agit-trains and agit-boats. (Technology quest progress: 46.79%, Communard France losses: -1.74 HC, -2.68 IC, -3.95 EC, -1.27 MC)

Q4 1893: French experimentation with mobile agitation centers continued throughout the end of the year, as the Commune of Communes tries to channel most of the nation’s resources into more urgent activities. (Technology quest progress: 76.14%, Communard France losses: -1.89 HC, -2.92 IC, -4.31 EC, -1.39 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The bloody export of the Communard ideology to other countries of Europe may be over, but demand for mobile propaganda centers in France is still high, as the Possibilist government in charge of the Plebean Council needs to create legitimacy for itself. That may explain why so much of the nation’s resources was dedicated to making the network of agit-trains and agit-boats traversing the country finally work, carrying the word of progress and peace to all corners of France. In their messages, the agitators have switched from militant fervor of the previous months to presenting France as the “ark of the Revolution,” an isolated vessel of Communard harmony in the wild ocean of capitalist exploitation, required to simply weather out the Great Flood and save itself for the glorious future that is sure to come. Meanwhile, French expatriates who found a new haven in China helped the Taiping government to adopt the French experience of mobile agitation centers to the increasingly developed Chinese countryside. (Technology quest completed, Communard France, Taiping Mandate adopt “Agit-trains and agit-boats” for no additional cost, Communard France losses: -1.74 HC, -2.68 IC, -3.95 EC, -1.27 MC, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.4 HC, -2.62 IC, -3.71 EC, -0.63 MC)


Land torpedoes
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: In a bold feat of modern engineering, France is rumored to be working on new ways to deliver bomb loads of explosives to targets hidden from direct sight of artillery or even its plunging fire. Fields of Anjou became the testing grounds for electrically-powered, unmanned land vehicles, nicknamed by the French “land torpedoes,” remotely controlled via air pressure cable and carrying major demolition charges for destruction of enemy defenses. (Technology quest progress: 27.05%, Communard France losses: -1.6 HC, -0.39 IC, -4.33 EC, -3.99 MC)

Q3 1893: As French troops switched their roles from the attackers to the defenders in the war, the “land torpedoes” project was significantly deprioritized by the French high command, but intervention by the engineering corps experts helped to keep it on the books and receiving funding. (Technology quest progress: 62.48%, Communard France losses: -2.22 HC, -0.54 IC, -6.42 EC, -5.21 MC)

Q4 1893: Development of land torpedoes continued, reaching rather close to completion. However, the Central Commissariate’s desire to achieve naval superiority on the Atlantic continues siphoning resources into other fields of technological innovation, meaning that it might be awhile before first remote-controlled mobile bombs reach frontlines. (Regional quest progress: 75.43%, Communard France losses: -1.72 HC, -0.42 IC, -5.05 EC, -4.05 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: France may be disbanding most of its army and war industry, but the end of the war at least means that what resources are remaining can be directed to completing the outstanding military project of remote-controlled demolition vehicles nicknamed the “land torpedoes.” While coming into mass production too late to contribute to the war effort, they are still expected to serve as an efficient tool of breaking through static fortifications in the future. (Technology quest completed, Communard France adopts “Land torpedo” for no additional cost, Communard France losses: -2.46 HC, -0.59 IC, -7.22 EC, -5.78 MC)




South France
Spoiler :
Booming center of Eastern Mediterranean trade and industry, with well-developed countryside.


Uninvited friends
Spoiler :
1890: Social-utopists, social-revolutionaries, communards, marxists, anarchists, and even random pariahs of capitalist society of all sorts come to the French Mediterranean ports in thousands, attracted to the flame of the Revolution. Alas, not all of them prove to be law-abiding types, and even those who don’t cause trouble often end up enjoying life of leisure subsidized by hard-working French citizens. This is causing plenty of issues in the Azure Coast already, and the problems threaten to spill into the heartland soon.



Where the world comes to rest
Spoiler :
1890: French Occitania and the Rivera once used to be known as one of the best tourist destination in continental Europe. The Revolution, however, made travel to France a much less welcoming experience for all but the most enthusiastic populists and socialists. However, many leaders of local popular communes suggest resurrecting tourism in Cote d’Azure, although it’d clearly required some change in attitude to foreigners (something that locals would be willing to do, given it improved their communes’ economic standing). Purists in the Communard party have angrily rejected this offer, although many political leaders suggest turning the region into a sanatory trip destination for outstanding workers and heroes of labor. More flexible experts think that tourists from other left-leaning countries would also be beneficial for resurrection of the Rivera tourism. One way or another, the opportunity is there for the taking.



Free love
Spoiler :
1890: The change of French public morals after the Grand Revolution is remarkable. As fruits of labor start being redistributed among commune members across the country, some more radical communes have started suggesting redistribution of family responsibilities, including love making. In such free-love communes, anyone can sleep with anyone, given consent, and some corvee-like annual duty is required from every man or woman in terms of sexual pleasures. One result of that practice was quite predictable: a rise of venereal diseases. To combat with that woe, free-love communes have made it much harder for outsiders to become members, which brought the other, less expected, side effect. Free-love communes, as rare as they are, are quickly turning into a sort of elitist closed clubs, membership in which is desired by many, but hard to achieve. Ideologically, this is starting to turn into something quite opposite to the idea of equality and inclusion that sits at the foundation of the Communard worldview.



Fortress France (du Sud)
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: French Communard leadership was never afraid of taking upon British ally of Sardinia-Piedmont in an open field, but Italian declaration of war on British side made quite a few strategic intelligence officers in the national staff look like fools. Now, in order to prepare for an inevitable Sardino-Italian onslaught, French construction communes were dispatched to build a line of fortifications stretching from the Swiss border to the Mediterranean Sea, a few dozen kilometers behind the Alpian frontlines. Fortification planning was just as superb and inclusive of propaganda tools as in the north, but, just like there, the scope of the project was too big for the few engineering resources the nation could spare. Now the Civil Engineering corps leadership requests more reinforcements and soon, if the nation were to have any hopes of finishing the impenetrable defensive line before the enemy pushes French troops against it. (Regional quest progress: 22.29%, Communard France losses: -1.48 HC, -0.36 IC, -4.28 EC, -3.47 MC)

Q4 1893: Just like in the north, French civil engineers and volunteer laborers continued working on the most sophisticated line of modern fortifications in the world so far. Thanks to a shorter length of the southern stretch of the “Fortress France” line, progress here was much more rapid, making it likely that soon Occitania will be relatively secure from an Italian invasion. (Regional quest progress: 81.14%, Communard France losses: -1.72 HC, -0.42 IC, -5.05 EC, -4.05 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Just like in the north, the southern stretch of the once-formidable “Fortress France” fortification project has been abandoned and left unmaintained as a result of the Treaty of Luxemburg. This turned out to be as much of a public morale disaster in the south as elsewhere, bringing the region’s productivity back to the pre-revolutionary times. (Regional quest completed with full failure, region South France gains -1% Regional Growth Trend)

Corsairs of the Gulf of Gascogne
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Although the Industrial Revolution keeps pushing the world into the modernity, some nations seem to be too enamoured by the romanticism of swashbuckling past to recognize the change. One example of that came from France, which leadership chose to follow recent Confederate example and issue letters of marque to all sorts of fishing collectives and postal service unions that exist across the country. Having received the licenses, these enthusiasts of the sea were allowed to democratically elect captains and set sail for the open ocean, where they were expected to do as much damage to “capitalist shipping” as possible. Thanks to great waves of wartime enthusiasm sweeping across the country, the corsair recruitment drive was quite strong, but the outcome of the most of such trips was rather limited. In many cases, the unarmed ships were simply blown to pieces by the Coalition’s warships that patrol the area pretty closely. Whenever successful boarding did take place, another risk loomed: corsair contracts were too vague, suggesting to many of them that any capitalist property should be seized at sea, putting ships of neutral countries (such as Denmark-Norway, Mexico, and Gran Paraguay) at danger. By the year’s end, a report was secretly shared between the Commune of Communes deputies, suggesting that, outside a few lucky episodes, the corsair program brought with it more risks than benefits, alienating or even aggravating few neutral countries that still wished to trade with France. (Regional quest progress: 39.79%, Communard France losses: -2.21 HC, -3.41 IC, -5.03 EC, -1.62 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The end of the War of the Anti-Communard Coalition did put an end to official issuing of letters of marque, but left a lot of people across the entire French coast deeply bitter about the victory that was “stolen” from the people by cowardly politicians. To add an insult to the injury, the war reparations placed a heavy burden on many workers of the sea, leaving them and their families struggling to make ends meet. As a result, the corsairs of the Gulf of Gascogne did not disappear completely, but merely shifted their activities into a more shady area of international piracy. With the French police being gutted by budget cuts and a loss of cadres in the war, little can be done by the Possibilist government to eradicate such piracy. In fact, even if such efforts were to be made, many criminal experts doubt coastal gendarmes would actually take action against fellow citizens whose actions they either support or, at least, can relate to. Besides, some disillusioned navy veterans and young patriots travel to the Gascogne coast from all over the France, hoping to continue their self-righteous war against the capitalist world as pirates and filibusters. (Regional quest progress: 59.79%)




Iberia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, but socially unstable region with dynamic, strong labor market and expanding economic capacity.


Newborn republic
Spoiler :
1890: The Iberian Revolution is young, and the state it’s produced is trying to define itself as a nation. The years of semi-feudal Carlist rule under a branch of the Bourbon dynasty had eroded the Spanish Crown’s subjects’ sense of national unity briefly merged during the Peninsular War. Now a question stands as to what attitude to ethnic policies the new republican government will take. Social-liberals argue for copying the North-German constitution in regards to local self-rule. Social-anarchists want to take that idea to the next level by turning the nation into a confederation of semi-independent communes. French-influenced communards argue that communes are indeed the way forward, but they should be united into a more unitarian Greater Commune akin to the French one. Meanwhile, social-populists think that the maquis, heroic bands of brigands-cum-do-gooders, should become the gears of the new state, similar to Italian mafioso, which would resolve the ethnic question all by itself. What can be said for sure, the final decision will most certainly be influenced by some great powers.

1891: Pro-monarchist agitators, probably funded by an unknown third country, were extensively promoting return of the Bourbon monarchy with less conservative lean. Despite proper funding, these words were not received well at all, even in the circles of remaining Iberian market conservatives, who viewed the old Bourbon dynasty and its policies as the ultimate reason the country was in such dire straits now. As for the remaining political circles, they vehemently opposed that agitation, and many agents of the Bourbon-supporting foreign power were arrested and executed by the inexperienced, but energetic Iberian secret police. Experts say that all dedicated reactionaries and Carlists by now are either dead or have emigrated to Portugal, so the only way to sway Iberia back to monarchism would be to expose its population to a triple amount of Carlist propaganda and prepare for a long uphill battle for their hearts. Meanwhile, pro-Communard agitation openly sponsored by the neighboring France received little attention among Spaniards, perhaps due to the fact that it took the French quite a while to set up their print publications. (Regional quest progress: -2.29%, ??? losses: -2.55 HC, -3.43 IC, -5.49 EC, -1.05 MC, Iberian Republic losses: -1.12 HC, -1.89 IC, -2.69 EC, -0.33 MC, Communard France losses: -0.82 HC, -1.27 IC, -1.87 EC, -0.60 MC)

1892: Last year’s ideological struggle between Spanish Communards and monarchists has temporarily died down (perhaps, thanks to the loss of foreign funding), but the political vacuum was filled by a resurgence of liberal, regionalist thought across all Spanish Iberia. Academic lecturers and working class demagogues across the country opened a political campaign that depicted the Communard ideology as a hyper-centralist twin brother of Carlist monarchism, with its desire to “unite and equate” ethnically unique regions of Spain into a uniform state with little to no regional and municipal political independence. While not entirely true, these statements were well-received by Spanish urbanites (despite the efforts by the Iberian counterintelligence to get to the bottom of the foreign funding liberal speakers kept on receiving), and it seems like liberal federalization is becoming a new political trend across the peninsula. (Regional quest progress: -56.62%, ??? losses: -3.88 HC, -7.02 IC, -10.31 EC, -3.04 MC, Iberian Republic losses: -3.27 HC, -5.55 IC, -7.9 EC, -0.96 MC)

Q4 1893: Geopolitical turmoil of the Second Atlantic War has already caused a flurry of unlikely realignments, but one of the most drastic ones seems to be forming right now in the Iberian Peninsula, where a coalition of moderate federalists is trying to put the last nail in the coffin of the previously dominant Partido Comunista Libertario (Communist Libertarian Party), which just recently lost a series of municipal and federal elections. The Liberal Federalists depicted the Communist Libertarians as rebranded Communards and, as such, enemies of true popular freedom and military aggressors. In search of additional funds and support, the ruling coalition surprisingly reached out to the Twin Crowns of Portugal-Brazil, which is widely despised across the country as a haven of most rabid Carlist reactionaries. Empress Isabel, ever a tightrope dancer of international diplomacy, couldn’t pass on that opportunity to entangle herself into yet another foreign adventure with questionable odds, even while the fate of Portobrazilian interests in Gran Colombia still hung on the edge a cliff. A wide array of forces of Portobrazilian diplomacy, political lobbying, and cultural influence was dispatched to popularize ideas of constitutional monarchy with federalist lean among Spanish public. Combined with the ruling coalition’s agitation, it attempted to cause quite a reversal in the general trend of Iberian politics, slowly forming public support for political reaction in the young state. Yet, for vast majority of Iberian citizens, Portobrazilian propaganda proved to be extremely toxic, since monarch figurehead was seen, at best, as completely unnecessary for the nation’s administrative federalism, geopolitical neutrality, and economic prosperity (and for many people who still remember Bourbon secret police crackdowns and Carlist punitive raids, the very notion of being ruled by a monarch was infuriating). In addition, a solid (and very dedicated) core of anarcho-socialists formed in Old Castille (and generally around the country), rightfully pointing at wide economic improvements brought by Italian kleptosocialists with no political price tag attached to them (although, Portobrazilian investments in the Asturias this year did help to counter that message somewhat). Why, these people ask, should Iberia accept another tyrant from its past enemy, if things can work just fine when friendship with the Italian Republic works for it so well? Answers to these questions, it seems, would have to be found in the year 1894. (Regional quest progress:14.93%, Iberian Republic losses: -0.79 HC, -1.34 IC, -1.91 EC, -0.23 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -2.79 HC, -3.75 IC, -6 EC, -1.16 MC)



Prodigal sons of Asturias
Spoiler :
1892: During the heyday of the Spanish colonial empire, the entrepreneurs that made their fortune in the Spanish Americas and chose to return to Europe with all of their capital were known as Indianos. Today the Spanish Empire no longer exists, but the Iberian Revolution has given rise to the sentiment of hope and Asturian ethnic pride. As the economy of the region started to blossom under the stream of Italian investments, a growing number of moderate liberals and even conservatives that previously chose to abandon the country are now returning to Asturia, happy to invest into their homeland. These “new Indianos” coming from Brazil, Mexico, Gran Colombia, and Gran Paraguay, are happy to establish new businesses all across the region, but some ideological purists (and just envious paupers) point out at the “modernista” villas of the returning Indianos as an example of their corruption, opulence, and exploitation of the working folk.

Q4 1893: Perfectly realizing that the political cards in Iberia were promptly stacked against them in the Iberian Republic, savvy Portobrazilian influence agents have correctly judged that the Twin Crowns had to present the Spaniards with some economic miracles of their own if they wished to compete for their hearts with the ever-enterprising Italians. As an entry point for such economic investments, Portobrazilian capitalists chose the region of the Asturias, considering Asturian “new Indianos” to be reasonably conservative or at least ideologically agnostic to accept loans, contracts, and cooperation agreements from Portobrazilian fidalgo guilds. The acceptance of such offers was almost universally widespread, giving the Twin Crowns a chanc to form an economic beachhead in this aggressively egalitarian country. (Regional quest progress: 96.25%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -2.53 HC, -2.68 IC, -5.93 EC, -2.21 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Threatened by the Portobrazilian fidalgo economic incursion, Italian lobbyists mobilized their support in the Republican Council and started a rabid anti-monarchist campaign in the press, reminding the people who they truly owe their recent prosperity. However, unlike the disliked Portobrazilians, the Italian campaign did not pursue the actual creation of businesses and jobs in Asturias. Still, the Italian lobby managed to persuade some “new Indianos” to align with them using methods not usually employed in business negotiations, leading to only humble gains by the both nations at the expense of economically inactive Communards. (Regional progress completed with success, region Iberia gains +5 HC, +15 EC, +5 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +1%, Italy gains +2% Regional Influence, Portugal-Brazil gains +4% Regional Influence, Communard France loses -6% Regional Influence, Italy losses:


Veins of the land
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The Spanish word “acequia” comes from Classic Arabic “as-sāqiya,” meaning “water conduit.” Acequias (and their Portuguese analogs, known as levadas) are stone-lined water irrigation canals that were introduced to Iberia by the Moors after their conquest of Spain and have been used to carry melted snow water from the mountains to dryer lands. Most of the 18th and 19th centuries was the time of economic decline both for Spain and for Portugal, and it wasn’t until very recently that the resurgence of Portugal-Brazil and Italy-supported economic recovery of Iberian Republic brought about the resources needed to reintegrate acequias and levadas into local agricultural practices.



Beech martens of Spain
Q1-Q2 1894: “Garduña” is a Spanish word for “beech martens,” small predators that are common in the Pyrenean Peninsula. Also, it’s a name for a criminal syndicate of secretive assassins and robbers that once challenged the omnipotent Spanish Inquisition. A Calabrian legend has it that in the 17th century three Garduña “brothers” escaped into South Italy (then a vassal of the Spanish monarchy) from the Inquisition’s persecution with a goal to avenge with blood the honor of their seduced sister. There, the Spanish “beech martens” would later found an criminal syndicate now known as the Camorra. Today, this cryptic story is actual again, because the rise of the Mafia in Italy has dragged South-Italian ‘Ndrangheta (another nickname for the Camorra) into a clandestine rivalry. As the Italian klepto-state started penetrating the Iberian nation with its economic and cultural influence, underground syndicalism is also seeing a rise among the Spanish people, and the Garduña seems to be back. However, instead of becoming the Mafia’s friends, the “beech martens” defy them as much as the Camorra does in the Apennines, owing to the organization’s very origin.


Andalusian copper
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: While Portobrazilians attempt to earn the Spanish people’s respect in Asturias with their investments into new Indianos’ businesses, the Italians and their corporations continue business as usual. And in their case it means, they dig, and dig deep. Late 1893 became the time for establishment of several copper mining companies in Andalusia, with the biggest open mining pit being constructed in Sierra de Baza. At this rate, Italian economic expansion in Iberia is likely to counterweight the majority of Portobrazilian efforts aimed at wooing the Iberian Republic toward the monarchist camp. (Regional quest progress: 85.86%, Italy losses: -0.92 HC, -0.21 IC, -2.41 EC, -1.92 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Italian investments into Andalusian copper mines and smelters fully paid off in the first half of 1894, as the Pyrenean Peninsula is gradually becoming more and more economically dependent from Italy, while simultaneously benefiting from its investments. (Regional quest completed, region Iberia gains +10 EC, +5 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.75%, Italy gains +2% Regional Influence, Communard France loses -2% Regional Influence, Italy losses: -1.07 HC, -0.24 IC, -2.82 EC, -2.24 MC)

Mountain of Tariq
Q1-Q2 1894: The Rock of Gibraltar (named so after its Arabic name Jabal Ṭāriq, “the mountain of Tariq”) dominates over a straight of same name that connects the Mediterranean Sea to the Atlantic Ocean. Once of the smallest British colonial possessions, it is also one of the most strategically important, as it both allows the Royal Commonwealth to control who gets access to the Mediterranean trade and works as a second gate for anyone using the Suez Canal. The latter strategic aspect is especially important, as Great Britain doesn’t control that critical joint of world naval infrastructure and needs Gibraltar as a sort of a deterrent to anyone attempting to close it. With that thought in mind, many British strategists propose improvement of the Rock’s fortifications and naval docks for Britain’s power projection capabilities in the region. Others, meanwhile, suggest that the attitude of armed isolation hasn’t brought Great Britain anything but more wars, so, perhaps, it’s time to sell the Rock in exchange for some solid political commitments from its buyer. That opinion, however, is not very popular, and potential buyers would have to do plenty of lobbying for such a decision to be put on the Lord-Protector’s desk.


Pyrenean Line
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Young Iberian Republic used to be considered the closest political ally of Communard France, at least in Europe. Times are changing, however, because in late fall of 1893 Iberian army engineers started working on a network of fortifications stretching across the Pyrenees and Sistema Ibérico, protecting the Republic from potential invasions from France or French part of Catalonia. Surprised by these orders, some experts also speculated that, maybe, the Pyrenean Line is intended to be used not against the French, but against the Republic’s reactionary enemies in case of fall of Communard France. Either way, the work is only starting, but progresses at reasonable speed, considering the region’s landscape. (Regional quest progress: 29.5%, Iberian Republic losses: -7.72 HC, -1.94 IC, -3.59 EC, -1.62 MC)



Camisado, elan charge, and human sea attack
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Camisado is a traditional Spanish term for a surprising attack on an enemy camp occurring at night or at daybreak, and the term comes from a word “camisa” (Spanish for “shirt”), since Spanish soldiers used to slaughter enemies in small parties, armed only with cold weapons and wearing no armor. As modern warfare grows in complexity, it seems like the Iberian Republican army, deprived of access to higher quality equipment, is looking to resurrect the old tradition of such daring raids, combining them with French native concepts of elan chare and Chinese tradition of overwhelming the enemy in so-called “human sea attacks.” Surprisingly, after a political collapse of the Spanish Communist Libertarian party, the Extraordinary Council has pushed the Iberian military staff to cooperate with the young republic’s yesterday’s enemy: the Twin Crowns of Portugal-Brazil. Needless to say, the dismay among the officer corps and regular soldiers was almost universal, as many of them remembered quite well that Portugal has become a haven for hated Carlists and Bourbon supporters. This discontent, however, was quickly put down, when news arrived from across the Atlantic. Disturbed by the eruption of the Gran-Colombian Civil War, the Twin Crown’s army staff opted out of sending precious army brigades to a series of field exercises the Iberian army planned to hold in Andalusia. With discontent among the rank-and-file taken care of, the Iberian army started solely working on a military program, aimed at adopting an offensive infantry tactic in which an attacker conducts an unprotected, spirited frontal assault with densely concentrated infantry formations against the enemy line, intended to overrun the defenders by engaging in melee or close-quarter combat. (Technology quest progress: 35.5%, Iberian Republic losses: -2.72 HC, -0.69 IC, -1.27 EC, -0.57 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Iberian experimentation with “psychological charges”, morale-breaking close quarter attacks, came to fruition this year, as the Republic prepared its woefully underequpiped military force for the challenges of modern war in a way that makes suicidal charges of Taiping “heavenly soldiers” look almost pragmatic. (Technology quest completed, Iberian Republic adopts “Camisado, elan charge, and human sea attack” for no additional cost, Iberian Republic losses: -2.27 HC, -0.57 IC, -1.06 EC, -0.48 MC)

 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Nile Region

Spoiler :
Booming region centered around the Nile river delta, with still average intellectual, economic, and labor capacity, but potential to connect European, African, and Asian trade.


Q1-Q2 1894: Maghrebian diplomatic assimilation of Tuareg tribes of Western Sahara alarmed many Egyptian foreign policy experts, who were afraid that at this rate even the Libyan Desert and remaining parts of Sudan may soon be claimed by Egypt’s western competitors. This naturally shaped the Khedivate’s diplomatic focus for the first half of 1894, as a couple of dozen alliances and protection agreements was struck with Libyan and Sudanese natives, finally bringing the remainder of the region into the Egyptian fold. (Egypt gains +5.33% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -5.33% Regional Influence, Egypt losses: -3.75 HC, -5.48 IC, -8.72 EC, -1.64 MC)

Death and taxes, and infidels
Spoiler :
1890: The Ummahist movement dominating the politics of still formally monarchist Khedivate of Egypt is taking pride in building a socially progressive and relatively egalitarian society based on the dogmas of the Quran. One of the natural consequences of that political alignment, however, is the jizya tax applied to all dhimmis, or non-Muslims. In Egypt, it means that the Jewish and Coptic communities that traditionally contribute quite a lot to the nation’s science, banking, and art, are being relatively disenfranchised. Reintegrating these minorities into the fabric of the Ummah could provide a great boon to the development of the region.

1891: The Khedivate has tried to move away from the ancient, straightforward definition of jizya as an “infidelity tax” toward a more flexible approach of “extra contribution” required from non-Muslims toward commonly shared social and economic goal. That effort, predictably, suffered from extreme vagueness of definitions and no literal rules that could be directly implemented and enforced. A very small number of non-Muslims volunteered to perform some meaningful contributions to the state, while the vast majority either emulated some useless social activity in order to escape the extra taxation or opted in to continue to pay the old, predictable jizya tax. Unless the approach is changed (or unless significant resources are dedicated to addressing this issue the current way), solving this confusion may take many years. (Regional quest progress: 2.45%, Egypt losses: -1.29 HC, -1.13 IC, -3.04 EC, -1.35 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: It took a year for the Egyptian authorities to take a step back and rethink its previous attempt to address the jizya tax. The new solution the government came up with turned out much more functional and streamlined. State agencies were instructed to forward the revenue gained through jizya taxation toward municipal projects benefiting those very communities that have paid it, which was relatively easy to do in the communitarian society of Ummahist Egypt. Some of the more radical Muslim activists were displeased by that “preferentialism,” but independent mullahs had to agree that the new practice was unusual, but perfectly legal within the scope of Islamic law. While more years (or a bigger concentration of efforts) may be required to make the new practice widespread and common, it seems to be working quite well, helping to reimburse more disenfranchised communities across the nation without hurting everyone else. (Regional quest progress: 35.48%, Egypt losses: -2.99 HC, -4.39 IC, -7.05 EC, -1.29 MC)

Q3 1893: Judging by the Khedive’s persistence on the current reform vector, Egypt’s leadership is quite happy with the way the jizya overhaul is advancing. Complaints from traditionalist Muslim communities are being consciously ignored, while more liberal Ummahists praise the new approach as the best way forward for Islamic socialism. (Regional quest progress: 47.29%, Egypt losses: -2.5 HC, -3.65 IC, -5.81 EC, -1.09 MC)

Q4 1893: Tax reforms in Egypt continued at their steady pace, promising transformation to the local economy. However, the Khedive and his Ummahist entourage did recognize the instability that discontent of traditionalist clergy could cause for the nation. In the best Ummahist fashion, a public debate with these fundamentalist circles was initiated, hoping to either gently push them to tentative acceptance of the jizya reform, or, at least, buy time for the reform to be completed while the debate takes place. (Regional quest progress: 73.07%, Egypt losses: -3.93 hC, -5.74 IC, -9.14 EC, -1.71 MC)



Lessepsian migration
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Ever since its construction by Imperial French engineers, the Suez Canal was considered somewhat a game-changer for world and regional commerce and oceanography. One consequence of its creation, however, was never thought of. Invasive species from lush tropical waters of the Red Sea are starting to infiltrate the Mediterranean Sea, a temperate region with significantly lower productivity, imbalancing local zoological balance and starting to impact fishing businesses all across the Eastern Mediterranean region. The case became so well-known that marine biologists have started to refer to an phenomenon of invasive species migration as a Lessepsian migration, named after an Imperial French diplomat who secured the contract of Suez Canal construction in the 1850s, before the canal was nationalized by Egypt. Now, the Mediterranean marine biosphere has become so imbalanced that it’s threatening economic stability of numerous fishing enterprises and businesses, from Egypt to Turkey to Greece to Italy. If anyone were to solve the problem in any way, some out-of-box thinking may be required.

Q4 1893: Not sure what to do with such a new type of problems, the Khedive and his advisors chose to form a commission of biologists and environmental experts, both local and foreign, who would be tasked with assessing and addressing the problem of invasive species in the Mediterranean Sea. Unfortunately, the state efforts put into forming that commission were rather humble, resulting in poor screening of proposed council members, many of which turned out to be rather badly qualified for the task at hand. Several dismissive and incoherent reports were produced by the commission, and whichever measures they did recommend turned out to be fairly useless, letting the environmental problem progress even further. The Khedive’s advisors suggest that he may wish to dedicate more administrative resources to the commission if he truly wishes to see the issue of Lessepsian migration tackled. (Regional quest progress: -3.82%, Egypt losses: -2.5 HC, -3.65 IC, -5.81 EC, -1.09 MC)



Protectors of the White Monastery
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The Senussi are a group of clans, united into a political-religious tariqa (Islamic Sufi order), controlling the outback of the Western Egyptian and Libyan Deserts and projecting their power upon other Bedouin tribes from their theocratic capital of Zawiya Bayda (“White Monastery”). Formed in the middle of the 19th century around the notion of loss of purity and spirituality in contemporary Islam, the Senussi are the core opposition to any colonial expansion into non-coastal Libya, rejecting suzerainty of even Muslim rulers of Egypt and Maghreb over them. Now it’s up to any interested power to decide how to make use of the proud Senussi devotees or how to move them out of the colonizers’ way.


Inox steel
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Egyptian metalworks have announced that they are working on developing a new type of stainless steel notable for its corrosion resistance and that could be eventually be used for food handling and cutlery among many other applications. Previously rejected as a scientific investment proposition by the Sublime Porte, this project has had a rough start in Al-Kahira foundries, with first batches of the new metal not meeting the announced standard either in quality or in cost of production, thus turning away some investors. The Khedive’s advisors, however, point out that it’s time for him to exercise his extraordinary powers as a guide and steward of the Egyptian Ummah and divert more enterprises to this promising project, as well as modernize the way Egyptian businesses function. (Regional quest progress: -3.14%, Egypt losses: -3.55 HC, -0.93 IC, -8.68 EC, -6.13 MC)

Q3 1893: Despite the first half a year’s failure to impress investors with a new sort of steel, the Khedive has retained a positive (some say, too positive) perception of the project. Al-Kahira Steel Works were encouraged to continue their development of stainless steel technology, this time concentrating on its quality. Luckily, the optimistic directive was also supported by an assignment of additional metallurgic experts to the research team, which helped to turn the project around and produce first batches of material by October 1893. A lot of work still lies ahead, still, because the metallurgic processes still need to be revised and improved to make stainless steel production truly economically viable and competitive. (Technology quest progress: 27.57%, Egypt losses: -2.03 HC, -0.53 IC, -4.96 EC, -3.5 MC)

Q4 1893: Research of inox steel has continued in Al-Kahira Steel Works at a humble pace this year, as a decent part of state investments was redirected to research needs of the nation’s navy. (Technology quest progress: 32.9%, Egypt losses: -3.04 HC, -0.80 IC, -7.55 EC, -5.23 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Frustrated with the long process of the stainless steel development, Khedive Abbas II Hilmi of Egypt ordered to redirect the state’s industrial efforts from infrastructure improvements in the nation’s desert frontiers to subsidizing the Al-Kahira Steel Works company. This did help to keep the progress steady, with some people speculating the with enough funding 1895 may be the year first mass-produced inox steel hardware will see the market. (Technology quest progress: 59.81%, Egypt losses: -2.7 HC, -0.71 IC, -6.71 EC, -4.65 MC)


Torpedo attack cutters
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Over the past decade torpedo has grown from an experimental weapon to a respected and feared ship-killer. Until now, it has been deployed mostly on ad-hoc basis from various small ships or, in case of the Triune Pact, from some of the more advanced submerged attack craft in above-surface mode. The Egyptian Navy, however, wishes to make surface deployment of torpedo weapons more streamlined and effective. To that end, Hefni Shipyard of the port city of Qesm Safaga have started working on strictly specialized fast, small, above-surface self-propelled naval vessels designed to carry torpedoes into battle. THe work has only began, but the new attack craft is speculated to be a game-changer in naval warfare, being theoretically capable of swarming major all-major-caliber ships and blasting them with torpedoes at close distance - that is, unless a countermeasure is invented. (Technology quest progress: 12.36%, Egypt losses: -2.03 HC, -0.53 IC, -5.03 EC, -3.48 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Egypt’s experimentation with specialized torpedo cutters continued this year in the Red Sea, promising to put the Khedivate’s littoral fleet to the very edge of anti-battleship warfare. (Technology quest progress: 45.79%, Egypt losses: -2.03 HC, -0.53 IC, -5.03 EC, -3.48 MC)




North Africa
Spoiler :
Fast-developing gateway to Sub-saharan Africa with big Islamic cultural and educational centers, but uneven economic development and mediocre population density.


Q1-Q2 1894: Energized Maghrebi diplomatic expansion into the Algerian Desert, Mauritania, and Senegal has finally reserved the remaining parts of the vast region after the ambitious sultanate. (Maghreb +3.88% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -3.88% Regional Influence, Maghreb losses: -3.21 HC, -5.33 IC, -8.26 EC, -1.1 MC)


Tunisian Italians
Spoiler :
1892: Italian expatriate diasporas, trade posts, and even colonies of Genoise and Pisan settlers have existed in Tunisia for centuries, but it wasn’t until now that their demographic and economic weight have become a matter of discussion in the Maghrebi society. Tunisian Italians (most of them of Jewish heritage) are not very numerous, but posses a very strong sense of community and cultural independence. They do not oppose the power of the Maghrebi sultan, but demand their traditions of semi-independence to be respected. And the Sultan has few other options, since the Tunisian Italians traditionally dominate regional commerce, being so influential that Italian language has become the lingua franca of South-Eastern Mediterranean. However, recent trade war with Portugal-Brazil and fears of Italian corrupt-economic expansion have pushed a lot of Maghrebi hardliners to demand a more strict, if not entirely nationalistic approach to the “Italian Peril” from the Sultan.


Lords of the desert
Spoiler :
1890: The expansion of Moroccan authority into the territories previously controlled by the French Empire took place right around the time of the collapse of the French colonial administration in the end of the Atlantic War. That action helped build a new Maghreb national entity and generated a lot of enthusiasm along the coastline. However, the outback remains rather indifferent and sometimes even hostile toward the Sultan’s authority. Reactionary warlords of various nomadic Tuareg tribes don’t see any benefits of the rapid modernization the country is undergoing, and they prefer to use their knowledge of Transsaharan caravan routes to act as middlemen, guides, and supply providers in the light of Maghrebi colonial ambitions.

Q4 1893: Under Sultan Hassan I, Maghreb was expanding into the Sahara Desert and Mauretanian outback in disregard of Tuareg tribes rather than in cooperation with them. However, as the throne was inherited by his son Abd al-Aziz I, that policy changed. Young ruler was determined to woo the desert tribesman into the Sultanate’s sphere of interests by presenting them with benefits of modernization. Yet, that plan had a weakness. Neither the Sultan nor his advisors on domestic policies bothered with formulating what exactly such benefits could be. Most of the technological advancements brought by Maghrebi colonizers were useless for nomadic herders and caravaneers that Tuaregs mostly are, and nothing else more specific was put on the negotiation table as of yet. As a result, some diplomatic and commercial negotiations have indeed started (mostly hurt rather than helped by the presence of the Maghrebi army in the region, which was perceived as somewhat threatening), and it is hoped that some semblance of a well-thought-out offer could be put together by the Sultan’s advisors in the upcoming year. (Regional quest progress: 41.21%, Maghreb losses: -3.64 HC, -1.74 IC, -3.91 EC, -1.88 MC)



Unwanted masters
Spoiler :
1890: Maghrebi takeover of French colonies along the coast of the Senegal River after the Atlantic War was applauded at the sultan’s court as the proof that the resurgent sultanate can compete with pesky Europeans at their games of imperialism. Now, however, the young nation is seeing what British poet Kipling has called the “white man’s burden.” Ungrateful natives, surprisingly, don’t quite accept “the gift of civilization” from their masters. Moreover, a series of popular riots and attacks on outposts suggest that conquest of Senegal might have been only the beginning of a long struggle with unknown losses waiting ahead.

Q4 1893: Sultan Abd al-Aziz’s approach to pacification and assimilation of Maghrebi Senegal territories was rather simplistic, reflecting, perhaps, the young ruler’s naivety and inexperience. Maghrebi colonial authorities were ordered to start mass distribution of various day-to-day goods and appliances, ranging from household items to clothing. Such giveaways were made, however, under a vigilant stare of around one hundred thousand troops garrisoning the Senegal River valley. While that gesture produced some mild short-term effect, it may be unsustainable or even counterproductive in the long run, creating an unhealthy dependency of the region on the metropoly and also frustrating Moroccan, Algerian, and Tunisian rabble, who wonder why their Sultan didn’t choose to offer free clothes and houseware to his more loyal subjects first and if it means that they should be more rebellious in order to “earn” such takeouts from the central authority. (Regional quest progress: 22.02%, Maghreb losses: -3.81 HC, -1.78 IC, -4.33 EC, -2.17 MC)





Sudan-Ethiopia-Somalia
Spoiler :
Stagnant, relatively populous region, suffering from low socio-economic development and semi-absent infrastructure.


Q1-Q2 1894: The ease with which modernized Maghreb started to expand southward into Africa seems to have reminded local powers that they might as well lose the lands they’ve traditionally considered their backyard if they don’t assess themselves as their hegemons. That may be the explanation behind Abyssinia’s military campaign in the Ethiopian highlands, bringing the Hareran dynasty closer to dominating the entire region. However, when Abyssinian hosts attempted to venture into Sud, they had to return empty-handed, announcing that they were beaten to some of the local towns by Mahdist zealots, who are starting to slowly bring South Sudan to their control though the force of arms. (Abyssinia gains +5.08% Regional Influence, Mahdi State gains +0.25% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -5.33% Regional Influence, Abyssinia losses: -12.88 HC, -1.85 IC, -5.92 EC, -0.36 MC, Mahdi State losses: -4.96 HC, -0.55 IC, -2.12 EC, -0.12 MC)

Fanatics and prophets
Spoiler :
1890: Egyptian Sudan is still recovering from a rebellion of Mahdist fanatics, who tried to overthrow Khedivate’s authorities in the 1880s, but were since then pushed out into “uncivilized” lands of West Sudan. Still led by by their legendary leader, fakir (or holy man) Muhammad Ahmad ibn as Sayyid Abd Allah, the Mahdiyah (Mahdist regime) is starting to spread its ideology among local tribes, gathering resources for their return to the Nile river basin. A series of attacks on outposts and frontier villages of Sudanese Arabs have taken place, and Khedivate authorities are afraid that some cells of Islamist radicals are still lying dormant in Egyptian Sudan, waiting for a Mahdist intrusion to start wrecking havoc among loyalists.

1891: The Egyptian Khedivate threw its secret police, military intelligence service, and the army into suppressing the growing threat of Mahdi insurgency in Egypt-controlled Sudan. The secret police action was rather effective at discovering and arresting a number of radical preachers and terrorist cells, but the army failed to produce the results that were expected from it. This was mostly because the central government never made up its mind to formally declare war on the Mahdist State in Western Sudan, so Egyptian generals were confined to anti-insurgency warfare and border skirmishes against Mahdist groups trying to infiltrate Egyptian Sudan. Some success was achieved on that front, but the Mahdist cause is still alive. (Regional quest progress: 21.02%, Egypt losses: -2.82 HC, -1.12 IC, -2.04 EC, -0.99 MC)



Legacy of the Era of Princes
Spoiler :
1890: When Sunni emir of Harar, Ahmad III ibn Abu Bakr, became the Emperor of Abyssinia at the twilight of Zemene Mesafint (or “Era of Princes”), it was viewed as a great victory for Egyptian diplomacy. For the first time in centuries, a friendly Muslim dynasty controlled the rich, populous region south of the Khedivate. However, now it seems like the victory has brought troubles with it. Muslims are a minority in Egypt, and the current emperor 'Abd Allah II ibn 'Ali 'Abd ash-Shakur is deeply unpopular among his subjects, and a noble rebellion is brewing in Abyssinia. Some advisors recommend the Khedive to support the Emperor with troops directly, while others think that such a blunt move would only infuriate Monophysite Ethiopians and Egyptian Coptic diaspora. For now, a range of solutions may be devised, but the clock is ticking, and the situation may explode any moment.

1891: Egypt chose to extend its influence over Abyssinia through the sheer presence of amassed armed forces near its borders and in its waters. While the fleet’s maneuvers did little impress the largely landlocked nation, the army did dissuade a lot of northern Miaphisite warlords from voicing their opposition to Emperor Ahmad III. This did not solve the issue in its entirety, but helped at limiting its scope. (Regional quest progress: 24.17%, Egypt losses: -2.95 HC, -0.88 IC, -1.8 EC, -1.45 MC)

Q3 1893: Egypt’s quite smartly moving away from heavy-handed aggressive posturing to some sort of constructive political and cultural influence. Unfortunately, the way the new approach was applied led to nothing but a slight loss of positions in Abyssinia. Egyptian envoys were tasked with encouraging the current Sultan to embrace Ummahism and Islamic socialism as the leading principle of the Ethiopian state. That, however, was met with a wall of silent misunderstanding on the part of Abyssinian nobles, who viewed their power and wealth through a lense of feudal social structure. Even worse was the idea’s reception among the clergy and the commoners, who were completely alien to any modern ideas of social welfare, coming from a completely backward, pastoral socioeconomic background. If socialism was merely strange and confusing to them, its Islamic version became simply toxic, primarily because vast majority of the Abyssinian Sultan’s subjects remain Miaphysite Christians who, until recently, enjoyed benign neglect on the part of their Muslim rulers. The damage done to the Egyptian influence in Ethiopia was humble, but it has flashed out limitations of the nation’s ideology. (Regional quest progress: 22.14%, Egypt losses: -3.75 HC, -5.48 IC, -8.72 EC, -1.64 MC)

Q4 1893: Having learned on their recent mistakes, the Egyptian diplomatic corps and influence agents in Abyssinia have reconsidered their main political message being sold both to the Sultan and his subjects. While the former was encouraged to placate his vassals and Christian commoners via community improvements and tax reforms, he was allowed to return to more old-fashioned ways of governing. Meanwhile, it seems like Egyptian intelligence agents have started looking into ways of weakening predominantly Miaphysite nobles, assessing their level of personal loyalty and likelihood of accepting the Sultan’s reforms. This resulted in a very humble change of Egyptian positions in Abyssinia, but, at least, it stabilized the situation and prepared ground for more foreign influence efforts. (Regional quest progress: 24.14%, Egypt losses: -2.32 HC, -3.39 IC, -5.4 EC, -1.01 MC)



Loyalty of the Slaver King
Spoiler :
1891: The success of Egyptian colonization of Somalia has opened up the gates for colonization of the Great Rift Valley. While the north of this wilderness (all the way to Sudan) is controlled by the defiant Mahdi state, the south is an amalgam of tribes bound together through a web of caravan routes that belong to the infamous “Slaver King” Al-Zubayr Rahma Mansur. Despite the nickname, that enigmatic trader has built his fortune on ivory trade and controls his network via trade posts known as zaribas. It appears that the Slaver King is open for negotiations with foreign powers over his allegiance, but at the same time he is extremely ambitious. Whoever wins his loyalty is likely to become not just the owner of the Great Rift Valley and Sudd, but also the controller of its flourishing trade.





Greater Mali
Spoiler :
Stagnant region with complex ethnic composition and once rich, but now semi-abandoned mining industry.


Q1-Q2 1894: In stark contrast with the cautious, non-invasive stance of his father toward various tribes of the Greater Mali region, Sultan Abd al-Aziz I ordered an energetic expansion of Maghrebi economic influence into the territories yet unclaimed by other colonial competitors. Deals were made with chieftains of various Fulani, Bambara, and Songhai tribes, extending Maghrebi infrastructure toward that sleepy region and reawakening it to the world beyond. The only time the Maghribi traders and businessmen couldn’t buy the native’s loyalty was in El Hodh and Sswaniki, where they were checked by Toucouleur Jihadist conquerors of these regions. (+7.28% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Maghreb gains +23.26% Regional Influence, Toucouleur Empire gains +1.74% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -25% Regional Influence, Maghreb losses: -7.9 HC, -1.76 IC, -19.56 EC, -12.15 MC, Toucouleur Empire losses: -6.24 HC, -0.84 IC, -2.99 EC, -0.39 MC)

No two slavers are same
Spoiler :
1890: British and Dutch colonial slavery practices, surprisingly, generate plenty of tension between these rather homogeneous administrations. Dutch interior colonial territories are badly patrolled, so runaway slaves from British West Africa (at least, those who fail to make their way to Liberia or the Toucouleur Caliphate) often find shelter in Dutch Ghana. Despite formally agreeing to return British “runaway property” back to their owners, Dutch colonial gendarmes are rarely paid well enough to risk their lives in raids on runaway hideouts. In Amsterdam, British demands of action are very unpopular (most common response being, “Don’t you tell us what to do!”), while the General-Governor of Ghana is afraid that these holdouts are becoming melting pots of African social-revolutionaries, where tribal divisions (so beneficial for outnumbered white colonists) are being eroded and a new pan-Malian culture is forming.



Freed and enraged
Spoiler :
1890: The state of Liberia was an idealistic (or, as some say, misguided) attempt to establish a democratic nation of freed states, organized by the Union of North America after the brutal Atlantic War. However, it seems like the scars of slavery and warfare are preventing new citizens of Liberia from living according to the ideals of racial tolerance, as it was intended. In fact, two dozen ship crew members were lynched in Monrovia this year during racial riots sparked by a bar brawl. Whites from the North-American Union and allied nations are mostly tolerated (not without some contempt, though), but for other foreign nationals of fair skin color a visit to Liberia may be a risky enterprise.



Weapons of the Jihad
Spoiler :
1890: The Toucouleur Empire is struggling to prepare itself for its seemingly inevitable confrontation with the British. For that, they need modern weapons, and some advisers cautiously suggest that Emir Saidou should create his own manufacturing capacities for a prolonged war. The only currently available source of these dangerous innovations is through Trans-saharan trade with the Maghrebi Sultanate, but it’s possible other major powers would try to use this opportunity in the future. Now, it is time to decide what the Massina people could offer to their future weapons importers. Access to local rich salt and gold deposits is the most obvious offer, but who knows what else could attract foreigners’ greedy stares.

1891: Looking to dissuade any close cooperation between the Toucouleur Empire and Maghreb arms traders, British colonial authorities went on to dispatch significant army resources just to posture next to the Anglo-Toucouleur borders. This move didn’t succeed at cooling down Massina zealotry; if anything, the calls for allying to any Muslim nation that could spare the Toucouleur from British conquest only became louder at the Emir’s court. (Regional quest progress: -4.82%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -2.87 HC, -0.97 IC, -1.62 EC, -1.57 MC)



Porfirio’s friends (Liberia)
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Ever a careful diplomat, Mexico’s Secretary of Foreign Affairs Ignacio Mariscal has started looking for establishing lasting trade connections across the Atlantic Ocean. Surprisingly, the Oaxacan intellectual chose rabidly anti-Western and leftist Liberia as a first point of contact for his embassy. Still, despite the challenge, Mexican ambassador in the country managed to get into contact with a few pragmatic provincial deputies, making unexpectedly big progress at negotiating details of a new trade deal between the two nations which could become not just a one-off exchange, but a foundation of a lasting bilateral trade agreement. (Regional quest progress: 84.07%, Mexico losses: -0.99 HC, -1.38 IC, -2 EC, -0.31 MC)





Niger Region
Spoiler :
Troubled, desolated by war, and religiously divided region with unexplored resource potential, but wide opportunities for agricultural development and big population.


White Aethiopians to rule them all!
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Devastation of Hausan nobility of the Sokoto Caliphate in the Portobrazilian conquest of 1892 has left a deep demographic and sociopolitical scar in the region. With old feudal power structures being in tatters, Portobrazilian colonial administration is trying its best to find local collaborators who would like to act as an administrative interlayer between the natives and their white-skinned overlords. For the slavery-dominated Portobrazilian society, this search ultimately comes to the matter of skin color, and that has become an unexpected bliss for Fulbe people living in the far north and west of the region. Described in some sources as Leucaethiopians (lit. “White Aethiopians”), the Fulbe people have a light-dark skin color which Portobrazilians, perhaps impolitely, like to compare to the color of hot chocolate. Some voices, including the colonial general-governor, propose elevating the Fulbe to the position of tribal or even feudal dominance in the region, letting them oversee other ethnicities and absorb their discontent, if it arises.



Unfair competition
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The economic triumph of the Portobrazilian Royal West African Company in Nigeria has paved a road for the Twin Crowns’ complete economic domination over the region. With royal diplomats, ambassadors, and corporate plenipotentiaries, the company has managed to persuade (or force) all local strongmen, kings, and chieftains to trade solely with the metropoly and solely through the Royal West African Company’s offices. However, exceptions exist, and the most notable of them is merchant prince Jaja of a city-state of Opobo. Sold as a slave at the age of twelve in Bonny, this Ijaw native is a self-made man, who earned his way out of slavery through his business aptitude, eventually becoming the richest tradesman and patriarch of one of the biggest South-Nigerian city-states. While generally amiable toward the Portobrazilian authorities, he has been quietly trading palm oil with the British, Confederates, and Sardinians, surpassing RWAC’s duties. This, of course, shows a bad example to others, as Portobrazilian trade monopoly on the market is being widely questioned.



Past glory
Spoiler :
1890: The Yoruba nation of Oyo once controlled most of the Nigerian coast. Soon after the French colonial demise the Portobrazilians stepped into the resulting vacuum mostly thanks to their promises of relative independence to the Oyo king Adeyemi I. Now, however, it seems like the promised independence was mostly cosmetic and found its reflection in titles and ceremonies rather than in any meaningful decisions. That’s making Dahomey Yoruba people increasingly upset by the Porto-Brazilian colonial rule.

Q1-Q2 1893: Portobrazilian general-governor has recognized that if the Twin Crowns wanted to keep control of the Niger region, they’d have to establish functional relationship with the Oyo king, whose territories along the coast hold the key to the colony’s prosperity and logistics. Negotiations have started on providing Adayemi I with greater degree of independence within the limits of the original protection agreement that binds him to collaborate with colonial authorities. At the same time, the Portobrazilians were careful not to anger their own home aristocracy that could be dismayed at the notion that some “savage king” could be considered their equal. (Regional quest progress: 36.29%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -0.56 HC, -0.75 IC, -1.2 EC, -0.23 MC)


 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Central Africa

Spoiler :
Stagnant backwaters of Africa with little to no exposure to the world, but unknown deposits of natural resources.


The Dark Continent
Spoiler :
1890: Maghrebi access to Transsaharan caravan routes and Egyptian use of the Nile river past the Cataracts means that these two nations naturally have colonial ambitions in the Central-African region. Neither of the nations has any military presence in the vast region yet, but some low-key incidents have already started to take place. For instance, this year a massacre took place along the caravan route near the Chad lake. It is believed that a pro-Maghrebi Tuareg merchant ordered his guards to slaughter a Ummahist mullah and his seven students from Alexandria. Details of the incident are hazy, and it’s unclear if the tragedy was sparked by socially progressive views of the Egyptian missionaries or greed of the Tuareg merchant (whose loyalty to the Sultan of Maghreb is as questionable). What can be said for sure, the heart of the Dark Continent is going to become a stage for such “incidents” moving forward.



The source of the Nile
Spoiler :
1890: Search for the source of the Nile river is quickly becoming a matter of prestige and principle for explorers from many countries, inspired by a series of speculative articles published in several popular scientific magazines this year. Geographic societies from many countries are asking their governments to sponsor and equip expeditions to the Heart of Africa, hoping to become the first ones to discover the fabled source of the great river.

1891: The North German Federation outfitted an expedition to find the source of the Nile, but the expedition suffered from a series of poor planning and unrealistic expectations. The attempt to navigate the river all the way from the delta faced vehement Egyptian protest, and the few non-military ships that were allowed to navigate the river couldn’t pass even the first cataract. The army was equally unable to deal with overwhelming logistical issues. Only a small (non-military) part of the expedition was somewhat successful, but the progress so far is horrifically low. (Regional quest progress: 21.52%, North German Federation losses: -2.96 HC, -2.72 IC, -4.36 EC, -3 MC)



Unarmed, but dangerous
Spoiler :
1890: Out of all polities existing beyond the reach of “civilized” nations, the tribal kingdom of Buganda seems to be the most organized and populous. That isolation, however, proves to be a blessing and a curse. Its current king, Danieri Basammula-Ekkere Mwanga II Mukasa, is an avid anti-Christian and a paranoid military modernizer, but he is struggling to find a way to supply his army with modern weapons. Some great nations may like it that way, but for others it may open a chance to establish some presence in this remote region of the world.






Congo-Gabon Region
Spoiler :
Stagnant population center of Africa, with complex ethnic composition and unexplored resource potential.


Q1-Q2 1894: While the newly named territory of Breckinridge was suffering under the heel of the Confederate boot, the rest of the vast Congo basin became a grand prize for a colonial competition between three major players in the region. While the Dixie army, undersupplied and logistically strained, gradually suppressed panicked Yangere and Nzakara tribes just north of the Ubangi River, their Sardinian competitors rushed to install their protectorate over the Kuba and Bena-Lulua tribal leagues south of the Sankuru River. Meanwhile, in Eastern Angola, Zambia, and Malawi, a Portobrazilian colonial army was establishing its firm presence by building forts and Catholic missions along the planned route of the Latin Belt railroad in order to connect their colonies in Angola and Mozambique. (Sardinia-Piedmont gains +6.18% Regional Influence, Portugal-Brazil gains +5.31% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America gains +4.53% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -16.04% Regional Influence, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -7.72 HC, -2.21 IC, -3.99 EC, -2 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -3.7 HC, -1.15 IC, -1.86 EC, -1.39 MC, Confederate States of America losses: -5 HC, -1.74 IC, -3.08 EC, -2.95 MC)


Pigmy raids
Spoiler :
1890: Strange tribes of extremely short people, called the Pigmy, live in the depths of the continent. While not very valuable as work slaves, these Pigmy make great and very loyal house servants for their owners, being quite valuable on slave markets across the world. But before selling them, these precious slaves need to be captured, and Confederate slave traders tend to hire local Bantu tribes to do that job for them. This is quickly deteriorating into a strange sort of colonial dynamic, in which Bantu middlemen are growing almost as rich as Confederate American colonizers (and indispensable, to boot).



Latin Belt
Spoiler :
1890: Porto-Brazilian colonial authorities in Angola are lobbying a project of a railroad that would connect the city of Benguela on the Atlantic coast to Lourenco Marques, the capital of Porto-Brazilian Mocambique. That so called “Latin Belt” would have to face the problem of practically non-existent infrastructure in the African inland. In addition, the Free Boer Republic is vehemently protesting such a project, seeing it as a Porto-Brazilian attempt to block Boer advancement into the depth of the continent.

1891: While Portugal-Brazil’s available civil engineering resources were thrown into the construction of the Panama Canal, its army was tasked with securing the lands adjacent to the future planned route of the Latin Belt railroad. For now, the decision was made to keep the Latin Belt just a poorly patrolled rural road with garrisoned roadblocks every few miles. However, even that humble plan went horribly wrong when dispersed Portobrazilian colonial platoons started suffering from ambushes by local tribes, who used complete lack of effective logistics on Portobrazilian side to their advantage. Military observers say that the local resistance doesn’t scare them by itself, but they are afraid that complete absence of infrastructure means that even army engineers have a trouble supplying the troops so far from home colonies. They request proper civilian engineers to support the effort, and some additional troops to guard them. (Regional quest progress: -9.29%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -4.08 HC, -1.15 IC, -1.89 EC, -1.37 MC)



West Angolan Trading Company
Spoiler :
1891: The new trade agreement and alliance between the Free Boer Republic and Portugal-Brazil has created a new need for a trading company that could facilitate the high volume of future trades in the area. Such company was established this year by Boer state-affiliated businesses and is now in the process of bringing its operations up to speed. (Regional quest progress: 61.14%, Free Boer Republic losses: -0.70 HC, -0.18 IC, -1.79 EC, -1.53 MC)



The smell of burning bridges (Angola)
Spoiler :
1892: While half of the Portobrazilian army was busy fighting Gobir and Sokoto, a series of hectic raids and suspicious insurgencies took place in Angola, near the Boer-Portobrazilian border. The Boer newspapers almost unanimously depicted the events as a Boer attempt to “investigate the attacks on the Boer settlers by local tribesmen.” However, no such attacks were known to the Portobrazilian press or even the Twin Crowns’ counter-espionage agency, so the raids into the Portobrazilian territory across the poorly marked colonial border raised plenty of suspicion and dealt a good deal of damage to the colony. It seems even more suspicious that practically no damage was done by the “local tribesmen” to the Boer-owned West Angolan Trading Company. One way or another, if the border warfare continues this way, the colony could be completely destabilized.

Q1-Q2 1893: Just like in Mocambique, cross-border raids have stopped in Angola this year, as the Portobrazilian army was redeployed from Nigeria in order to restore order. As slow as the progress is, it seems to be much better than in Mocambique, possibly thanks to the fact that patrolling efforts started in early February thanks to much shorter redeployment time. (Regional quest progress: 20.57%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -2.31 HC, -0.71 IC, -0.18 EC, -0.86 MC)

Q3 1893: Portobrazilian colonial authorities have continued rebuilding peaceful life in the colony, while wearily watching across the border as the Free Boer Republic prepares to fight the Second Atlantic War to the last man, promising ever more refugee (or raiding) problems in the future. (Regional quest progress: 80.07%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -2.36 HC, -0.73 IC, -1.17 EC, -0.87 MC)



Darkness over Breckinridge
Q1-Q2 1894: Confederate colonization of the Upper Zaire basin (now renamed Brackinridge, after a departed Confederate explorer and organizer of the Gabonese colony, John C. Breckinridge) was a relatively easy affair, given the vast distances and great logistical challenges involved. However, now that the Gabon and Upper Zaire basins are under the formal Confederate control, all masks of civility have been dropped. An entire army of Confederate troops was redeployed to Africa from across the Atlantic, in full disregard of all logistical issues it would cause and with orders to “break up” all non-Bantu tribal groups and turn anyone who resits this vaguely stated (but clearly violent) effort into slaves at local colonial plantations. Naturally, this led to an excessive and often arbitrarily distributed bloodshed. Firstly, the only way colonial army officers knew how to “break up” the tribes was fairly resemblant of the way they and their forefathers had dealt with Native Americans in the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. In the most of the cases, it meant direct genocide or killing of all males with subsequent enslavement of women and children. Villages were burnt and lands seized, only to be redistributed to white settlers and, more often than not, to the officers themselves. Meanwhile, the distinction between the Bantu and everyone else was extremely uncertain. Even leaving aside the fact that the Bantu is an extremely diverse and scarcely researched group of languages, the Confederate Army was ill-fit to delve into anthropologic literature just in order to decide which obscure African hamlet to “de-tribalize” and which to leave standing. By mid-1894 it became clear that the Confederate policy of de-tribalization has led to deluge of pointless atrocities, perhaps, unintended by the original orders. Even worse yet, it’s let the Confederates without any allies in the region (except a few uncontacted tribes on the fringes of the colony), because even the Bantu ethnicity of Luba (the biggest tribal congregation in the area) had some bloody grudges against the white men. All in all, the sheer violence and scope of the assault on the native tribes of the Gabon and Upper Zaire basins helped the Confederates to advance pretty far in their task of “Confederating Breckinridge,” but the news of this unprecedented slaughter are now leaking into the press of the “civilized world,” as thousands of desperate refugees come to the North-German, Portobrazilian, and Sardinian colonies, telling tales of thousands if not hundreds of thousands of natives being indiscriminately killed in the worst act of colonial genocide since the fall of the Aztec Empire in the 16th century. (Regional quest progress: 22.26%, Confederate States of America losses: -8.9 HC, -3.1 IC, -5.48 EC, -5.25 MC)


New Heart of Darkness
Q1-Q2 1894: The horrible slaughter of the native tribes of the Gabon and Upper Zaire basins was just a prelude for what the initiators of this hideous project saw as an attempt to turn a colony into a Confederate state. Of course, instead of just giving the colony’s population citizenship rights, it meant replacing the lion’s share of the local population with poor white settlers from Dixieland, encouraged to come to Africa from across the Atlantic by promises of privilege, free land, tickets paid by the Navy, and even easily approachable wives, which the colonial authority hoped to attract to Breckenridge from war-torn Hungary and demographically imbalanced Paraguay. While the first two of the promises were true, the popularity of the invitation was much below the expectations, because only the most desperate, reckless, or, at times, lawless types could agree to spend two months crossing the Atlantic on crowded Navy transports in order to get a promised lot of land in a backward land, recently desolated by the army. To make matters worse, the new arrivals were met by an unfamiliar, disease-ridden climate (unbearably hot and humid even by the Dixie standards) that couldn’t support farming of the crops and the cattle they were used to and familiar with. Local cow breeds of Baoulé and N’dema that were resistant to the Tsetse fly didn’t produce milk, and attempts to cross them with American breeds in order to produce a Tsetse-resistant and dairy-producing “Black Dixie” breed were mostly unproductive, since the mongrels they produced lacked the both of these features. By mid-1894, some reasonable number of white misfits, adventurers, and runaways was still assembled in Breckinridge, but this motley group of new plantation owners lacked both the skill and personality required to run successful agrarian businesses even in a slavery-based, pro-white economy. (Regional quest progress: 51.32%, Confederate States of America losses: -4.6 HC, -6.16 IC, -9.18 EC, -5.79 MC)


Confederating Breckenridge
Q1-Q2 1894: Perhaps, the only relatively successful part of the so-called effort in “Confederating Breckinridge” was the state-funded effort to build large corporate plantations and develop mechanical workshops across the colony. Where the privately owned “cottage plantations” tended to fail due to cluelessness and vice of the untrustworthy private owners they were given to, the corporate plantations (producing rubber, cotton, and tobacco) didn’t have that lack of expertise and drew from a large pool of agrarian and labor management professionals available to the state. Just like the newly built “slave workshops,” they primarily used involuntary labor, which also was the driving force behind the infrastructure improvement that included a few small “zeppelinariums” (which in truth were badly maintained blimp stations) and an expansion of Port Davis at the mouth of the Gabon river. Some misled attempt to build dirt- and railroads in the jungles was also made, but it didn’t get far, given the complexity of the task at hand. All in all, the industrial and infrastructure development of Breckenridge was, perhaps, the only part of the Confederate plan in regards to their colony that seemed to move in the desired direction with the desired means. (Regional quest progress: 58.86%, Confederate States of America losses: -3.58 HC, -0.81 IC, -9.67 EC, -7.88 MC)


Forts of Breckinridge
Q1-Q2 1894: The Dixies wouldn’t be themselves if they didn’t try to fortify what they just started stomping out. While the horrific “de-tribalization” was still ongoing, a separate army engineering force was dedicated to establishing new fortified settlements on the ashes of native villages. However, two issues contributed to a slow progress of that endeavor. Firstly, the logistical capacity of the Breckinridge colony was capped, leaving the engineering brigades horribly undersupplied and forcing many soldiers to send marauding parties to nearby settlements. Secondly, the colonial command didn’t have a particular strategic vision for the fortification program, not knowing who their adversary would be. Therefore, the forts were built mostly as an anti-insurgency and garissoning measure, contributing to their wide distribution over a vast and badly explored region with poor infrastructure. (Regional quest progress: 20.89%, Confederate States of America losses: -7.51 HC, -2.62 IC, -4.63 EC, -4.43 MC)




East Africa
Spoiler :
Stagnant conduit between Asian and African markets with a long, but decaying tradition of maritime trade.


The End of the Merina monarchy
Spoiler :
1890: The authority of the Malagasy Merina monarchy is at its all-times low, now that the Boers conquered its obedience through a series of ad-hoc, badly outfitted expeditions. Instead of turning on the colonizers, the Malagasy people are joining the spreading tribal conflict in the depth of the island. For now, the Boers were happy to see the natives fight each other, but some experts express caution over this development, afraid that eventually one successful warlord could arise as an unquestioned leader of the anti-colonial movement.



The gatherer of wealth
Spoiler :
1891: North-German takeover of Zanzibari economy, combined with an impressive display of naval force, has pushed this Omani colony to the brink of economic crisis. While the spice trade still lives on, it seems like slave markets are drying empty, and local merchant elites are growing ever more anti-German, frustrated with Omani sultan’s inability to put a stop to this takeover. The leader among them is infamous Tippu Tip, nicknamed “the gatherer together of wealth” by the locals. This spice trader and slave-master is rumored to lead a cabal of East-African traders who want to pursue the dual goal of getting rid of North-German dominance and establishing a free, independent Zanzibari state.

1892: In contrast with the previous year’s blunt display of force, the North-German colonial administration chose to address Zanzibari discontent by eroding the economic platform that made Tippu TIp’s faction so powerful. Various German-sponsored business ventures were established in Omani Zanzibar, supporting spice cultivation and greater mechanization of labor. While not as awe-inspiring as the earlier gunboat diplomacy attempt, this move did help the Ostafrika Trade Company grow roots in the Zanzibar coast and somewhat blunt the anti-German rhetoric.(Regional quest progress: 32.04%, North German Federation losses: -1.56 HC, -0.35 IC, -3.72 EC, -3.45 MC)



Pride of the Hehe
Spoiler :
1892: Inland caravan routes belonging to the tribes that recognize North-German colonial authorities keep being ambushed and looted by fearsome warriors of the reclusive Hehe tribe. Backward pastoralists that just recently got introduced to modern rifles, the Hehe are a small, but very warlike young tribal kingdom placed within the borders of North-German Tanganyika. They seem to be content with North-German dominion over their region (happy with buying North-German weapons and kitchen tools), but the Hehe don’t seem to comprehend that attacking other pro-German tribes is just not something European authorities normally tolerate. It remains to be seen how the Ostafrikan authorities are going to establish peace in their lands (and if they are going to do that at all).


 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

South Africa

Spoiler :
Fast-developing, dynamic, quickly modernizing immigration hub with weak agriculture, but strong natural resource industry and manufacture.


Q1-Q2 1894: After a defeat to a coalition of Griqua trekkers, Uitlander refugee gangs, and Bechuanaland levies in 1892, the Free Boer Republic took quite a lot of time to rethink its colonization strategy in Bechuana and Namibia. However, this year the Boers have returned with vengeance, revealing that their military plan nicknamed “The Dash North” was, among other things, also a preparation of complete takeover of remaining South-African regions. In an aggressive campaign north-east of the Makgadikgadi Salt Pan, Boer forces established a strong Afrikaner control over the Tswana and Matabeleland. (Free Boer Republic gains +4.08% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -4.08% Regional Influence, Free Boer Republic losses: -6.73 HC, -1.87 IC, -3.11 EC, -2.17 MC)

Commission of National Security
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The Second Atlantic War is the biggest challenge Boerika has ever experienced, and the new government of President Schönberg takes it quite seriously. A Commission of National Security was established this August, acting as a semi-independent bureaucratic body which portfolio transcends boundaries of regular ministries and is covering a wide variety of aspects of modern war. Optimization of industrial output, ideological motivation, procurement, coordination of the army and the navy, and many other fields are being trusted to enthusiastic and incorruptible NatVeil commissioners, who enjoy a reputation of jacks-of-all-trades with highest mandate. The only weakness demonstrated by the Kommissie van Nasionale Veiligheid is its lack of expertise and influence in the area of heavy (and especially armaments) industry, which could be remediated by assigning more state-held economic sectors and enterprises to the Commission’s portfolio. (Regional quest progress: 57.33%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.84 HC, -2.99 IC, -4.17 EC, -1.02 MC)



Children of Man
Spoiler :
1890: In the Free Boer Republic, not everyone is equally free. In fact, one’s skin color usually defines whether or not a particular human being is likely to be treated as a fellow citizen or as someone’s property. The only exception from this rule are the Griqua, children of mixed heritage that have developed into an militant underclass that is proud of its superiority to native slaves, but are also too freedom-loving to accept the arrogance of the white Afrikaners. Recently, more and more Griqua have been escaping the core lands of the Republic and settling on its frontier, forcing local tribes to migrate and claiming the land for themselves. It seems like the Griqua could be used as a colonization tool by the Boers, but these people would despise being forced to obey to the old unspoken laws of the Afrikaner society.

1891: Just like in the years prior to this one, Griquas were again used as a natural tool of expanding the Afrikaan cultural reach through a combination of emigration to the frontier and straightforward squatting in the lands that used to belong to someone else. Only this time, this mixed race was encouraged to resettle not northward, toward frontiers, but return back to the south instead, taking homes and property from English settlers in the Cape. So far, this agitation hasn’t been very successful, since the Griqua are freedom-loving frontiersmen in their hearts, and are looking to distance themselves from the white Boers, not settle themselves in the heart of the Boer territories. Either way, a small trickle of Griqua settlers has started to arrive to Kaapstadt, although at this rate it’d take many years to resettle English territories with the returning Griqua. (Regional quest progress: 3.89%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.56 HC, -2.53 IC, -3.52 EC, -0.86 MC)



Plunging shellfire
Spoiler :
1891: While most of the Boer fleet was busy patrolling the waters around the Cape, protecting local merchant marine traffic from a threat that never materialized, at least one naval squadron was busy with firing drills. It seems like the Boers are practicing a new type of shellfire technique, designed to penetrate an enemy ship's thinner deck armor rather than firing directly at a warship's heavily-armored side. So far, the progress has been slow, but steady, and observing officers are confident the advancement would be much quicker once a bigger share of the Boer navy practices the new technique. (Technology quest progress: 20.54%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.25 HC, -1.49 IC, -3.02 EC, -5.05 MC)

1892: With most of the Boer navy being busy supporting the Republic’s dashing colonial adventures, one squadron stayed patrolling the waters around the Cape and practicing the same artillery drill that someday could hopefully help the Afrikaners avenge their Sao Tome losses to the Brits. (Technology quest progress: 44.04%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.86 HC, -1.9 IC, -3.85 EC, -6.43 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: While the vast majority of the Boer navy is fully engaged in a wide array of dashing operations across two oceans, some of its officers and artillerists stayed back to continue their plunging shellfire drills. (Technology quest progress: 58.75%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.05 HC, -1.36 IC, -2.75 EC, -4.6 MC)

Q4 1893: As the British Empire’s naval might was redirected closer to home, the Boer navy has dutifully resumed its plunging shellfire drills, uniquely withholding from inviting its Truine Pact’s allies from joining the effort. (Technology quest progress: 69.71%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.06 HC, -1.68 IC, -3.54 EC, -4.88 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Optimistic about the outlook of their Cape of Good Hope naval campaign (given the assistance by Indostani raiders), the Republican Admiralty in Durban redirected the majority of the nation’s naval cadres to exercising the long-proposed plunging shellfire drills. While the Cape of Good Hope raiding campaign was largely stalling, the Republican navy’s expertise with a new (and rather economic) shellfire technique grew exponentially, reaching a point at which Boerika’s cannoneers may have a few crucial aces in their sleeves when fighting the heavily armored British sea behemoths moving forward. (Technology quest completed, Free Boer Republic adopts “Plunging shellfire” for no additional cost, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.92 HC, -1.53 IC, -3.96 EC, -5.12 MC)


Human trafficking
Spoiler :
1892: With all of the inhumane developments in and around Kaapstadt, thousands of people of all races, gender, and age are finding themselves in captivity and treated as valuables. This level of treatment and exploitation of human beings is unusual even compared to the standards of institutionalized slavery and serfdom, and the “Free” Boer Republic seems to be accepting it as just another tool of national empowerment. It appears that the Afrikaner state at this point sanctions the development of trade of humans (and, perhaps, methods of combatting it), most commonly for the purpose of forced labour, sexual slavery, or other forms of exploitation for the trafficker or others. (Technology quest progress: 20.64%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.84 HC, -2.99 IC, -4.17 EC, -1.02 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: The East Asian Spice Trading Company continues reinventing methods and pushing boundaries of human trafficking, to the horror of most of the civilized world. (Technology quest progress: 31.89%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.12 HC, -3.45 IC, -4.81 EC, -1.18 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The Second Atlantic War around the Cape of Good Hope is entering its slower stage, and the government of the Free Boer Republic is using this window of opportunity to ease some of the vice laws across the nation, aiming to give its war-weary people a chance to find refuge in vice and self-indulgence. Despite being hailed by ethical progressives, these reforms had a darker side. The art of human trafficking previously exploited by Afrikaan merchants of the East-Asian Spice Trading Company has now been taken to a new level, as the South-Africans look to rebuild their overseas influence in Asia via more shadowy means. On the brighter side, it also means that Boer investigators are ahead of the rest of the world in their knowledge of human trafficking networks, their organization and structure, thus being more capable of cracking down on them in the future. (Technology quest completed, Free Boer Republic adopts “Human trafficking” for no additional cost, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.7 HC, -2.76 IC, -3.85 EC, -0.94 MC)


Hydrometallurgy
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The mining boom around Johannesburg is creating a big demand for more effective ways of processing metal ores. Hoping to tap on that demand, an ambitious Boer company has started a line of research of methods of extractive metallurgy that use aqueous chemistry for the recovery of metals from ores, concentrates, and recycled or residual materials. Now the inventors hope to gain enough of publicity to attract more significant investments that could carry the research forward. (Technology quest progress: 7.43%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.12 HC, -0.28 IC, -2.87 EC, -2.45 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: With a bit of a delay, methods and techniques of hydrometallurgy have found their way to the booming Sudafrikan gold mining industry, pushing it to the edge of resource extraction and engineering through relatively simple, cost-effective means of metal ore processing. (Technology quest completed, Free Boer Republic adopts “Hydrometallurgy” for no additional cost, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.09 HC, -0.53 IC, -5.62 EC, -4.46 MC)


Wolf pack naval tactic
Q1-Q2 1894: With the campaign of the Cape of Good Hope raging since 1893 and the Zaire coast raids having taken place in 1892, the Boer Republican Navy is the most experienced force on the globe in commerce raiding and sea lanes interdiction at this point. No wonder, then, that even its more sophisticated allies and colleagues from the Union of North America happily come to Boerika to learn the anti-convoy tactics the Afrikaan raiders have learned through years of bloody experience. Nicknamed by the latter “wolf pak” (“the wolf pack”), it is a military operational approach aimed at singling out enemy targets or convoys and attacking them with large quantities of submarines, torpedo boats, or regular commerce raiders over a long period of time. With the North-American officers’ formal education added to the Boerikan experience, the “wolf pack” tactics has already become a part of the both of the nations’ naval doctrines. (Technology quest completed, Free Boer Republic, Union of North America adopt “Wolf pack naval tactic” for no additional cost, Free Boer Republic losses: -0.59 HC, -0.47 IC, -1.22 EC, -1.57 MC, Union of North America losses: -0.98 HC, -0.9 IC, -2.33 EC, -3.1 MC)

The icy continent
Spoiler :
1892: More as a statement of ambition and a prestige project, the Boer state has outfitted an exploratory expedition to the Southern Pole, where the icy continent of Antarctica was reached, and a primitive summer base was founded by the lucky adventurers. Unfortunately, the Republican navy, tasked with supplying the expedition, found itself not up to the task, and only the tenacity of the few survivors (as well as their readiness to make meals out of their less brawny comrades) helped the tiny oceanside colony survive its first summer. However, by October, when the resupply ships managed to break through the sea of ice, even these “heroic pioneers” had perished, making many members of the Republican press question the purpose of the entire misadventure. (Regional quest progress: -2.17%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.77 HC, -2.93 IC, -4.76 EC, -4.31 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: Boer failure to set up a lasting base on the Antarctic coast didn’t dissuade the energetic Portobrazilian navy from taking its own try at conquering the icy continent. The Twin Crowns’ expedition started from the Ilhas Malvinas (also known to the British as the Falkland Islands), but failed to even penetrate through the icy waters to the white shore. Several ships were lost, squashed between icebergs, and the remainders of the expedition returned with little to show for it. (Regional quest progress: -6.17%, Portugal-Brazil losses: -3.18 HC, -2.03 IC, -4.17 EC, -7.26 MC)

Q3 1893: Despite having war at their gates, the Confederate States of America seem to be obsessed with ventures far away from their homeland. One of such ventures was an attempt to establish a permanent scientific settlement on the Kerguelen Islands, also known as the Desolation Islands to the Dixies. In order to evade the embarrassments suffered by the Boers and Portobrazilians earlier, they underwent a prolonged winter conditions training alongside with Transpacific Lyzhniki (skier) battalions under supervision of Chukchi and Inuit instructors. Ironically, these trainings took place in late summer and early fall of 1893 in Transpacific Northern Canada and Alaska, which spoke a lot about the true level of familiarity Dixie soldiers and sailors had with cold. One way or another, by early September the training was formally signed off as completed, and a joint naval expedition of Transpacific military and Confederate navy and army left for the Kerguelen Islands with a goal to set up a permanent scientific base among these frozen rocks in the middle of the Indian Ocean. (Regional quest progress: 5.79%, Confederate States of America losses: -1.56 HC, -0.49 IC, -0.78 EC, -0.78 MC, Pacific Directory losses: -2.14 HC, -0.51 IC, -1.04 EC, -0.63 MC)

Q4 1893: The CSA’s fascination with the world of unknown continues driving Dixie explorers to places where no sane Dixie would wish to live. Continuing to draw upon the winter survival techniques provided to them by Transpacific army volunteers, (as well as employing many of them in their expeditions), the Confederates finally managed to reach the sea ice cap of the Cooperation Sea and make their way to the frozen continental shore, setting a permanent camp at an island location known as Davis Station. A lot of efforts are still required to penetrate even deeper across the snowy wasteland, but the first milestone has been passed. (Regional quest progress: 50.48%, Pacific Directory losses: -1.71 HC, -0.41 IC, -0.84 EC, -0.51 MC, Confederate States of America losses: -3.16 HC, -2.26 IC, -4.01 EC, -3.62 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: In a rare feat of international solidarity for the sake of science (and, of course, prestige), three nations brought their resources together with the goal of reaching the South Pole and exploring the icy continent of Antarctica. The bulk of resources came from the new owners of the Desolation Islands, the Confederates, who, however, performed poorly in the cold climate of the extreme south, becoming a mockery among their peers and, naturally, suffering the most throughout the expedition. Who really made the difference this time were the North Germans (who were already familiar with similar climates from their successful conquest of the North Pole) and, of course, the Transpacific skiers and mashers, for who the Antarctica was just like home, only with penguins. They helped to bring the Confederate logistical machine to its full capability by May 1894, from which point the international team’s arrival to the South Pole was only a matter of several weeks of travel. The result was a giant triumph for all nations involved in the exploration of Antarctica (including the audacious, but previously unsuccessful Boers and Portobrazilians). Most of the laurels were given to the Confederates, though, as their “colony” of the Desolations Islands was deemed crucial for all further voyages to the icy continent. Now that the prestige project is over, one question remains: what else is that land good for? (Regional quest completed with success, region South Africa gains +5 HC, Confederate States of America gains +0.25% Regional Influence, Free Boer Republic loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Free Boer Republic: +10 IC, Portugal-Brazil: +10 IC, Confederate States of America: +70 IC, Pacific Directory: +20 IC, North German Federation: +20 IC, Confederate States of America losses: -1.36 HC, -1.11 IC, -1.81 EC, -1.56 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.56 HC, -1.05 IC, -1.5 EC, -0.42 MC, Pacific Directory losses: -0.35 HC, -0.52 IC, -0.77 EC, -0.06 MC)


Fortress of Good Hope
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Another military engineering project is taking place on the shores of the Cape of Good Hope. Kaapstadt and Durban, two biggest and most crucial harbors of the Free Republic are being reinforced with army garrisons and heavily fortified. Construction efforts are ongoing, but by the time they are complete, Boer generals expect to see a network of smaller forts and pre-constructed light defensive position stretching along the South African coastline (Regional quest progress: 30.71%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.62 HC, -0.73 IC, -1.16 EC, -0.83 MC)

Q4 1893: Boer preemptive fortification of the nation’s main ports, harbors, and seaside population centers continued throughout the last months of 1893. (Regional quest progress: 67.14%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.87 HC, -0.52 IC, -0.86 EC, -0.6 MC)



No Brits in our waters: Cape of Good Hope naval campaign
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Last year’s confrontation between the Boer and British fleets at Sao Tome left mixed feelings in Boerika. On the one hand, Boer marine adventures in the Central Atlantic were firmly checked. On the other hand, most of the Boer jingoists were left with a sense of impunity for their fleet’s brash actions. This has led to another cycle of escalation of tensions in the first half of 1893, when several Boer marine agencies and trade companies started offering privateering contracts, with bounty being offered specifically for the cargo “confiscated” from British ships circumventing the Cape of Good Hope (a common thing among British traders trying to escape high canal duties enforced on them by the Egyptian authorities). However, unlike with the Confederate action in the Caribbean region, the recruitment drive was largely unsuccessful, mostly because it targeted a specific nation with a powerful navy, and very few people wished to risk being blasted by the main caliber of a royal dreadnought. This failure, in turn, left the task of intercepting British commercial shipping to the Free Republican Navy itself. (Regional quest progress: -2.64%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.56 HC, -2.53 IC, -3.52 EC, -0.86 MC)

In the absence of any meaningful privateering support and with Boer naval capacity spread thinly around the globe, the enforcement of the ban of English naval commerce around the Cape of Good Hope was left to a notorious Admiral Blankaert and his “Sao Tome veterans.” This time, Blankaert hoped to take advantage of his short lines of communications and close proximity of his bases. That did play out to his advantage, but Admiral Hornby, Blankaert’s nemesis of Sao Tome, rightfully predicted threats to the British shipping in the Atlantic and had his patrolling fleet significantly expanded. When attacks on the British merchant marine were reported in the South Atlantic, British ships were immediately dispatched in several squadrons. The resulted Cape of Good Hope campaign had no major engagements comparable to the Sao Tome incident of last year but saw instead a steady stream of small engagements between single ships or groups of vessels. Despite it, the bitterness had grown on both sides since the last year’s Zaire campaign, and losses were reported to be high, with several commerce raiders and old-fashioned ironclads being sunk on both sides and hundreds of sailors dead or missing. All in all, the British navy prevailed, especially when it came to its ability to take strategic advantage of its narrow combat victories. The Cape of Good Hope campaign is ongoing, but politicians and journalists on both sides are calling for a formal declaration of war on the enemy. Commerce shipping, meanwhile, is shrinking all around the region, with even neutral captains choosing to steer clear of the dangerous waters. (Regional quest progress: -43.5%, Free Boer Republic losses: -8.88 HC, -5.9 IC, -11.93 EC, -19.96 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -5.8 HC, -3.83 IC, -8.3 EC, -13.9 MC)

Q3 1893: While the Boer Commission of National Security was still in the process of being set up, a series of incidents in the Admiralty’s archive pointed at some unauthorized activities going on in the very heart of the Free Boer Republic’s naval leadership. When the first team of NatVeil agents started to assess the naval HQ’s security, they quickly concluded that keys to some encrypted telegraph codes used by the Admiralty were also likely compromised. However, a proper investigation never ensued, with most of the FBR’s counterintelligence forces being either used elsewhere or in the process of forming. That allowed Boerika’s enemies continuously leak information about the Republican Navy’s movements and merchant marine’s routes to the nation’s many enemies. It is suspected that the leaks were behind almost every fourth cargo ship lost at sea in the first three months of war. (Regional quest progress: -53.12%, ??? losses: -2.2? HC, -2.8? IC, -4.7? EC, -1.5? MC)

While a game of espionage was ongoing on land, a much more dangerous game of cat-and-mouse was about to start at sea. Admiral “Mad Hound” Blankaert’s ascension to the rank of a major politician on the wave of anti-British jingoism led to a leadership change at sea - perhaps, for the better. Admiral Piet Retief of the Good Hope fleet was an experienced tactician with a clear strategic vision for the conflict to come, and his temper was much better suited for dealing with the formidable foe at the gates. Reief’s plan was to temporarily abandon any hopes of penetrating or challenging the Burmese blockade of the Indian Ocean and the Malaccas, while continuing harassing British shipping in the South Pacific and especially in the approach of the Cape of Good Hope. With the Western Mediterranean routes being potentially at risk of French naval blockade, most of British shipping going to Australia and India could no longer go through the Suez Canal, making the Cape Basin and the Scotia Sea almost inevitable transit destinations for British cargo ships. The Commonwealth’s attempts to outsource some of the supply shipping to their formally neutral Portobrazilian partners only meant that soon all Portobrazilian ships (not only the ones leased to Great Britain) became likely targets of Boer commerce raiders. The latter action was inevitable even despite a formal order to attack only ships flying enemy flags, since Boer captains were using the ruse of flying other nations’ flags themselves and viewed it as nothing but a trick out of the British sleeve. That attack on commerce lanes vital for the survival of the British colonial empire made it impossible for the British Pacific Fleet to remain engaged in blockade activities in the Eastern Indian Ocean. Admiral Richard Meade, 4th Earl of Clanwilliam, was confident that his naval force, superior to the Boers in tonnage, armaments, and experience, would be able to force the enemy to take an open sea engagement by purely presenting itself in the vicinity of the Cape, and such an engagement, according to Admiral Meade could only result in a complete defeat for the Afrikaaners. In order to be noticed by the Boers and thus make a decisive battle inevitable, he chose to pass through the Mozambique Strait, harassing Boer merchant marine as he went. However, at that point the British ships already started to suffer from the wear-and-tear of the long voyage, and several screen steamers, including an obsolete turret ironclad HMS Ganges, were lost to Boer naval mines. It wouldn’t be until 6.45 am on September 9 that Admiral Meade’s reconnaissance blimps had caught a glimpse of what appeared to be an equal size Boer fleet on the horizon, starting a series of engagements that took place until sunset of that day and will become known to the world as the Battle of Algoa Bay (or Battle of Algoabaai for the Boers and their allies). Having proven their value early on, the observation blimps were quickly rendered virtually useless, when windy weather made dirigible flight very risky. To make matters worse, their carrier, HMS Calcutta, hit yet another naval mine and started to heel. Soon, one of the blimps was blasted by the wind toward the Boer squadrons, notifying Admiral Retief Almost that his adversary was quite near. What followed was an artillery exchange between five Boer and and six British dreadnoughts, which ended indecisively and was interrupted by a very brief storm. Once the weather cleared by 2 on the afternoon, Admiral Meade found his force surrounded and out of formation, mostly thanks to Retief’s masterful maneuvering and an appearance of another ambush squadron on the horizon, a protected cruiser force that’s been apparently shadowing Meade’s moves ever since he entered the Mozambique Strait and wasn’t discovered by his blimps due to poor weather conditions typical for this season. Soon, the battle turned into a slaughter for the British. Their dazzling camouflage worked poorly, since most of their ships were clustered near the shore and were relatively easily distinguished by Boer artillery spotters. Super-heavy guns of British dreadnoughts still took a great toll on Retief’s breastwork battleships, to which the Boer tactician responded by devastating Meade’s screening ships with his own lighter armed cruisers, which turned Meade’s own battleships into sitting ducks. By nightfall, the British fleet was in shambles, and Meade had no other option than proceed along his course and escape the deadly waters. Retief’s own navy was also seriously bled out, but closeness of home ports meant that soon all seriously damaged ships were in repair docks, and a pursuit force was put together to continue harassing Meade and his fleet. In a series of small-scale attacks and simply through inability to fix previously sustained structural damage, three of Meade’s four dreadnoughts and numerous other ships were lost, and the force that arrived to the neutral port of Santos in Brazil was a fraction of its original strength. In Boerika, the news of the Alagoabaai victory were met with an uproar, although more realistic naval advisers did point out that the Free Boer Republic is still very much at risk of being completely blockaded, especially if it fails to replenish its losses from such triumphs. Meanwhile, in London, some heads rolled, as the public is starting to realize that the South-African war is not going to consist only of victories akin to Sao Tome. (Regional quest progress: -20.91%, Free Boer Republic losses: -5.38 HC, -3.57 IC, -7.23 EC, -12.09 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -13.41 HC, -8.85 IC, -19.19 EC, -32.14 MC)

Q4 1893: The Royal Commonwealth’s Sea Ward’s decision to concentrate the nation’s naval capabilities primarily on Northern Atlantic created an opening for the Boer navy to put complete ban on British and Commonwealth-bound Portobrazilian merchant shipping in the Southern Atlantic. Virtually undeterred, South-African commerce raiders ravaged the British Empire’s sea lines in an operation dubbed “Striking Cobra,” moving close to completely cleansing yet another part of the ocean of British presence. (Regional quest progress: 70.09%, Free Boer Republic losses: -2.06 HC, -1.68 IC, -3.54 EC, -4.88 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The stunning reversal of the Boer naval campaign in the South Atlantic was a testament to how effective the naval intelligence campaign launched by the NatVeil in 1893 truly was. To the British desperation, the Royal Commonwealth had no intelligence resources to spare for keeping its convoy information free of the South-African eavesdropping, so an embarrassing request was sent to the British Empire’s only loyal ally in the conflict, the King of Sardinia-Piedmont. Sardinian agents were to oversee the safety of various signalling codes, routing information and schedules devised to protect transportation of British goods through the South Atlantic via Portobrazilian and British shipping. That set a stage for a deadly encounter between NavVeil spies and Sardinian counterespionage experts, in which the former ones remained triumphant. (Regional quest progress: 47.57%. Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -9.37 HC, -12.85 IC, -20.19 EC, -3.93 MC, Free Boer Republic losses: -3.58 HC, -5.82 IC, -8.12 EC, -1.99 MC)

While the NatVeil spies enjoyed success in their cryptic activities, the naval campaign of the Cape of Good Hope was anything but an easy walk for the Boers and their new Indostani allies. In their naval action they were pitted against a small Anglo-Sardinian naval detachment sent to the South Atlantic in order to at least keep it contested while the rest of the Royal Navy keeps protecting a more vital sea lane going to India through the Mediterranean Sea and the Egyptian-held Suez Canal. Despite lacking any large-scale naval battles, the commerce raiding campaign turned out to be a bloody one, contrasting with the one-sided harassment the British and Portobrazilian merchant fleets suffered in the end of 1893. Cruisers of the Royal Navy showed a particularly strong performance, making the Boers pay dearly for every ton of Commonwealth’s cargo sent to the bottom of the sea. Still, at this rate it’s doubtful the Royal Commonwealth can keep contesting the South Atlantic for much longer, and a much more aggressive involvement of the Sardinian navy may be required to reverse the dangerous trend of the Cape of Good Hope campaign. (Regional quest progress: 79.41%, Free Boer Republic losses: -4.7 HC, -3.76 IC, -9.69 EC, -12.53 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -4.35 HC, -2.87 IC, -6.53 EC, -10.43 MC, Indostan losses: -1.5 HC, -0.95 IC, -2.49 EC, -4.13 MC, Sardinia-Piedmont losses: -1.77 HC, -1.12 IC, -2.79 EC, -4.56 MC)





Anatolia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing territory with booming labor market, strong mining and agricultural production, and up-and-coming industry.


Young Ottomans
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: First three years of rule by Sultan Mehmed Selim I saw a wide range of administrative, educational, and domestic policy reforms, often directly going against old traditions of the Ottoman rule, to which the Sublime Porte has been sticking to ever since the Auspicious Revolution of 1826. While these reforms alienated and even scared some of the more reactionary elements of the Ottoman society, they also left some progressives thinking that the young Sultan and his Divan didn’t go as far as the nation required. A secret cabal of intellectuals and secular nationalists known as the Young Ottomans is quickly gaining influence across the nation, arguing for turning the Ottoman monarchy into a parliamentary constitutional state, with transparent elections instead of cabinet games that lead ethnocratic pashas to their positions with nigh-dictatorial powers. So far, their activities have remained strictly non-violent, but secret police informants warn that this trend may be changing if the Sultan remains trying to placate the old guard with half-hearted reforms.


Q1-Q2 1894: In a bold move that defied the old Pashas and even the younger, more educated generation of still rather authoritarian officers, Mehmet Selim I and his closest advisors agreed to the demands of the Young Ottomans and moved in to transform the Ottoman rule under the Porte’s guidance into a proper constitutional monarchy. Named the “Sublime Constitution,” the new document wasn’t just a testament to how much the Sultan loved the word “sublime,” but also an incredibly (some said, “scarily”) progressive document for the ancient Ottoman state. Plenty of efforts were put into successfully recruiting most capable of the Young Ottomans as the agents of the change, and a good portion of the state budget was dedicated to a discretionary spending on mass-printing of the new Constitution on as many languages as was feasible and then distributing the copies to every library, school, bookstore, or even a mosque or a church across the vast empire. Needless to say, the transformative change was widely applauded by the intelligentsia and the growing capitalist class, while the majority of the nation’s population was mostly indifferent to the change (or simply too illiterate to understand it). Meanwhile, among the Pashas and other reactionary elements, this step was viewed with even greater hostility than the other recent acts of the young sultan. Some if the old Pashas and even younger supporters of the “cabinet rule” are starting to rebuild their once strong ties with other nations that to them idealize a strict, etatist ideal (such as Great Britain and Gran Paraguay), while more reactionary elements continue drifting toward socialist fundamentalism of Basmachi Islam. Still, despite this and the loss of some portions of control over the increasingly independent-minded population, the Sublime Porte (and especially its central region of Anatolia) is hoping to benefit from the growing tide of progressive changes in a long run. (Regional quest completed, region Anatolia gains -25 HC, -10 IC, -5 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.25%, Regional Growth Trend +0.25%, British Royal Commonwealth gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Basmachi State gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -1.5% Regional Influence, Balkans: British Royal Commonwealth gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Basmachi State gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -1.5% Regional Influence, Near East: British Royal Commonwealth gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Basmachi State gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -1.5% Regional Influence, Greater Caucasus: British Royal Commonwealth gains +0.25% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay gains +0.25% Regional Influence, Basmachi State gains +0.25% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -0.75% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte losses: -2.76 HC, -3.36 IC, -6.88 EC, -2.59 MC)


Besieging the High Gates
Q1-Q2 1894: Ever since the Auspicious Revolution of 1826, the Sublime Porte was the main governing body of the Ottoman state. Named so after the Imperial (or High) Gates of the Topkapi Palace, it is still largely composed of influential Pashas, who were elevated to their vaguely ministerial positions over years through cabinet games and complex power-balancing acts. Representing various ethnic minorities and their influence in the Empire’s state apparatus, these stratocrats were very dissatisfied by the declaration of the Sublime Constitution, seeing it as a threat to the power they (and through them, their ethnicities) have accumulated. Even though their positions are not yet threatened by the new constitutional regime, many of these ethnocrats are highly partisan in their desire to stall any and all political reforms and changes at that point. The dogged resistance by the Sublime Porte’s pashas to almost all attempts made by the Sultan to legislate past the establishment of the constitution has been so notorious that in liberal press this phenomenon is nicknamed the “Siege of the High Gates.” Jokes aside, this obstructionism is hurting the Ottoman government to a great degree and may again require some unpopular choice to be made by the young Sultan.

From necessities of life to coal
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Kastamonu Vilayet is known as one of the most backward regions of Asia Minor, consisting of rugged hills with illiterate rural population that produces just enough agricultural supply to feed itself and thus exports barely anything to the international or even larger Ottoman market. However, big coal deposits were recently discovered in the Zonguldak Basin, opening a possible route to prosperity for the province. However, the Ereğli Coal Company that owns most of the mines in the basin prefers employing Illyrian Croats, who entered the country as seasonal workers (often illegally) and thus have much less leverage in labor negotiations, while also being better skilled for mining than local Turks. Some advisers suggest that this may be an opportunity for the Sublime Porte to start influencing Illyrian economy, which has seen a collapse under Hungarian occupation recently. Others argue that the migrants have to go, and the Ereğli Coal Company should stick to hiring locals on all of its operations.



Superior men
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The idea of a syncretic “Sublime” identity was very well received by lumpen proletarians of bustling Ottoman cities, giving them some sort of artificial idea of superiority over others and something to be proud of. Pariahs in their own traditional sociums, they felt that they could start the game anew should all hierarchies of old be erased with the idea of the one Sublime master race of the Middle-Eastern origin. In fact, a radically progressive, right-wing organization known as Insanüstü Insan (or “Superior Men”) started to form in cities of the great nation. These people argue for a strange mix of social justice for the members of the Sublime “super-race,” coming at the cost of other “servant races,” which in their interpretation simply means all foreigners and enemies of the Porte. Now it’s up to the central government of the empire to either befriend that organization or act against it.


Q1-Q2 1894: Ever since the young Sultan started his bold reforms, the Sublime Porte has seen a great boost in economic and intellectual activity across the empire, but it also observed the loyalty of its subjects gradually eroded, as many people choose to associate themselves with foreign powers they can better relate to. Perhaps, this was the reason why the otherwise liberal and progressive Grand Divan of the Ottoman state chose to placate and even uplift the fringe supremacist movement of Insanüstü Insan this year. Or, maybe, it was simply an attempt to tame a beast that was simply not to be tamed. One way or another, the Superior Men were approached by the Porte’s magistrates, who provided them with financing and support to become, essentially, athletic and scholastic clubs integrated in the nation’s system of education. Needless to say, the “scholastic” part of that lumpenproletariat movement was largely a watered down version of etatism and Pan-Ottoman supremacism, leading to mass walkouts of many of the more liberal teachers from their schools and feeding a cycle of alienation between the progressives and the far-right of the Empire. The athletic part of the Superior Men’s clubs was, however, rather positive, as athleticism was quite compatible with the entire supremacist mindset. Comments on the “taming” of the Superior Men were as diametrically opposite as they were hyper-partisan. The hardliners loved the move and its results, asking only why it took the Grand Divan so long to come up with that solution; the progressive liberals were horrified by the implications of poisoning the young minds with the ultranationalist plague, prophesying that less than in ten years the Sublime Porte will reap what it sowed, seeing a generation of younger and much more paternalist voters enter the political life. (Regional quest completed with mixed results, region Anatolia gains +20 HC, -5 IC, Sublime Porte gains +3% Regional Influence, Greece loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Basmachi State loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Mexico loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Egypt loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Maghreb loses -0.25% Regional Influence, region Balkans gains +5 HC, -5 IC, Sublime Porte gains +2% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Basmachi State loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Mexico loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Gran Paraguay loses -0.25% Regional Influence, region Near East gains +5 HC, -5 IC, Sublime Porte gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Basmachi State loses -0.25% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -0.25% Regional Influence, region Arabia: Sublime Porte gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Basmachi State loses -0.25% Regional Influence, North German Federation loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte losses: -1.18 HC, -1.81 IC, -2.82 EC, -0.8 MC)


Superior women?
Q1-Q2 1894: The hype surrounding the Insanüstü Insan (or “Superior Men”) scholastic and athletic clubs didn’t impact only the balance of power between the liberal cosmopolitanism and Pan-Ottoman nationalism. In an offshoot discussion, a valid question was raised by a prominent Turkish suffragist Safiye Hanım. In her widely circulated column in a national newspaper, she asked why was developing a healthy, athletic body is a prerogative of only men and boys? And while the question seemed to be only superficial (while still scandalous and, for some, quite outrageous), it had an important implication for the progressive audience: the monopoly on muscularity and athleticism is closely tied with a power hierarchy in traditional families, and so Hanım’s question really was about the rights and roles of women in the Ottoman society in general. An answer to that question remains to be heard.




Greater Caucasus
Spoiler :
Stagnant, divided region, rich with natural resources.

Pontic smugglers
Spoiler :
1890: Abkhazian boatmen have been chased to the port of Sukhumi by a Turkish patrol gunboat. Blamed for smuggling wine to and from Crimea (perhaps, rightfully), they hoped to find a cover in the city after abandoning their boat. After ignoring all calls for restraint, the Turkish gunboat entered Georgian waters and opened fire on the moored boat, miraculously not causing any damage to the city (and the boat itself). While no physical damage was done, newspapers on both sides have raised hell over the incident.



Riches of the Caucasus
Spoiler :
1890: Imam Mushthaid of the Caucasian Imamate has been approached by the elders of 12 influential Chechen and Ingush teips (clans), with complaints over his increased diplomatic dependency on the Sublime Porte in his attempts to not succumb to Russia (the Turks, they argue, are mainstream Sunni at best (or secularists at worst), not Wahabbi true believers). Meanwhile, the amalgam of Dagestani tribes, having grown rich on the Caspian Sea trade, is supportive of greater ties with Russian Astrakhani Tatars and Jews, hoping to benefit from Russian capital the same way the Khan of Khiva did. Now the religious tribal Imamate seems to be torn between two major players in the region.


Q1-Q2 1894: After four decades of withdrawal, the Russians are back to the Caucasus - albeit, as traders and developers, not as conquerors and suppressors. Having established a strong economic base in Astrakhan to project their economic power all across the Caspian Sea, the Directory had an easy time wooing various Dagestani tribes toward their side through promises of lucrative exchange. Chechen tribes also found themselves split over a Russian proposal to initiate oil extraction operations across the Terek - after all, Russian diplomats had proven themselves rather tolerant and patient in the recent transborder herding dispute. These economic infringements were not received by Imam Cemaleddin Efendi, who wished to curb the “Russian corruption” before it spreads wider across the mountainous confederation of Wahabi believers. That pitched best Caucasian muftis and elders against Russian foreign agents and ambassadors, who often used old informal inroad to achieve informal personal agreements with particularly ambitious clan leaders. All in all, this “war of words” turned out to be fairly soft one, compared even to the dirty press campaign ravaging the Ukrainian Hetmanate. As for the economic influence, it proved highly beneficial for that otherwise drowsy region, albeit at the Ottoman geopolitical expense (Regional quest completed with success, region Greater Caucasus gains +20 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +1%, Directorial Russia gains +5.5% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -5% Regional Influence, Caucasian Imamate loses -0.5% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -3.11 HC, -2.13 IC, -8.07 EC, -5.26 MC, Caucasian Imamate losses: -4.3 HC, -5.73 IC, -9.59 EC)


Munitions for Gruziya
Q1-Q2 1894: “Georgia” is the Western exonym for the nation in the Caucasus natively known as Sakartvelo, but to the Russians the country of Georgia is known as Gruziya, from the old Persia “gurğān”, or “the country of wolves.” Russia’s relationships with various Georgian kingdoms have been complicated by a love-hate duality: Russia’s autocrats liked to act both as protectors of Orthodox Georgian kingdoms and as their suzerains, going as far as suppressing the Georgian language shortly before the Second Time of Trouble. Now, it seems like the old “protectors” are coming back, albeit in a new role. Instead of tying the Georgians to Directorial Russia with a force of arms literally, Directorial Prolocutor Pavel Milyukov is doing so metaphorically. Milyukov’s political ally and sponsor Aleksei Putilov has negotiated with ministers of King Solomon III Bagrationi of Imereti and Kartli to open a series of munitions factories in cities of Tbilisi, Batumi, and Kutaisi. This bold move achieved a multilevel success: it improved the Russo-Georgian relations greatly, strengthened Russia’s only natural ally in the region, and reduced Georgia’s dependence of Sublime Porte’s imports. (Regional quest completed with success, region Greater Caucasus gains +10 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.75%, Directorial Russia gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Georgia gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte loses -1% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -1.45 HC, -0.33 IC, -3.73 EC, -3.17 MC)


The Third Group
Q1-Q2 1894: Mesame Dasi (lit. “Third Group”) is a young movement of Georgian social-democrats, whose name was coined by one Irakli Tsereteli during his speech at the funeral for the movement’s founder Egnate Ninoshvili and then printed in the newspaper Kvali. The Third Group has originated as a Georgian attempt to mimic Russian Savelievite Circles of educated factory workers that had recently spread from Putilov armament factories in the city of Tula and are now in vogue across Russia. Unlike the Savelievites, however, the Mesame Dasi members are not as cordially accepted by the Georgian authorities, since the king and the traditionalist nobility see them as a challenge to their hereditary hierarchy. Rural workers of this lavish land also are at odds with the Third Group, seeing them as ambitious and haughty upstarts that wish to be statebuilders after barely elevating themselves from the soil. Now Aleksei Putilov, the informal representative of Russian interests in Georgia, has to make an uneasy choice: to placate the traditionalists and risk criticism from Savelievite co-thinkers of the Third Group all across Russia (something that could cool his relationship with the unions), or side with Mesame Dasi instead, disappointing the king. What’s worse, no one know if the Turks are merely waiting for one or the other decision to pounce on and divide the Georgian society.


Great Armenia, Greater Armenia
Spoiler :
1890: Armenians have applauded gradual secularization of the post-Ottoman state of the Sublime Porte, but they’re growing agitated seeing oppression of their brothers and sisters in the Caucasian Imamate. Several pashas of Armenian descent lobby for applying diplomatic pressure on the Imam to change the position of Armenian communities in the Caucasian Wahhabi state. This, however, is not an easy political fight, especially since Georgia and Russia are both happy to use the plight of Caucasian Armenians (fellow Orthodox Christians, albeit of Armenian Apostolic branch) in their diplomatic games and business expansion.



Q1-Q2 1894: Supremacist ideas of the Insanüstü Insan (Superior Men) and the “Sublime State” are not very popular among the well-established and strongly-connected Armenian diaspora of the Near East, Anatolia, and Transcaucasia. However, the triumph of the “Unification” of Kurdistan under the Ottoman Sublime State has recently opened a few inroads for Armenian nationalist radicals to the mainstream discourse of the Ottoman Empire. Why, they argue, would the Empire not follow the example of their recent action and perform a similar feat in Transcaucasia, wrestling Armenian lands away from the much less religiously tolerant Caucasian Imamate? This wave of enthusiasm, however, is as useful as it is risky for the Sublime Porte, because it might push the Imamate into the Russian orbit and even give the Directorial republic a casus belli to intervene. Now it’s up to the Ottoman Sultan to decide how to treat these loyalist hotheads. (Regional quest progress: -25%)


 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Arabia

Spoiler :
Slowly-developing, underpopulated region with rudimentary, primitive economy, but unexplored natural resource deposits.


Q1-Q2 1894: The crisis over Persian Kurdistan and subsequent collapse of the Iraq Petroleum Company infrastructure in South Iran have heightened the intents of regional powers to control other, alternative sources of natural deposits in the region. This led to a race for control of the outback of the Arabian Peninsula between the Ottoman and Omanian armies - a race that luckily didn’t lead to any incidents. (Oman gains +2.53% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte gains +7.47% Regional Influence, uncolonized loses -10% Regional Influence, Oman losses: -9.76 HC, -1.92 IC, -5.04 EC, -1.24 MC, Sublime Porte losses: -9.21 HC, -2.67 IC, -4.63 EC, -2.9 MC)


The sea and the desert
Spoiler :
1890: The Sultanate of Oman is built on a compromise between sea-faring, urban Ibadi communities of the Indian Ocean shore and desert-roaming Bedouin nomads of the Arabian desert. The sultan’s recent attempts to modernize the nation with the help of foreign investments were well-received in the cities, but Berber tribal warlords despise the changes this brings to their lifestyle. The divide is growing, and it remains to be seen how long Oman will be able to preserve its unity.



False Sharifs
Spoiler :
1892: Recent improvement of the Hejazi infrastructure has boosted pro-Turkish sentiments in Arabia, helping to spread modernity across the region. However, as the new ways come to replace the old, a series of cultural and value splits have resurfaced, crystallized in the argument over who should claim the title of the Sharif of Mecca and Medina, the traditional steward of the Holy Cities. For centuries, the title was held by the Hashemite clan, which recently has grown decadent on Ottoman gifts and privileges (and, naturally, completely loyal to the Turks). More fundamentalist-minded Arabs propose that the traditionalist House of Saud should keep the Holy Cities under their watch, having their streets patrolled by Wahhabi religious police to eradicate even the slightest signs of vice, opulence, or western influence (these people also tend to express a quiet desire to see Hejaz and Nejd completely free of the Turkish influence. Meanwhile, some progressivists argue, that the position of the Sharif of Mecca should be completely abandoned as a tribute to a meaningless tradition, because the authorities of the Grand Divan have proven to be much better stewards of the Holy Cities than any of the formal figureheads of the Hashemites or Sauds could ever claim to be.



Pearls of the Pirate Coast
Spoiler :
1892: Back in the 17th century, a Portuguese expedition by Afonso de Albuquerque has already tried to colonize the Persian Gulf coast of the Arabian peninsula, attracted by it’s pearl trade. With the demise of the Portuguese colonial empire, the British came to dominate the Gulf trade, but they, in turn, struggled with the pirates sponsored by the Al Qasimi family ruling two out of six local sheikhdoms. Now that the Portuguese are back, this time claiming complete colonial ownership of the Pirate Coast (as this region is still known in the English-speaking world), they are, too, forced to deal with the Qawasim pirates that impede local pearl trade. What makes these pirates so hard to eradicate is that they often find refuge deeper in the desert (where Portobrazilian marines cannot pursue them), sometimes protected by the territorial laws of the Sharjah and Ras Al Khaimah sheikhdoms.



The New Silk Road (Arabia)
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Hoping to create a stable land route connecting Arabian and Persian oil deposits to the heart of the Ottoman Empire, the Sublime Porte has announced plans of creating a so-called New Silk Road, which in essence will be an integrated railway line connecting the Mediterranean Sea to the Indian Ocean. While the main thrust of this infrastructure project is being made in the Near East, going through Syria, Kurdistan, and Iraq, a secondary branch is being planned to tie the Mediterranean to the Red Sea, probably via Haifa, Um al-Rashrash, Medina, and Mecca. German and Italian investors were also invited to partake in the ambitious infrastructure project, but so far little interest has been expressed by anyone except the Porte’s own construction companies. The reasons for that were obvious. Unlike Persia and India, Arabia is not known for any particular valuable resources (at least, none that are known as of now), and besides, a railroad built to support tradition haj routes has been built a few years ago, taking care of all existing cargo traffic between the Arabian peninsula and the Ottoman Empire. It remains to be seen if the Porte’s authorities will succeed at reverting that disinterest of various investors, as the Arabian branch of the New Silk Road is finishing its planning stage and starts construction. (Regional quest progress: 18.43%, Sublime Porte losses: -3.33 HC, -2.62 IC, -8.2 EC, -4.25 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Ottoman efforts to develop infrastructure in Arabia continued this year, despite all skepticism of the Sultan’s economic advisers. One argument that did somewhat add to the project’s value was the Sublime Porte’s recent conflict with Qajar Persia, meaning that an alternative route connecting Ottoman Red Sea ports (crucial for the Indian Ocean commerce) with the heart of empire might come in handy, after all. (Regional quest progress: 42.8%, Sublime Porte losses: -3.94 HC, -0.89 IC, -11.23 EC, -7.08 MC)

Solar steam engine
Q1-Q2 1894: If there’s one resource the Arabian Desert doesn’t lack, it’s sunlight. That made it a natural testing ground for a new invention that looks to rejuvenate the steam engine technology by making it less dependent on coal and other fuels. So-called “solar steam engine” is a machine that combines a giant lense or a dish-like mirror to concentrate sunlight on an enclosed metal vessel containing the working liquid. But heating it up, it produces steam that can then be transferred into mechanical work. Limitations of this low-maintenance, renewable-fuel steam engine is that its energy production cannot be always synchronized with energy consumption, making it quite perfect for working in conjunction with the air pressure energy storage technology that allows to utilize the energy the solar steam engine has already produced at later times and in different locations. While these limitations are still being processed by the scientific community, some Japanese zaibatsus have already sent their engineers to assist the Ottomans with the how-tos of the solar steam technology, hoping to benefit from it later, given the resource scarcity of the Japanese Islands. (Technology quest progress: 60.48%, Sublime Porte losses: -3.12 HC, -0.71 IC, -8.89 EC, -5.6 MC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.31 HC, -0.28 IC, -3.15 EC, -2.56 MC)




Near East
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, but extremely ethnically and religiously complex region with mediocre economy, but big symbolic value.


Druzes and Maronites
Spoiler :
1891: Druze and Maronite (Antioch Christian) communities of Lebanon are at it again! Their intercommunal warfare of 1860 was put down not without French colonial assistance, and it seems like both of the communities are trying to settle ancient land disputes through fighting once again. Both of these ethno-religious minorities are disenfranchised in the Sublime Porte’s state apparatus and both have little influence in the province of Palestine and Lebanon. Some advisors welcome this conflict as a part of a larger “divide and conquer” strategy, but others point out that conflicts like that siphon a lot of energy from the empire, wasting it on local squabbles.



Greater Kurdistan
Spoiler :
1892: Recent reforms of the lifestyle of Ottoman Kurds have created a phenomenon of growing national consciousness among them. No longer were they a conglomerate of semi-nomadic hillman tribes, but a multifaceted and multireligious ethnicity, prosperous and loyal to the Sublime Porte. The informal borders of Greater Kurdistan are, however, not limited to the lands of Turkish Anatolia, Mesopotamia, and Northern Syria. A sizeable Kurdish minority lives in Persian Khorasan and Hamadan, and some enclaves could be found even in Georgia and the Caucasian Imamate. A vocal group of Kurdish national thinkers is starting to make its voice known to the Sultan and the Great Divan, arguing that Kurdistan should be reunited once again, either under the benevolent rule of the Sublime Porte, or (should it fail to act upon it) as an independent state.


Q1-Q2 1894: It had previously taken the Sublime Porte two and a half years to establish its economic dominance over South Iran via a well-balanced use of soft power, but it took less than half a year to snap Kurdish principalities away from the Qajar throne… and ruin its hard-won economic dominance in the process. It all started with a series of Kurdish unificationist cells forming in the vassal principalities of Jelali, Shakak, and Ardalan. When Qajar agents attempted to infiltrate these organizations, they were surprised to discover that they were clearly more sophisticated than anything the local Kurdish population could afford. What was the most alarming was that the nationalist cells seemed intentionally avoiding any mentions of the word “independence” in their underground literature, but rather aimed only for “unification.” As no independent Kurdish state existed at the moment, this could mean only one of the two things: the unificationists wanted to either unite all Kurdistan under the Qajar throne or under the umbrella of the Ottoman “Sublime State.” This made tracing of the rebels’ funding an easy process, quickly establishing the Ottomans as the unificationists’ true masters. However, to know one’s enemy is not the same as to beat him. On April 2nd, a series of riots occurred in Sena, Chihriq, and Maku (which also didn’t look like something a backward grassroot movement could pull off), almost immediately followed by a series of reports of non-uniformed, but well-armed militias appearing in the three Irano-Kurdish principalities, often after having crossed the Perso-Ottoman border unopposed. Seeing the espionage front already lost, Naser al-Din Shah Qajar ordered all of his troops to the Turko-Persian border, only to have his advancing columns stopped by the “militiamen” at Garrus and near Urmia. The entire campaign at that point was eerily similar to the events taking place in Dzungaria and Inner Mongolia, forcing the Shahanshah to reach out to his neighbors in search of diplomatic and military support like the Ma Dynasty did in the east. However, the time worked against him, and no alliances could be built in such a short time period. Still, Naser al-Din had one last card to play. Seeing the Kurdish principalities already lost, he brought revenge to his duplicitous enemy and past friend, the Sultan of the Ottoman Sublime State. Units of horsemen were sent south with strict orders to close out all Ottoman oil operations and destroy all assets that could not be seized. Even though several key objects belonging to the Iraq Petroleum Company were well-protected by private security companies, most of the infrastructure stretching through the vast region was extremely vulnerable to sabotage. Soon, sailors from the ships navigating the Persian Gulf could see pillars of smoke raising to the skies from the Persian shore, as fires engulfed numerous oil silos and entire sections of the pipeline. This sent the stocks of the Iraq Petroleum Company plunging in Borsa Konstantiniyye (Constantinople Stock Exchange), leading to a huge loss of wealth by many Ottoman investors and plunging the entire young Ottoman economy into a nosedive. Similar events of smaller proportions soon hit the Sublime Porte’s economic partners in Japan and Dixieland. When the economy finally stabilized and the young Sultan’s advisers finally assessed the damage, they admitted that the “unification” of Kurdistan, despite reaching all of its goals without as much as a hiccup, was a very short-sighted operation, which full scope of consequences may not even be fully revealed yet. (Regional quest completed with mixed results, region Greater Iran gains -5 HC, -5 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation -3%, Sublime Porte gains +7% Regional Influence, Qajar Persia loses -7% Regional Influence, Sublime Porte: -250 EC, Tokugawa Shogunate: -90 EC, Confederate States of America: -65 EC, Sublime Porte losses: -12.47 HC, -5.7 IC, -9.44 EC, -4.53 MC, Qajar Persia losses: -28.34 HC, -27.93 IC, -49.35 EC, -0.98 MC)


Sons of Dedan
Q1-Q2 1894: The Assyrians are one of the most ancient ethnic groups of the Near East, tracing their origin from Abraham’s grandson, Dedan son of Jokshan. Once they ruled the first and greatest militant empire in the history of the Fertile Crescent. Even after their loss of independence to the Babylonians, Achaemenid Persians, and every other wave of conquerors that’d come to dominate the Near East, the Assyrians remained a strong, united ethnicity, often being delegated provincial rule and serving as elite front line infantry in the armies of other empires. However, Islamic dominance in the Middle East gradually led the Assyrians to a role of dhimmi (second-class citizens), and that position remained largely unchanged throughout the past few centuries. Most recent Ottoman reforms briefly gave the Assyrian Christian community some hope of re-establishing itself as the equals to their Muslim neighbors, but this glimmer of hope doesn’t seem to have lasted long. As the Kurdish population of Iran was urged to “unify” under the Ottoman “Sublime State,” the agitation backfired, because some of the fervent Kurdish nationalists in Syria and north Iraq interpreted it as a signal to solidify Kurdish rule over other non-Turkish and non-Muslim groups of people. Kurdish emirs of Hakkari and Bohtan started forcing local Assyrians out of their villages, and scenes of marauding and abuse ensued. Some communities pulled together ad-hoc militia and fought back, while others chose to leave their lands completely, but the larger Assyrian population seems to be dead-set to fight the Kurds if they have to, forcing the Sublime Porte to decide which side it’s on.

The New Silk Road (Near East)
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Oriental silks are no longer in short supply in Europe, but the sheer idea of a land route connecting the east and the west seems to excite the Sublime Porte’s leadership. The new vision of such a project (a cargo railroad, really) is much humbler now, with the eastern branch of the New Silk Road stretching from Antakya to Basra, two ports with powerful integrated railway hubs and extensive loading and warehousing facilities. The first three months of the Near-Eastern branch of the New Silk Road were mostly preparatory ones, organizing the construction efforts and planning the optimal route for the future railway. (Regional quest progress: 17.5%, Sublime Porte losses: -3.79 HC, -2.89 IC, -9.38 EC, -4.93 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: After all plans for the New Silk Road project were charted, the Sublime Porte’s railroad engineers and construction crews started working on completing the actual, physical infrastructure. The only development that alarmed the Grand Divan was a possibility of escalation of the Ottoman Empire’s conflict with the Qajar dynasty of Persia, given how close the New Silk Road infrastructure lies to the Persian border. Still, the project was continued at a good pace. (Regional quest progress: 54.07%, Sublime Porte losses: -3.77 HC, -0.86 IC, -10.76 EC, -6.78 MC)



Central Asia
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing region suffering from drawbacks of fast-paced modernization followed by reactionary rollback.

Retreating seas
Spoiler :
1890: The Caspian and the Aral seas used to be two major sources of agricultural activity in Central Asia. However, these seas (or, rather, giant lakes) are starting to show signs of drying up. With them, local agriculture starts shrinking, and Caspian trade is seriously impacted both by the retreat of the sea from several small Khivan ports (that literally have turned into inland cities by now). To make matters worse, the population of the Caspian sturgeon has diminished, hitting hard the caviar business that’s been keeping quite a few fishing communities very rich.



The White Sun of the Desert
Spoiler :
1890: Military modernization of Khiva has brought the khanate on the peak of its imperial power in recent years, but now it seems like the nation is being torn by contradictions. Turkmen locals, in their majority, are nomadic or semi-nomadic peoples, who don’t mind having oil rigs built in their lands by Russian businesses, as long as it generates some wealth for them, but they’re not very welcoming of changes to their own lifestyle. And changes is exactly what modernization of the Khivan economy brings. At the same time, the Uzbek population of Bukhara and the rich Ferghana valley (both conquered a few decades ago) are quite acceptive of the Western (primarily Russian) technologies and traditions. That puts the Khan in a strange situation, when the most loyal part of his society is the least excited about the course of his policies.



The New Method
Spoiler :
1890: Now that the amalgam of popular rebellions led by the Basmachi movement has achieved its purpose of freeing the peoples of East Central Asia from aristocratic exploitation, it is time for them to come together and form a united state entity. So far, the only source of central authority in the state has been the Shura-i Islam (Islamic Council) composed of muftis (Islamic scholars and interpreters of the Shariah law). That, naturally, creates quite a reactionary lean to otherwise socially progressive policies of the Basmachi. However, a new faction is getting a lot of weight in this rudimentary state apparatus. Calling themselves Taraqqiparvarlar (“progressives”), they advocate usul ul-jadid (“the new method”) in the approach to state policies. In short, it may be summarized as modernization of all spheres of life akin to the reforms of the Egyptian state. However, more reactionary factions of the Islamic Council (supported by the rural underclass) view this as a betrayal of the original, Luddite nature of the movement. For now, disagreements between the proponents of the both factions have been rather civil and took place primarily in madrasa schools, but it seems like the tensions are about to escalate soon if no faction claims victory.


Q1-Q2 1894: More and more disgruntled Islamic fundamentalists and socialists choose to dissociate themselves from Westernized, reformist movements in the Ottoman Empire, Maghreb, and even Directorial Russia. While they often bring Basmachi ideas with them to their homeland, some of these people choose to travel to the land where the Islamic Council justly rules over freed and equal people of Central Asia. With them, they bring not only money, but also political expectations common in their societies. And since even a Turkish fundamentalist could often find the rural life of Tajik or Kyrgyz herders and mountain farmers rather backward, these newcomers generally contribute to the growing influence of the Taraqqiparvarlar (“progressives”) in the Shura-i Islam. Recently, Central Asia attracted little attention from more “civilized” countries, but some observers point out that the growth of the New Method movement in the Basmachi State could start attracting more and more Muslims to their ideas far abroad from this secluded region of the planet. (Regional quest progress: -30%)




Greater Iran
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing region with ancient history, but stuck in the state of cultural and economic slumber.

The plight of a conqueror
Spoiler :
1890: Khivan conquest of Persian Mazandaran was a surprisingly easy endeavor, but now it is the retaining of the region that the Khan is finding troubles with. A non-stop guerilla warfare is being launched by local Tabarians against Khivan troops in the mountains. Recently, a stray bullet took the life of the Khan’s nephew, attracting the Khanate’s focus to the issue. What’s interesting is that the Tabarian population doesn’t seem to be interested in reintegration with the Qajar dynasty either (mostly because the Persian aristocrats are being seen as weak and decadent). Instead, Mazanderani fighters struggle for complete independence.



Warriors don’t read books
Spoiler :
1890: The polytechnic university of Dar ol Fonoon was founded by Nasser ad-Din in 1851 and was since then the sole center of modern learning in the entirety of the country. While some see it as the first step toward much needed modernization, plenty of members of militant aristocracy and especially rural landowners are starting to complain that the Qajar dynasty is too obsessed copying the West in everything “weak.” What’s the use of engineering and geology if neighboring Turkmens took the Shahdom’s northern provinces with mind-boggling ease using little but some few dozen thousand Russian rifles and a few guns? Isn’t it the fighting spirit and, yes, imported weapons that Iran most needs now? In a way, Dar ol Fonoon grew to crystallize this societal split between the cosmopolitan educated urban elite and the traditionalist landowning aristocracy. The resolution of this dispute will likely decide the path for the dynasty in upcoming years.



Under the yellow banner
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Bannu Ka’b is an Arab tribe originating from Nejd on the Arabian Peninsula. Throughout most of the 18th and 19th centuries, it was known for raiding across the desert into Kuwait, Mesopotamia all the way to Basra, and even Persian Khuzestan. As the raids became more and more successful in the first half of the 19th century, during the Ottoman internal turmoil, the Kaabi started settling in the lands they raided, and were so successful at that that Qajar magistrates started to refer to the region of Khuzestan as Arabistan in some papers. By now, the Iraqi border is well-guarded by the Sublime Porte’s troops, but Kaabi settlers of Khuzestan, residing primarily in the semi-independent sheikhdom of Khoramshahr and enjoying a great deal of autonomy from the Qajar throne, are there to stay. Recently, the semi-nomads riding under Bannu Ka’b’s traditional yellow banner, became a plague of Turkish oilmen, sometimes kidnapping them for ransom, damaging pipelines, and sometimes stealing expensive equipment or, more simply, any valuables belonging to the Ottoman oil companies in the area. Qajar officials claim to be powerless against the unruly Persian Arabs, simultaneously refusing to provide Ottoman troops with the right of access to Persia. They point out that the Kaabi are driven toward banditry by the growing wealth disparity in the region, with traditional Persian economy being still very backward, and Ottoman investments presenting an easy way to become rich overnight. Meanwhile, some journalists speculate that the Kaabi Arabs may be encouraged to continue their destructive activities by Turkish competitors, the Egyptians, the Maghrebi, the Sikhs, or by some fourth power.





Indus Region
Spoiler :
Fast-developing star of Indian economy and culture, dealing with extreme religious and ethnic complexity and challenges of modernization.


Minority problem
Spoiler :
1890: Naturally, the Sikhs are the most entitled religious group in the Sikh Empire, since most of the nation’s magistrates and officers, as well as the ruling aristocracy, come from among the Sikh diaspora. However, only 17% of the nation’s swelling population are Sikhs, the rest of them being predominantly Muslims, as well as Hindus, Jains, and Zoroastrians. The policy of religious tolerance common across the Empire goes a long way to prevent major civic confrontation, but still, the fact remains: most of the nation’s population is not contributing to the Empire as much as they could. In part, that explains why so many trade posts, commerce chambers, and factories in the Karachi region are owned by Maghrebi investors.



Akali movement
Spoiler :
1892: The word “akal” means “timeless” or “immortal” in Punjabi, and the movement it came to represent stands for removal of mahants (or traditional Sikh clergy) from managing gurdwaras, Sikh places of worship. Akali activists point out that the mahants are growing ever more independent from any popular control, a self-enclosed caste, departed from its flock, corrupt, and highly ritualized. Past that initial statement, the Akali are split; some intellectuals and urban bourgeois argue that gurdwara management should be municipality-based and electoral, while rural conservatives propose to delegate mahant appointments to provincial Jathedars (or governors) or even the Maharaja himself.

Q4 1893: In an attempt to please both sides of the reformist Akali movement, the Grand Vizier have persuaded the Maharaja to institute a new gurdwara management system, in which potential candidates for the status of a local mahant should pass three stages: a basic test on knowledge and interpretation of holy scripts, followed by an interview with a local Jathedar (governor), who, in turn, would select up to three candidates for a true popular election. The system, however, was criticized by both sides, as many people see the interview with a governor as the ultimate corruption case, with the Jathedar being in power to make it either a mere formality for his cronies or a completely impassable ordeal for candidates he wishes to suppress, thus presenting voters with a predetermined selection of options. Of course, they argue, simple appointment of mahants would also give Jathedars much power, but at least it’d also place all responsibility entirely on their shoulders as well, thus making them accountable to the Maharaja. With the new system, corruptioners seem to have much more space for maneuvering and deflecting blame. However, for all this criticism, the Akali had few options other than quietly accepting the change, because the few public displays of disagreement that were shown ended up being rather harshly put down by the army. The Akali reform is still half way to its completion, but it seems like the biggest winners from it will be provincial bureaucrats, whose power is expected to grow and whose accountability is to shrink. (Regional quest progress: 52.5%, Sikh Empire losses: -3.54 HC, -2.44 IC, -3.62 EC, -0.82 MC)


The eager and the lazy
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The region of Sindh lies in the mouth of the Indus river valley and is the home of one of the most ancient civilizations in the world. However, despite hosting a booming port of Karachi, most of the region remains primarily agricultural and somewhat backward, surpassing only “savage” Pashtunistan in its economic development. Maharaja’s advisers claim that this is caused by heavy stratification of the local Buddhist and Hindu communities, leading to very primitive agricultural techniques in the countryside and weak local commerce (again, with the exception of Karachi). Recent attempts to construct irrigation canals (such as a giant Jamrao Canal) for improving local agricultural output have led to another frustrating problem. Imperial supervisors and overmen describe local laborers as both eager and lazy at the same time (a description that may be stemming both from the northerners’ biases and misunderstanding of Sindhi social customs), which has led to invitation of Punjabi labor to work on irrigation projects. With Punjabi construction workers replacing Sinhi laborers, the progress did improve, but now Sindhi villagers complain about creeping assimilation and colonization of Sindh by the nation that was supposed to provide protection from European colonialism in the first place. It is now for the Maharaja (or anyone else) to solve that puzzle.



War Emergency Act
Q1-Q2 1894: The war with the embattled British Royal Commonwealth is predicted to be a relatively easy ride for the massive Indostani army, but the Sikh Maharaja wishes to leave nothing to a blind chance. On the same day as the war was declared, a so-called War Emergency Act was decreed, effectively going well beyond the extent of standard mobilization and introducing a level of centralized command and administrative planning previously unknown to the Sikh state. The War Cabinet, as the new governing body became known, helps to bring together all high-level commanders and managers of the empire, giving the Indostani economy and administration a significant boost. (Regional quest completed with success, region Indus Region gains +25 HC, +10 IC, +20 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +2%, Indostan losses: -4.18 HC, -2.75 IC, -9.38 EC, -4.49 MC)


Lean manufacturing
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: So-called “lean manufacturing” is an industrial organization philosophy originated in Japan, based on a systematic method of waste minimization (“muda”) without sacrificing productivity via limiting overburden (“muri”) and unevenness in workloads (“mura”). Recently rejected by several Japanese zaibatsu corporations, it was taken by its inventor, one Akira Shingo, to Punjab in a case of entrepreneurial individualism so unusual to the Japanese culture. There it was successfully presented to the Grand Vizier of the Sikh Empire, who is known as, perhaps, the biggest patron of industrial innovation in the country. Not sooner did the development of new lean manufacturing techniques started in Karachi, that Tokugawa industrialists realized their mistake. Luckily for them, the Shogun and his ambassadors managed to pull some strings and organized their collaboration with less experience Sikh engineers on the promising new project that is expected to be completed some time in 1894. (Technology quest progress: 44%, Sikh Empire losses: -1.54 HC, -0.54 IC, -3.77 EC, -2.31 MC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.37 HC, -0.3 IC, -3.38 EC, -2.58 MC)



Smoke screening
Q1-Q2 1894: As war comes to the Indian subcontinent, the Indostani supreme command continues pushing for greater innovation on the battlefield, particularly in the area of tactical deception. Having already earned a reputation of perfect military saboteurs thanks to their Nihang operatives, the Fauj-i-Khas (elite Sikh forces) are now rumored to be exploring a practice of creating clouds of smoke positioned to provide concealment, allowing military forces to advance or retreat across open terrain without coming under direct fire from the enemy. Despite an apparent surplus of troops unengaged in fighting the British, the Sikh Army is yet to start field-testing these techniques, but that may change soon.

 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Ganges Region

Spoiler :
Slowly-developing region with big intellectual and agricultural potential, but suffering from colonial exploitation and disenfranchisement.


Bengal Presidency
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: With re-integration of the Bengali people into the greater British society, proposals came to move the main office of the Indian Protectorate from Delhi to much more prosperous and pro-British cities, such as Calcutta or Dacca. That, of course, would sadden regional elites in many Indian sub-regions, but, on the other hand, it could improve the ties between the Albion and Bengal even more, while also helping the Indian Protectorate to govern from a relatively more friendly, well-developed, and self-sufficient heartland.



Tea slavery
Spoiler :
1890: Tea plantations of Assam were the biggest prize for the Burmese Empire after its successful push westward during the Great Sepoy Mutiny. At first, good old serfs and cheap free laborers were being used in harvesting precious tea leaves, but recently the Empire has established very cordial relations with the Free Boer Republic and started importing even cheaper slave labor from across the ocean. On the one hand, it helps oligarcho-dynastic clans that hold all power and most of capital in the country to cut their expenses in tea production: previously, they had to lease their serf labor force from local minor nobles of Assamese origin. With slaves (primarily of African origin), however, they can get rid of the Assamese gentry as the middlemen in this profitable business. This leaves Assamese nobility very unhappy with their position, both from the political and economic perspectives.

Q1-Q2 1893: The Taboy Expedition by the Boer East Asian Spice Trading Company has led to a downfall of previously well-established Boer-Burmese relationship. However, as the stream of “human material” from Boerika is starting to dry up on the wave of diplomatic tensions and trade wars, Portobrazilian and Dutch slave traders are stepping into the old niche, keeping the problems of Assamese gentry essentially unchanged.



Babysitting the Khandwala
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The region of Maithila located north of the Ganges River valley and the southern slopes of the Himalaya mountains is historically ruled by the kingdom known as Raj Darbhanga, with the ancient Khandwala brahmin dynasty holding onto all levers of the semi-feudal state. The British Protectorate Ward views that region as one of the least rebellious in the entire subcontinent, but it keeps being nagged by the Khandwala rulers for economic intervention almost annually. The problems that the Maithil kings face are old ones: nepotism and sociopancy. They lead to severe mismanagement and economic blunders, which the impartial Court of Wards has to continuously fix via its intervention and wise reinvestment of funds. This keeps creating a drag on the British colonial authority and seems to be giving a bad example to other Indian rajas who increasingly view their British protectors as benevolent “babysitters,” exchanging loyalty for economic dependency.



Unity through division
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Royal Commonwealth and its colonial holdings continue attracting all sorts of vultures who wish to exploit the nation’s crumbling global influence. One of such diversions seems to be developing in Bengal, where an unknown power has started sponsoring underground agitation, street lectures, and illegal publications promoting anti-colonial Pan-Asianism and, to a degree, Pan-Indianism. This wave of agitation seems to have primarily concentrated on cities not closely associated with the Bengal Presidency of the Indian Colonial Ward, thus barely touching Calcutta and mostly concentrating on Dacca. Yet, for what it was worth, the propaganda campaign found lukewarm acceptance in Bengal at best, since the region stands out as one of the most pro-British regions of India, with a its upper class integrated into the British hierarchy and booming, dynamic middle class. As for the urban and rural rabble, they simply lacked political consciousness to understand any sort of pan-nationalism (or simply nationalism, for that purpose), having little to no knowledge of the world outside their own village or town. (Regional quest progress: 22.24%, ??? losses: -3.1? HC, -4.4? IC, -7.3? EC, -1.8? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: As the War of Asian Liberation came to Bengal, the region’s civil life also underwent a significant change. Cells of Bengali nationlists started appearing in urban centers across the region (particularly the city of Dacca), clearly sponsored and armed by a foreign nation. However, their activities were too tame to really produce much of an impact on the British army’s rear or the Bengal Presidency administration, perhaps due to some long-term plans to preserve that underground network for the future. However, another anti-British campaign took place in the region at the same time, executed, it seems, by another foreign power with a much more scarce knowledge of the complex and ancient region. That campaign was not aimed at arming any rebels and mostly attempted to promote the Burmese Empire in the eyes of the local population through illegal literature and pamphlets. While the local Buddhists (a minority in this vast province) were ecstatic to see that the Konbaung Emperor was a zealous Buddhist and a paragon of a devoted ruler, followers of the other two dominant regional religions, Islam and Hindu, were much less excited to hear about Burmese Emperor-worshipping, monastic charity, and even pork-rich cuisine. The reception of the pamphlets among the Muslims and Hindu was so poor that it led to a series of religious pogroms against local Buddhist minorities, making some observers wonder if the pamphlets were a case of extreme incompetence or intentional sabotage. One way or another, the chaos is spreading through Bengal and, while it may not directly serve the Burmese cause, it’s not helping the British cause either. (Regional quest progress: -9.19%, ??? losses: -2.7? HC, -4.0? IC, -6.5? EC, -1.6? MC, ??? losses: -4.4? HC, -4.8? IC, -6.7? EC, -1.1? MC)




Central India
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing core of British India with huge demographic and economic potential, hidden under the layers of colonial disenfranchisement.


Invisible Crowds
Spoiler :
1890: The Indian sub-continent is one of the most densely populated regions on Earth, but the policy of colonial suppression adopted by the British government since the Great Sepoy Mutiny and increased after the Atlantic War is now making most of India’s central provinces highly disenfranchised. Millions of people are virtually invisible to the colonial authorities in regards to taxation, army service, statistics, economic participation, and other aspects. Most of the region lives hidden behind a veil of class, caste, tribal divisions, and religious intolerance. As a result, Central India is benefiting so little to the Royal Commonwealth.

1891: In order to get a better visibility and understanding of its huge, globally dispersed nation, the British government undertook a national census, which in most of the nation produced pretty predictable results, with some clarity improvements here and there. However, in the heart of the British Raj, the census bureau hit a predictable obstacle: the populous, largely illiterate, tribally divided society with big level of separation by caste and very little desire to cooperate with the census magistrates. In some areas, very little English was spoken by the natives, and in the slums of bigger cities mugging and pickpocketing plagued the censors. What little data that was gathered proved to be full of errors and “ghost people,” as communal elders often tried to misrepresent the number of wives or children (especially, boys) they had, hoping thus to evade bigger taxation and possibilities of army conscription of their family members. The census was not a complete failure, but it seems like years of effort (or significant mobilization of efforts) may be required to make the Indian Raj more transparent to the British officials. (Regional quest progress: 5.6%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -1.86 HC, -2.36 IC, -3.97 EC, -1.29 MC)

1892: The Protectorate wasn’t dissuaded by the last year’s challenges from attempting to get a clear picture of its subjects, especially in its most populous and least orderly region of India. Significant mobilization of efforts took place, with some censors even requesting British police guards or hiring local Gentoo mercenaries in order to enter the least welcoming of Deccani city slums and countryside areas. That has propelled the census forward and eradicated some of the old errors in the sheets, although much work still remains before the results could be evaluated. (Regional quest progress: 49.05%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -2.69 HC, -3.42 IC, -5.74 EC, -1.86 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: The efforts to include the myriads of faces of India into the British census have continued this year with no major changes. Even though at this point the rest of the Commonwealth’s regions have completed their efforts, the Indian Protectorate admits that is still wishes to finish the census in the subcontinent’s Central regions even asynchronically from the rest of the nation, at least for the benefit of gaining a better insight at the region’s demographics. (Regional quest progress: 85.5%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -2.53 HC, -3.22 IC, -5.41 EC, -1.75 MC)

Q3 1893: The Second Atlantic War and associated reorganization of the Secret Ward took away most of resources that Great Britain was planning to use for its census effort in India. However, some token administrative presence remained engaged on this important task, grinding through immense demographic and geographical challenges it posed. (Regional quest progress: 93%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -2.06 HC, -2.61 IC, -4.39 EC, -1.42 MC)



Gentoo mercenaries
Spoiler :
1890: Ever since the Great Sepoy Mutiny led to the biggest humiliation Great Britain had experienced in centuries, the local sepoy forces were completely disbanded along with the East India Company employing them. However, it seems like many of them survived the purges by blending with the locals and later became the first generation of a hidden underclass that combines elements of banditry and warrior tradition. The second generation of these sepoy remnants are now acting as scourges of the countryside, secretly idealized by some locals and demonized by those who view stability of British India as a bliss rather than a curse. Nicknamed by the British with an obsolete term “gentoo,” these cutthroats are now finding more and more employment as mercenaries across India and South-East Asia (especially among Burmese luuhcu clan-cartels and on mines owned by Japanese capital), while big number of them form clandestine networks of organized crime all across British Asian holdings.


Q1-Q2 1894: Gentoo bands were, perhaps, a predictably weak point of the British colonial structure in India. Martial, anti-British, defiant both to the Europeans and to the local caste system, the descendants of the infamous sepoy soldiers became a perfect recruitment pool for resistance fighters, when an unknown force (most likely, an espionage service of one of the Thale Noi Lake Treaty pact members) started to channel plenty of funds into supporting gentoo bands and agitating them toward an open rebellion. The Secret Ward was quick to respond in kind, but found itself not up to the task. A series of pogroms, as well as urban and rural riots have already taken place all across the Deccan plateau, turning India into a very dangerous place indeed for an Englishman or an Indian on British service. If drastic measures are not undertaken, the entirety of British Indian holdings are likely to be soon ablaze in a fire of the second Great Sepoy Mutiny. (Regional quest progress: 85.48%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -23.2 HC, -35.62 IC, -55.39 EC, -16.18 MC, ??? losses: -8.3? HC, -11.2? IC, -16.2? EC, -1.8? MC)


Sacred cows
Spoiler :
1890: Disbandment of the sepoy troops after the Great Sepoy Mutiny did help the British government to establish direct control over India and temporarily regain stability in that region. However, as British trust to the locals eroded, more and more troops had to be sent to India from Great Britain or its African and Asian colonies. These troops are in their majority not familiar with either Muslim or Hindu traditions, and the region is full of stories of soldiers on leave clashing with offended locals. This is making a tense social situation even worse.



Tharra for your engineers
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Sensing a geopolitical risk, the Lord-Protector of the Royal Commonwealth had no choice but to send a significant portion of the British army to India with an order to fortify border regions with the Sikh Empire of Indostan. This action came in handy when it turned out that the Sikh army was having a series of wide-scale field exercises along the border with the British Raj, leading to a two-sided display of force and resolve. However, as the British engineers and regular soldiers were working on their construction jobs, reports of mass alcoholic intoxication started reaching the high command. Besides impacting productivity of engineering battalions, these reports also suggested illegal activity going on in the region, as production, sale, and consumption of alcohol remain prohibited across the British Empire ever since the Rum Riots of 1883. As it eventually turned out, a tharra smuggling ring existed in Rajastan and Gujarat, run with sophistication of a proper industrial refinery, but lacking the secrecy of a proper covert operation. However, before the British military authorities had a chance to move in to close the thara smuggling industry down, events of even larger importance started to take place along the border. (Regional quest progress: -5.71%, ??? losses: -2.0? HC, -0.7? IC, -5.0? EC, -3.0? MC)

As British officers were busy beating their drunk soldiers into discipline, reports started coming from the border of multiple border crossings taking place almost every day, judging by whatever limited evidence border guards could gather. Almost immediately, the army working on fortifying the border shifted toward patrolling it as well. After some border crossers were captured or shot, the perpetrators started infiltrating British India in larger, better armed groups (albeit, still dressed in civilian clothing). At that point, the situation along the border started gradually devolving into almost daily skirmishes that started to escalate by December, as commanders of larger formations on the both sides started to support smaller gunfights with bigger guns from longer distances. Events started spinning out of control of central command on the both sides and culminated in a so-called Battle of Rann of Katchchh, in which several British and Sikh brigades openly clashed over salt marshes in a series of uncoordinated attacks. By Christmas, generals on the both sides managed to rein in their soldiers, putting the border clashes to a temporary stop. Yet, these events did buy time for the Royal engineers to advance rather far toward completion of the fortification network they were tasked with. (Regional quest progress: 52.29%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -14.64 HC, -4.92 IC, -8.52 EC, -8.10 MC, Sikh Empire losses: -32.53 HC, -11.40 IC, -17.92 EC, -7.77 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: If the very end of 1893 gave some hope of de-escalation in the North-West of the Indian subcontinent, the year 1894 strangled such hopes decisively. Continued tharra smuggling operations (known to the Sikh intelligence service as Operation Geedhay) continued virtually unopposed, as the British military and civilian police found themselves overmatched by their opponents (that, as it was now obvious, acted upon orders of the highest Indostani authorities). Sikh tharra distilleries working on providing the alcohol to the smugglers, however, couldn’t keep up with the demand on the British side, as the entirety of the British Industrial Ward’s resources were transferred to India with a goal of completing a defensive line as soon as possible. As a result, the smuggling did cause some insubordination here and there, but over all proved ineffective at stalling the British fortification project. As the reports of the smuggling activities and their projected impact grew more and more pessimistic on the Indostani side by mid-February, the Sikh supreme command chose to fall back to the old and tested tactics of small-scale border skirmishes (nickname Operation Paaraata by the Sikhs) as a way to distract the Royal engineers from their task. That risky measure, however, backfired, as the Brits, having learned on their last year’s experience, dedicated an entire army to garrisoning the border. A series of indecisive brigade-level engagements took place along the Yamuna River and in the Aravali Mountain Range, mostly leaving the lighter armed Nihang units receiving most of the damage for very little gain. By late March the series of fortress renovations along the Indo-British border were completed, and the supreme command of the Sikh Army bitterly realized that all their efforts only gave the British army and industry more time to prepare for an invasion, thus achieving the effect opposite to what was desired. It was at that point that the open declaration of war was made, starting the fire of the Great War of Indian Liberation. (Regional quest completed with success, regions Central India, Ganges Region gain +1 CR when defending against enemy troops attacking from region Indus Region, Indostan losses: -61.37 HC, -21.55 IC, -72.66 EC, -40.2 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -21.86 HC, -7.15 IC, -19.11 EC, -16.66 MC)




South India
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing hub of Indian Ocean trade with uncovered demographic and economic potential and great ethnic complexity.


Princely states
Spoiler :
1890: Traditionally, the British rule over South India was based on a formal, subsidiary alliance with local princely states that enjoyed a degree of independence in terms of self-rule. However, the direct involvement in the Indian politics by the British government has turned the princely states’ autonomy into nothing but meaningless symbolism. In that political climate, Japanese, Mexican, and Paraguayan capitalists easily find their way into the local economy, presenting themselves to the disgruntled princes as investors, alternative to the despised British.



Math slaves
Spoiler :
1890: South India is has a long and proud history of sciences and polymathy. However, recently it’s been showing the darker side of this scientific heritage. A group of local (or, possibly, immigrant) mathematicians with a taste for dirty money have developed a way to use mass human labor to perform complex calculations analogous to those run by mighty analytical engines. Now, talented children all across the land get kidnapped or sold into slavery by their own parents (usually, from the untouchable caste) to work in illegal “math factories.” After intensive and rather inhumane math training, these poor prodigy get assigned to run numbers as parts of giant calculation chains. Thanks to how cheap intellectual slave labor is, a black market has appeared, full of cartels, banks, companies, and science labs with questionable work ethics, looking to cut the costs on engineering, simulation, and scientific calculations.



Joint Opposition
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: For quite a while, the island of Ceylon has been a backwater of British-held India, known for a significant level of political apathy on all levels of its native society. This seems to be changing, as an underground movement known as the Ekabadda Vipakshaya (Joint Opposition) has started to gain prominence in urban and some better developed rural areas. Their ideology is based on ideas of Sinhalese Buddhist nationalism, and in contrast with many similar regional movements of colonial intellectuals, the Joint Opposition is strongly Pan-Asiatic, underscoring its sympathy to fellow Buddhist nations of Burma and Japan, as opposed to British colonial oppressors. The Secret Ward hasn’t put any resistance to these nationalist ideologues yet, but they have all reasons to suspect that the Ekabadda Vipakshaya receive their support from some foreign sponsors of unknown origin. (Regional quest progress: 35.21%, ??? losses: -1.6? HC, -2.3? IC, -3.8? EC, -0.9? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The Joint Opposition continued recruiting members all across the island, gradually transitioning from a political movement to a nationalist, pro-Burmese guerilla force. Despite their secrecy, these partisan groups left enough leads for the British Secret Ward to exploit, and closer to the middle of spring the island descended into the fire of a well-executed counter-insurgency operation. Still, the British agents couldn’t be everywhere, and the Secret Ward had to admit that its reliance on specially trained counter-guerilla squads couldn’t prevent the Ekabadda Vipakshaya from expanding its rural pockets. (Regional quest progress: 62.36%, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -12.48 HC, -17.89 IC, -29.43 EC, -7.49 MC, Third Burmese Empire losses: -16.4 HC, -25.18 IC, -39.15 EC, -11.43 MC)

While the rural guerilla war was slowly heating up in Ceylon, a combined force of the Burmese Army and Navy was dispatched with the order to try and evade all British patrols in the Bay of Bengal and land these forces on the Ceylonese shores, thus assisting the Joint Opposition fighters in their rebellion. However, the reality of such a distant landing across a contested aquatorium quickly set in, as the squadron, encumbered by troop transports, was spotted by a British steam frigate in the open sea and had to turn back to port in order to not become a target of a British interception (which could doom thousands of Burmese expeditionary soldiers). Still, despite the practical failure of Operation Nagar (as it became known to the Burmese war planners), it did divert some part of the British garrison of the island to guarding possible landing spots along the ocean shore in an expectation of an “imminent” amphibious invasion, thus giving some operational space to the Sinhalese guerilla. (Regional quest progress: 65.5%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -3.75 HC, -1.42 IC, -3.28 EC, -3.65 MC)




South-East Asia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, newly modernized region, equally strong in all economic, educational, and demographic aspects.


Mueang factory princes
Spoiler :
1890: For centuries, Northern Burma consisted of an amalgam of princedoms and city-states, known as mueangs. Ruled by semi-independent nobles known as khuns, these tiny kingdoms were organized in a confederacy through the Mandala system of collective hierarchy. When the Third Burmese Empire started its meteoric rise to power and modernization, Shan khuns turned out to be the only political force capable of benefiting from initial accumulation of capital, besides the dynastic clans adjacent to the ruling Konbaung dynasty. Now the Shan states are quickly turning into the densest industrial clusters of all Asia, with so called “factory princes” growing to become the only non-dynastic cartel capable of carrying significant economic and political influence. Now it’s up to rulers of Burma (or other nations) how to use it to their own means.

1891: The Burmese emperor decided that instead of helping loyal luuhcu clan oligarchy outcompete Shan khuns, the latter ones should be incorporated into the clan structure of the realm. Autonomous positions within the imperial administration started being offered to mueang factory princes in exchange for their dynastic intermarriage with luuhcu clans. The integration process may take a while, but at least it’s going in the right direction. (Regional quest progress: 15.86%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -1.05 HC, -1.51 IC, -2.48 EC, -0.63 MC)


Cast-iron stupas
Spoiler :
1890: As the most recent Burmese conquest, Siam is still a vast country not fully integrated into the Third Burmese Empire. However, as Burmese economic practices, combined with a strange mix of Western sciences gradually penetrate Siamese lands, one unbroken local power seems to be emerging as the biggest beneficiary of this industrialization. Spared of destruction and marauding during the Burmese invasion, Buddhist monasteries are the only organized holders of significant capital in their land, and now they seem to be transforming themselves into the main drivers of local manufacture. Red-robed monks united by the principle of sangha (or “disciplined association”) are proving to be a superior labor force, and lack of access to most modern Western technology is compensated by ingenuity and resourcefulness of these new religious entrepreneurs. However, many Burmese royal advisors are afraid that the Siamese monasteries are gaining a bit too much influence and power and may help to crystallize the dormant Siamese nationalist movement.

1891: Despite the fact that most of capital in Burma is concentrated in the hands of royal retainers and high nobles, it appears that the Emperor is in favor of a rather meritocratic approach to social dynamics in higher circles of the society. That was reflected in the decision to award Siamese Buddhist clergy with positions inside the royal administration, perhaps in recognition of their economic success. Despite a long way before complete assimilation, this effort is seen as potentially very beneficial for economic and social development of the region. (Regional quest progress: 14.64%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -0.79 HC, -1.13 IC, -1.86 EC, -0.47 HC)



Great Myanmar Railway
Spoiler :
1891: In a true spirit of modernization, the Konbaung dynasty has started an ambitious new project aimed at connecting Burmese heartland to Siam and the Shan highlands. The project has been plagued by extremely harsh climate conditions, with monsoon season almost putting the construction to a halt. Yet, despite all of the challenges, the Great Myanmar Railway promises to provide a huge boost to the region’s economy. (Regional quest progress: 17.66%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -2.29 HC, -0.56 IC, -5.97 EC, -4.61 MC)

Q4 1893: After two years of neglect, the Great Myanmar Railway project was resurrected and brought back to life as soon as the monsoon season of 1893 ended on November 1st. This time, luuhcu-owned construction companies tasked with its completion received enough of funds, people, and equipment, which reflected well on the progress, showcased by a single fact: in the last quarter of 1893 alone, Burmese builders constructed more kilometers of railway than in the entirety of 1891. (Regional quest progress: 62.64%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -3.81 HC, -0.94 IC, -10.52 EC, -7.39 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The War of Asian Liberation, as the conflict with Great Britain is known in Burma, has put a severe strain on the nation’s infrastructure. While the Great Myanmar Railway was never, in fact, intended to connect Assam with the Burmese heartland, its completion still is deemed critical for war efforts, as it would enable war-critical supplies to flow easily through at least one section of the logistical network. Besides, many political observers think that the Emperor’s power over his “League Kingdoms” (vassal entities formally acknowledging the Konbaung Emperor as their head of state) is only as good as his ability to reach potential rebellions with his punishing force. Therefore, works on the Great Myanmar Railway continued this way at full speed, slowing down to a crawl only when the summer monsoon season came in June. (Regional quest progress: 91.82%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -4.26 HC, -1.05 IC, -11.78 EC, -8.27 MC)


One Emperor to rule them all
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Barely a year has passed since the informal agreement between the Third Burmese Empire and Tokugawa Shogunate was signed, establishing a state of political equilibrium between the two powers in Dai Viet. Now, however, it seems that the Konbaung dynasty is moving to replace that cautious stance with a more assertive one, promoting ideas of Trans-Indochinese solidarity and pan-nationalism across the lands of Myanmar, Shan, Siam, Cambodia, Laos, and independent Dai Viet. Capitalist clan structure of the Konbaung dynasty’s state apparatus made promotion of such egalitarian principles relatively hard, especially considering the fact that the Shan States and Siam proper are still controlled by local princes and monasteries bound to the Burmese rulers via ties of semi-feudal vassalage, making general population significantly aloof to any national identities. In Dai Viet, in addition, there was another inertia element to overcome: religion. Most of the Burmese population follow a conservative Theravada school of Buddhism, while Vietnamese population mostly adheres to the Mahayana tradition, widening the gap any pan-nationalists would have to overcome before uniting all Indochina under the banner of the Konbaung Dynasty. (Regional quest progress: 9.48%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -2.79 HC, -4.01 IC, -6.59 EC, -1.68 MC)



Foes or allies?
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Third Burmese Empire has a long history of rivaling the British for control over South-East Asia and Assam. In 1893, however, it briefly found itself allying the Royal Commonwealth in efforts to contain Boer Indian Ocean expansion. Now that the East-Asian Spice Trading Company is effectively ruined and the Free Boer Republic is no longer a common enemy for the two powers, the Konbaung dynasty’s ambition again yearns eastward. Royal plenipotentiaries have started negotiating with luuhcu clan patriarchs and the kingdom’s nobility, getting them all on board with yet another geopolitical realignment and anti-British stance. As for commoners, setting them against the British proved to be an easy task, although much still needs to be done to develop complete unity of geopolitical views among the state’s political and economic elites. (Regional quest progress: 25.43%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -2.14 HC, -3.06 IC, -5.04 EC, -1.28 MC)



Black Waters
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Known for their remote geographical location and brutal tropical climate, the Andaman and Nicobar Islands were long used by the British Empire as a universal exile destination for dangerous criminals and political prisoners of will. After the rise of the Third Burmese Empire, this practice didn’t go away, although the conditions of prisoners were much improved thanks to a construction of the so-called Cellular Jail on the Chotham island. Nicknamed Kala Pani (or “Black Waters”) by Bengali migrant construction workers, the Cellular Prison is a compound that for a long time was used to keep rebellious Siamese and Laotian princes in somewhat humane, but still very regimented and isolated conditions. Now that the Chotham Island is leased to the Japanese, the status of the Black Waters prison is being questioned not only at the court of the Konbaung Emperor, but also among many of his vassal nobles.



Unprotected cruisers
Q1-Q2 1894: Since the early days of the Industrial Revolution, the history of military shipbuilding was also the history of armor improvements. However, the Computation Revolution jump-started by the Korsakov-Babbage analytical engine has since greatly improved the precision of gun fire, which, combined with somewhat lacking means of communication and an uneven distribution of turbine engines among the navies, made sea battles characteristically bloody, with all but the most heavily armored ships cracking open under the blasts of high-explosive shells. This tendency was first noted by Chinese naval theoreticians, but it were the Arakanese and Mon shipbuilders that chose to act upon this imbalance. It’s rumored that the Sittwe Princely Shipyards are working on a new design of an unprotected cruiser, a fast, well-armed warship that lacks external and internal armor and is thus faster and significantly cheaper to build, but is lacking survivability of protected or armored cruisers. However, the Prince of Arakan (who also is the Supreme Admiral of the Third Empire) argues that a cruiser wouldn’t need much armor if use as intended, and whatever armor it could carry would still crack under a dreadnought broadside. If anything, he says, a shell is more likely to penetrate an all-wooden structure without triggering the high-explosives. If these claims are true, only time will tell, as the first class of unprotected cruisers is nearing the end of its development phase. (Technology quest progress: 95%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -1.52 HC, -0.37 IC, -4.21 EC, -2.95 MC)

 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Canton-Yunnan

Spoiler :
Booming, but ethnically complex region with huge labor market and giant rural production and craftsmanship.


Great North-South Railroad Struggle (Guangzhou-Changsha-Wuhan)
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Heavenly Chancellery is keen to link Wuhan to the Pearl River Delta. Such a railroad, as argued by the Southern King’s people in the bureaucracy, would serve to stitch the country together and allow the fruits of the two greatest industrial hubs of China to be exchanged. Fabric and raw materials from Asia would flow from the Pearl River and be exchanged for the consumer goods produced in Wuhan. Furthermore, by routing it through Chengzhou, Hengyang and Changsha, the Heavenly Kingdom’s economic planners hope to spread the fruit of China’s great transformation into the interior. Workers from these impoverished areas would hopefully flood into the factories, providing the nation with ever more labor to be put to productive uses, and their wages would help improve the livelihoods of those living in some of the poorest parts of Taiping China. Partially with the help of foreign engineering advisors from France and North America, and partially through their own industrial ingenuity, Chinese construction collectives have already accomplished approximately one third of the planned length of this ambitious infrastructure project, promising to finish it before Christmas of 1894 (Regional quest progress: 40.93%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.33 HC, -0.75 IC, -7.48 EC, -4.86 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Mishaps in central planning impacted the southern stretch of the so-called Great North-South Railroad Struggle slightly less than its northern branch, partially thanks to the Southern King’s timely personal intervention. While the northern embarrassment (which, in all truth, would be hailed as a great achievement by any less ambitious country) deserves its special report, the southern one was rather limited and wasn’t even acknowledged as anything other than a “slow but purposeful” move toward the inevitable victory of Cantonese labor and progress in the name of Hong and His Father. (Regional quest progress: 70.27%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.53 HC, -0.8 IC, -8.75 EC, -5.2 MC)


Great North-South Railroad Struggle (Guangzhou-Nanning-Kunming)
Q1-Q2 1894: Even though the Great North-South Railroad Struggle occupies hearts and minds of all Chinese workers (which generally corresponds with occupying the headlines of the three main state gazettes), its south-western branch is the one that promises the most radical changes for its region. That is because Yunnan and Dali have historically been rather insular from the rest of China, and this infrastructure project seeks to reconnect the distinct ethnicities that have formed there over centuries into the larger body of the Heavenly nation. From a more pragmatic perspective, it also allows the Taiping Mandate to timely redeploy its troops to its southern and south-western border (notable for its mountain landscape almost impassable for large bodies of traditional troops), as well as connecting the industries of the Pearl River valley to Yunnan's huge copper, lead, zinc, tin, and timber reserves and Guangxi's large tin and manganese deposits. Due to the planning blunders and generally challenging terrain, the progress has been humbler (at least, compared to the expectations), but economic advisers are confident the project has a bright future. (Regional quest progress: 23.72%, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.92 HC, -0.66 IC, -7.23 EC, -4.29 MC)


Stone in the shoe
Spoiler :
1891: The Miao ethnicity is infamous of being an eternal problem of Chinese imperial bureaucracy, known for their resistance to assimilation and lean toward political autonomy. In order to mitigate this problem, 18th century Qing officials even tried to resettle a group of Miao peasants and mercenaries to the island of Hainan, where a position of kiatong was created for Miao self-governance. Now, however, the Miao seem to be somebody else’s problem. Tokugawa colonial authorities of Kainan are complaining that the warlike Miao communities residing in the mountains disrespect the authority of Bakufu officials and keep insisting on being ruled indirectly, through the kiatong government. Some experts don’t see any problem with some delegation of authority to otherwise non-hostile natives, but military and naval officers see the Miao as just another foe to be utterly crushed.



École of the Orient
Q1-Q2 1894: The Russian Learning is not the only type of pragmatic Western education that’s leaking into Taiping China. With the collapse of the Commune of Communes in France, its educated classes, mostly clerks, engineers, and social workers, had plenty of reasons to wish to leave their country at least for some time, many of them looking to escape its economic woes, and some of them, running away from persecution of their radical Communard beliefs. This gave the Christian socialist regime of the Heavenly Kingdom a bright idea to form French Quarters in several major cities of China (Beijing being the first of them), each situated around an École (a college of “French learning”). Finding a first wave of disaffected French emigrants and negotiating with the Possibilist government to let them go was an easy part of the task, populating the French Quarters in Beijing in no time. However, if the program is to truly spread to other coastal regions, it’d require some more effort. Meanwhile, Taiping anti-Westerners, despite admitting the practicality of the move, continued expressing their extreme discomfort with the rotten morals that exist in the French Quarters. If Russian educators, at least, obey some of the more basic Christian norms in terms of religion tradition and marriage (as distant as they may be from the strict Taiping code of behavior), the French “devils” are infamous for all sorts of sins, ranging from denial of the celestial nature of God and his sons, Jesus and Hong, to more scandalous and dirty habits of open adultery and, in some cases, homosexual love. One way or another, it’s not the first line the Taiping state has faced such doubts, and it sure won’t be the last. (Regional quest progress: 72.24%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.03 HC, -2.24 IC, -5.82 EC, -2.28 MC)


Pre-calculated firing tables
Spoiler :
1892: An ambitious new project has been announced by the Heavenly Kingdom’s high command. They plan to use Chinese analytical and difference engines to create a complete array of firing artillery tables for all locations across entire theaters of future operations, containing lists of angles of elevation a particular artillery gun barrel would need to be set to, to strike a target at a particular distance with a projectile of a particular weight using a propellant cartridge of a particular weight. Dozens of geological expeditions have been sent to different regions of China and its immediate borders, collecting vast arrays of data for the Heavenly Engine. The data-gathering effort may take quite a while, according to the experts familiar with the project, but in the end it could greatly improve the speed of target engagement by Taiping artillerymen.(Technology quest progress: 11.9%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.46 HC, -0.75 IC, -7.55 EC, -5.1 MC)

Q1-Q2 1893: With the world slowly turning toward another series of ground-shaking conflicts, Chinese geologists continued busily mapping China and its border regions, only to feed that data arrays into the Heavenly Engine. (Technology quest progress: 19.95%, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.63 HC, -0.59 IC, -5.83 EC, -3.85 MC)

Q3 1893: The Heavenly Engine continues grinding through huge arrays of data for pre-calculated firing tables of Taiping artillery corps, but the progress is underwhelmingly slow. Experts point out that more resources should be allocated to the project, if the leadership wishes to see new tables distributed among artillery officers anytime soon. (Technology quest progress: 25.14%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.16 HC, -0.71 IC, -7 EC, -4.62 MC)

Q4 1893: As a war on its north-western borders has been averted, the Heavenly Kingdom was happy to keep the pre-calculated artillery tables project financed at its minimum. However, its slow progress seems to be becoming a problem of its own. Due to China’s economic boom, hill levelling, canal digging, and railroad construction are starting to change the landscape so significantly that Chinese topographers had to recompile data arrays for previously inspected territories and feed them to the Divine and Heavenly Engines once again. People at the head of the project now urge the Heavenly Chancellery to assign more people and assets to this project, least it becomes an exercise in futility. (Technology quest progress: 18.24%, Taiping Mandate losses: -4.21 HC, -0.95 IC, -9.45 EC, -6.13 MC)



Xīn yǔ, newspeak, and totalitarian linguistics
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Ideologues of Hongite Christianity have recently become known for their willingness to change not only the way their flock acts, but also the way it thinks and perceives the world. But in the late 1893, a first clumsy step was taken toward complete eradication of “impure” thought through changing the way people talk. The Changsha Scholastic School of Popular Linguistics was tasked by the Kings-Under-Heaven to start developing a radically new, synthetic linguistic system, designed to reinforce and promote ideological purity of its speakers. Dubbed xīn yǔ (or “newspeak”), this variation of Mandarine is expected to be censoring speech of its users on the most basic level, defining their world perception via word use and grammar. As witty (albeit, rather dark) as that idea is, it still stands very far away from any sort of practical implementation, as all attempts to introduce the newspeak even to the students of the Changsha Scholastic School of Popular Linguistics has led to nothing but a quiet disobedience and mockery. (Technology quest progress: -1.07%, Taiping Mandate losses: -6.32 HC, -5.67 IC, -7.91 EC, -1.37 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: If there were any beneficiaries of the central planning mishap that so embarassed the Heavenly and Divine engines’ analysts, it was the Changsha Scholastic School of Popular Linguistics. Originally rather humbly financed for the titanic task at hand, it received all extra resources freed up by the clearing of the state research confusion by the Defect Resolution Committee. This helped to start an entire series of rural and urban xīn yǔ (lit. “newspeak”) literacy programs that are starting to shift mentality of their practitioners in the direction of reverence, loyalty, and energetic obedience. Of course, some parts of the early “newspeak” were rejected by the learners, providing the Taiping linguists with important insights into their work. (Technology quest progress: 58.93%, Taiping Mandate losses: -5.4 HC, -5.9 IC, -8.34 EC, -1.41 MC)




Yangtze Region
Spoiler :
Booming heart of China, with powerful agriculture and demographics and strong riverine trade.

Heaven and Earth Society
Spoiler :
1890: Ever since the Taiping takeover, smoking of opium has been strictly banned in Chinese cities. However, it appears that opium still gets smuggled into China by the semi-criminal anti-Taiping organization known as the Heaven And Earth Society, popularly nicknamed the Triad. Founded as a nationalist organization resisting the Manchu rule over China, the Triads now have shifted their focus to resisting the Taiping dominion, and they willingly use crime of all sorts to finance their activities.


Q1-Q2 1894: With its famous practicality, the Heavenly Chancellery chose to recruit what is more costly to kill. In case of the Triads, their clans were approached (after several failed and usually fatal attempts) by a particularly skillful group of Taiping cadres with an offer to become essentially Taiping shadowy plenipotentiaries in overseas Chinese communities, akin to the so-called “Capitan Cina” position informally used by European colonizers in the mid-1800s. These pro-government mobsters and informants would form a net of agents and administrators across the “Chinese world,” while receiving their lavish tribute from the state. This offer was accepted by more opportunistic clans of the Yangtze delta and its islands, among which the leading were the Shuen Fong family, the Bamboo Union, and Luen group. However, as these collaborators formed the Tiandihui Triad, more rebellious bands remained viciously independent and swore bloody revenge on their treasonous brothers. Meanwhile, a more cryptic and notoriously psychopathic group of slave smugglers known as Shé Tóu (the Snakeheads) never responded (negatively or positively) to any attempts by the cadres to contact them. In fact, shortly after the message delivery operation was declared to be over, the messengers were found in their ascetic apartments stretched on the floor, their eyes open, their body liquids (blood, saliva, and lymph) being gone, and only several small circular scars left on their bodies along the spine, in the arteries, and around all major nerve nexuses. Outside of that macabre anecdote, however, the Taiping recruitment of the Triads seems to be going smoothly and according to plan. (Regional quest progress: 86.33%, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.83 HC, -2.03 IC, -5.52 EC, -2.22 MC)


Chinese archaeology
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: China is considered the oldest uninterrupted civilization on Earth by some scholars, and it’s no wonder that its history is now attracting the attention of its Taiping rulers. One of the first Kings-Under-Heavens to express his interest to researching his country’s distant past was the King of the Long River. Now, he is looking to put together archaeological groups who could start exploring ancient sites around the Downstream Plan and Sichuan Basin - not the earliest cradles of Bronze Age Chinese kingdoms, but important regions of Chinese history nonetheless. And who knows, perhaps, looking at his successes, other Kings-Under-Heavens could join the suit.



Great North-South Railroad Struggle (Beijing-Nanjing-Wuhan)
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Heavenly Chancellery seems to be of the opinion that linking the great agricultural breadbasket of northern China with the industrial and agricultural hubs of central China and the capital of Nanjing offers similar economic benefits to the Guangzhou-Changsha-Wuhan Railroad currently constructed in the domain of the Southern King. A double row of iron tracks linking the length of the country could also be a potential political declaration of the Heavenly Kingdom’s intention to modernise. Besides, the Taiping general staff has argued that it would also allow the army to move troops rapidly around China in case of a sea blockade. With that in mind, the construction of the Beijing-Nanjing stretch of the railroad has started along the Nanjing-Jining-Jinan-Shijiazhuang-Beijing route, well away from the coast. By the end of the year, the military-critical sections of the railroad were completed, leaving the rest of the infrastructure project to be completed in 1894. (Regional quest progress: 38.27%, Taiping Mandate losses: -4.03 HC, -0.91 IC, -9.06 EC, -5.88 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Introduction of administrative command-driven economic planning in the last two quarters of 1893 helped Taiping China to speed up its industrialization significantly. In fact, the picture painted by the two Chinese analytical engines in their economic prognosis was too bright to be true, which, in the first half of 1894 was discovered, to the Heavenly Chancellery’s disappointment. Having overestimated the nation’s industrial growth and, to boot, creating some confusion in the national research initiatives, Chinese cyberneticist ended up paying a high price for their errors, when it was discovered that the amount of industrial assets and construction brigades the nation could dedicate to its railroad construction had to be cut in two. That, oc course, soured the mood of the Chairman of the Great North-South Railroad Struggle, because the reports of the cuts and slowing down of the construction came virtually next week after he, in his speech during an All-Struggle rally, announced a wage raise to more than eighty nine thousand workers, promotion of two thousand cadres by one rank, and promotion of two hundred workers to cadres. Still, despite all disappointments and the mixing of plans, the construction of the Beijing-Nanjing-Wuhan line continued at a reasonable pace. (Regional quest progress: 57.1%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.38 HC, -0.76 IC, -8.37 EC, -4.97 MC)


Great North-South Railroad Struggle (Wuhan-Nanjing-Shanghai)
Q1-Q2 1894: Just like the Guangzhou-Nanning-Kunming branch recently added to the growing Chinese grand railroad project, the Wuhan-Nanjing-Shanghai line is an undertaking of a smaller scope, and with a practical, economically transparent goal in mind. Where as the infrastructure improvement of Guangxi and Yunnan aim to connect China’s industrial heartland to its mineral ore deposits, the railroad that trassects provinces of Jiangsu and Zhejiang is built to connect the manufacturers to their international markets, as ports of Shanghai and Zhoushan promise to optimise export procedures, as long as the integrated railway network operates smoothly. The progress was rather humble so far, again due to the same error in central planning, but the work on the project promises to speed up in the future. (Regional quest progress: 20.75%, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.38 HC, -0.76 IC, -8.37 EC, -4.97 MC)

Èyǔ Learning
Q1-Q2 1894: Russian knowledge and expertise, be it related to industrial architecture, mechanical engineering, or calculative mechanics, is starting to become heavily valued in the world. Last year, it was the Sikh Empire of Indostan that benefited from outsourcing an analytical engine building to Directorial Russian engineers, and in the year 1984 it is Taiping China that’s looking to enrich itself with Russian science and arts via a construction of a Russian-style university in Nanjing (or Nankin, as it’s known to the residing Slavic educators). The establishment of this educational facility went smoothly, not counting a few protests by some overly zealous and xenophobic God Worshipping Society members who were angered by the extremely liberal atmosphere (by Chinese standards, anyway) that is rumored to exist in the university’s lectures and around its camp. For the largely insular nation that the Taiping Heavenly Kingdom still is, the establishment of the Nankin Universitet was a great educational boon, although some hardliners are afraid that the Èyǔ (“Russian”) Learning could become too much of a destabilizing factor, teaching Chinese intellectuals to adopt a rebellious mood that the Russian intelligentsia is infamous for. (Regional quest completed with success, region Yangtze Region gains +15 IC, Directorial Russia gains +3% Regional Influence, Taiping Mandate loses -3% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -1 HC, -1.67 IC, -2.67 EC, -0.66 MC)


Modern sweatshops
Q1-Q2 1894: Neither China nor Dixieland are new to the practice of cramming a lot of poor people together in a tiny space and forcing them to produce cheap goods in inhuman conditions for virtually peanuts. However, in the first half of 1894 various enterprises from these countries started partnering in developing a more modern, up-to-day form of manufacture that utilizes cheap, often heavily exploited manual labor force, adding various mechanical tools to the production routine. As simple as that approach is, it might be enough to help both nations in finding use to their urban rabble. (Technology quest progress: 86.57%, Taiping Mandate losses: -0.31 HC, -0.07 IC, -0.76 EC, -0.45 MC, Confederate States of America losses: -0.28 HC, -0.06 IC, -0.74 EC, -0.61 MC)




Huanhe Region
Spoiler :
Booming core Chinese region with huge demographic and agricultural capacity.


House caves of the Yellow Earth Plateau
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: The Huangtu (“Yellow Earth”) Plateau covering most of the Shanxi and Shaanxi provinces also features the largest agglomeration of earth dwellings in the world. Known as yaodong (“house caves”), these buildings are literally dug in hillsides, with only facades and front-facing courtyards featuring any sort of erected structures. Naturally well-insulated and cheap, yaodongs are primarily dwellings of choice for poor villagers, but architectural planners from the Heavenly Chancellery suggest that they might be perfect blueprints for the future of Chinese rural and even urban architecture across the country: cheap, quick to build, and ecologically sustainable. Meanwhile, critics point out that yaodongs, for all their virtues, have several flaws. They provide citizens with too much privacy (“who knows what kind of sin may be taking place in a windowless cave!”) and also can easily become mortal traps in case of fire or an earthquake (after all, it was the prevalence of yaodongs that caused 830 thousand deaths during the 1556 Shaanxi earthquake). Now the Chancellery’s bureaucrats need to decide how they wish to handle the housing issue that’s been plaguing the most populous nation in the world for centuries.


Q1-Q2 1894: Recent economic and state-building successes seem to be encouraging the Heavenly Chancellery to place less emphasis on Taiping Christianity's radically strict morals and concentrate primarily on practical matters. In case of the Housing Question voiced by the King of the Yellow River, it meant that the bureaucrats simply couldn’t resist the temptation to solve the issue by using the architectural solution that is not only made out of dirt, but is also dirt cheap. However, besides price, the yaodong “cave houses” also were considered for the safety of their inhabitants (or a lack of thereof) in case of an earthquake or a similar disaster. In order to not settle millions of Taiping citizens in virtual death traps, a special architectural commission was formed to standardize and enhance yaodong stability. So far, the new cost-effective construction that utilizes loess bricks with bamboo reinforcement is being tested earthquake moving tables and analytical engine simulation, but the end of 1894 might see millions of Chinese families finally escaping the confines of their communal dwellings for their gorgeous, state-issued personal “cave houses.” (Regional quest progress: 83%, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.15 HC, -0.48 IC, -5.33 EC, -3.16 MC)


Henan Wooden Clappers
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Henan Bangzi (“Wooden Clappers of Henan”) is a type of Chinese opera genre, loved among common people for its traditional simplicity. Most of Henan bangzi performances require no makeup and very little (if any) musical arrangement, making it a perfect version of popular art. During the Qing Dynasty era, it was known as Yuju opera and often was looked down upon by rich donors. The Taiping War and institution of the Heavenly Kingdom barely changed the status of Henan Bangzi: just like many other displays of natural human emotion and joy, musical theater was seen negatively by the first generation of Hongite purists. Now, as the nation is moving away from Hongite orthodoxy of the early days of the Rebellion, some voices are heard suggesting that the Wooden Clappers of Henan deserve bureaucracy’s attention and even promotion among the common folk as a Taiping-friendly version of traditional Chinese art.


Q1-Q2 1894: Just as some predicted, Henan Bangzi performances were seen by the “cultural education cades” of the Taiping administration as a perfect form of peasant art, acceptable in its naivety and unsophistication. That simplicity of the Wooden Clappers opera helped to calm down the most orthodox critics and censors, as the Heavenly Kingdom embrace the utilitarian aspect of having its population (read, “labor force”) happy and entertained. This generated plenty of growth across the Henan province and adjacent regions, enriching the ascetic culture of Taiping China as French-introduced agit-boats with Yuju opera art collectives can be now seen traveling the Huanhe river from village to village. (Regional quest completed with success, region Huanhe Region gains +5 HC, +10 IC, +10 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.25%, Taiping Mandate losses: -1.01 HC, -0.58 IC, -2.14 EC, -1.01 MC)


A dame to kill for
Q1-Q2 1894: Restoration of the Heavenly Engine after a series of sabotages was not an easy task, but now that it’s complete, some important details seem to emerge. While it’s clear that one of the Western powers definitely attempted to destroy or sabotage the engine at some point, the initial defect was not an intentional act of destruction. It appears that a group of programme-savvy conspirators attempted to illegally run an incredibly complex punchcard sequence that would set the analytical engine into a self-assessment loop that some investigators, when explaining the issue to less sophisticated cadres, compared to human self-reflection. It’s unclear what sort of secret goal the perpetrators pursued, but at least one of them is known thanks to a dutiful clerk who recognized one of the people entering the Heavenly Engine machine hall that day as Marquise Yin, a scandalous daughter of one of the highest ranking Qing noble advisers before the Rebellion. Needless to say, his report was originally disregarded as too implausible, Marquise Yin is indeed known not only for her self-destructive love affairs that shocked even the Qing court in its last years, but also for her outstanding mathematical abilities. Nicknamed “Lady Ada of Kathay” by the Westerners (after Ada Lovelace, Lord Byron’s talented daughter), Marquise Yin did act sloppy since the “sabotage” took place, perhaps due to another of her infamous romances, which was exactly what helped the investigators to learn about her involvement. As for the outcome of her punchcard sequence, it appears to be a waste of computational power, as it only produced a single output card with a number 42 on it. One way or another, this sensitive issue may have to be handled in a way that the House of Merciful Vigilance will find new and challenging.


Muscular Christianity
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Brother Hong’s version of Christianity lying in the foundation of the Taiping ideology is in many ways heterodox and even alien to Europeans. Yet, Christian undertones of the new Chinese popular philosophy, as well as gradual modernization of the country, attract a number of European and American missionaries to China. There they carefully proselytize among locals, hoping to not contradict any major formulas of Hongite faith directly. One resulting trend that has taken a hold in the Central Plains of China is known as “muscular Christianity.” In essence, it’s simply a promotion of athleticism, physical education, and amateur sports in their Western fashion. The trainers (who just happen to also be Protestant preachers, usually from Deseret or the North-American Union) explain to their trainees that it’s a duty to God (and, of course, to Brother Hong) to keep one’s body in His image. The “muscular Christianity” athletic clubs attract quite a lot of following recently, but also cause discontent among more tradition-minded locals, who’d rather have Taiping citizens follow the ancient Chinese “boxing” practices.


Q1-Q2 1894: Following the recent trend to cast benign neglect onto the matters of private pastime, the Taiping authorities chose instead to concentrate on the national defense-related aspect of the “muscular Christianity” athletic clubs. Seeing their average recruit as often physically inferior to his potential enemies, the high command ordered Taiping army instructors to team up with the American preachers of “muscular Christianity” or to borrow from their techniques that combine physical and spiritual learning. This did improve both the quantity and the quality of recruits across China virtually over a single season, as many young men were keen on joining that attractive routine, vowing to never use Ginseng seeds to gain bigger muscles than God and Brother Hong had granted them in their wisdom and promising to be damned if they ever skip a leg day. (Regional quest completed with success, region Huanhe Region gains +50 HC, region Yangtze Region gains +40 HC, region Canton-Yunnan gains +35 HC, region Korea-Manchuria gains +15 HC, Taiping Mandate losses: -3.49 HC, -1.74 IC, -2.66 EC, -0.74 MC)


Fists of Harmony and Justice
Q1-Q2 1894: The origins of the Taiping Mandate lie in its humble past as one of the numerous Chinese secret societies of the period, so irony is not lost on any observer when they see that the Heavenly Kingdom’s transformation into a modern state has put it into a conflict with secret groups and sects of akin to the early God Worshipping Society. One of such groups that’s grown rather popular (for a secret party, anyway) is called Yìhéquán (“Fists of Harmony and Justice”). Practitioners of an ancient family of martial arts known as kung fu to the Chinese and “Chinese boxing” to the Westerners, the Yìhéquán are toxically xenophobic and anti-Western, barely tolerating Christianity only in its Sinicized version of Hong-worship. Recent popularity of the “muscular Christianity” gymnasiums startled the Yìhéquán pugilists, who refuted all attempts by the Taiping authorities to marry Chinese Christianity with Western athleticism, narcissistic in its nature from the Yìhéquán point of view. However, it was the introduction of Russian and French settlements in some Chinese cities that truly agitated the Boxers (as the Russians and the French call them) into action. So far, the guarded foreign settlements and college campuses have seen only rags soaked in urine thrown into their windows by Boxer troublemakers, but quite a few “muscular Christianity” clubs have been briefly shut down by violent attacks of the angry Yìhéquán, who indeed proved to be quite able fighters.


Alternating current
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Despite the sheer size of the Chinese economy, that part of Asia is rarely associated with industrial innovation. That perception may change soon, as extensive Single Daughters’ Wuhan factories are starting to experiment with an emerging form of electric power generation based on the flow of electrical charge carriers that periodically reverses direction. That approach is different from the mainstream source of electricity, known as the direct current. Foreign sceptics already call Chinese experiments laughably useless and quite dangerous, but first industrial tests show great potential of the new power generation method. (Technology quest progress: 37.71%, Taiping Mandate losses: -2.45 HC, -0.55 IC, -5.44 EC, -3.6 MC)

Q4 1893: Despite all the scepticism of the world engineering community, the alternating current research ongoing in Wuhan attracted interest of some of the world leaders in power generation. Teams of researchers and engineers from Japan and North Germany reached an agreement with South-Chinese single daughters and the Southern King himself to come to Canton and participate in the development of that promising new technology. Significant progress indeed was achieved, and experts expect first AC generators to become industrially available by spring of the next year. Meanwhile, some ideologic hardliners in the Heavenly Kingdom question the Southern King’s decision, as it opened the door for the nation’s competitors to its technological knowledge bank in this potentially game-changing field. (Technology quest progress: 95.88%, Taiping Mandate losses: -1.23 HC, -0.28 IC, -2.76 EC, -1.79 MC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.22HC, -0.27 IC, -3 EC, -2.29 MC, North German Federation losses: -0.95 HC, -0.22 IC, -2.63 EC, -2.14 MC)



Q1-Q2 1894: By Christmas of 1893, only optimism surrounded China’s first innovative industrial project in centuries. Despite a departure of the Japanese engineering team back home, where other electrification projects required their attention, a prototype alternative current generator had all of its quirks figured out, and by the summer of 1894 the AC became a viable alternative to more mainstream DC electricity. (Technology quest completed, Taiping Mandate, North German Federation, Tokugawa Shogunate adopts “Alternating current” for no additional price, Taiping Mandate losses: -1.23 HC, -0.28 IC, -3.04 EC, -1.81 MC, North German Federation losses: -1.23 HC, -0.28 IC, -3.25 EC, -2.61 MC)


 
Last edited:
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Tibet-Tarim Basin

Spoiler :
Stagnant backwaters of Asia with largely unexplored resource potential and a possibility to connect Eastern Asia to the Middle East via a land route.

Prime-minister by birthright
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: For over a century, the mountain kingdom of Nepal was ruled by the Gorkha dynasty that unified the country in the 18th century and reformed its army into a surprisingly well-ordered force. For a brief period of time, Nepalese rulers were even formal suzerains of the Dalay-Lama himself, but that string of successes was cut short by a defeat in the Anglo-Nepalese war of 1814-1816. Since then, Nepal remained in a strange position, subordinate to the British East India Company (and later to the Protectorate Ward), but still distinct from the Indian princely states it was surrounded with in the south. The decline of the Gorkha dynasts resulted in a coup d'état of 1885, when one Jung Bahadur Rana overthrew the last Shri Teen of the Gorkha line and became the first ruler from the Rana dynasty. What’s peculiar, Jung Bahadur didn’t take the kingly title to himself or his successors, but instead chose to declare the position of prime-minister (Shri Panch) a hereditary one, staying in the shade of a de-facto empty throne. The British colonial office was quite happy of this development, seeing weaker central authority of Nepalese rulers as a guarantee that they would need British protection to retain their position. Yet, in recent years many old-school monarchists still loyal to the ancient house of Gorkha voice their support of Sikh expansionism in hopes that the Punjabi Maharaja could bestow his attention on the troubled mountain kingdom, freeing it from the Brits and placing it under its protective shield.

Q4 1893: A clandestine pro-Gorkha insurrection is brewing in Nepali countryside. Having started as a series of monarchist cabal gatherings, it gradually devolved into a much more organized movement that is starting to threaten troops loyal to Shri Panch Jung Bahadur Rana. It is rumoured that secret routes and trails exist leading across the Himalayas all the way to Tibet, via which pro-Gorkha partisans receive supplies, weapons, funding, and military instructors familiar with modern guerilla warfare. At this rate, the Rana dynasty may be facing a foreign plot too complex to be handled without British assistance. (Regional quest progress: 66.67%, ??? losses: -4.2? HC, -3.7? IC, -6.4? EC, -1.6? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Stretched too thin around the globe, the British Secret Ward had no agents or even advisers to spar for the desperate “Prime-Minister” of Nepal, sending only a list of instructions for him to follow. That, of course, proved to be woefully inadequate to the support that the Gorkha loyalists were receiving, now not so secretly, from Indostan (as a part of Operation Utar, as it was known to the Indostani planners). Almost at the same time the tense standoff on the Indo-British border escalated into a full-blown conflict, the Gorkha militias raised a banner of rebellion, easily overthrowing the Rama dynasty after a brief siege of the Katmandu castle. Soon, a newly installed 15-year-old Gorkha king declared that Nepal was now a protectorate of Indostan and an enemy of the British Royal Commonwealth, allowing a passage of Sikh troops through its territory. (Regional quest completed, region Tibet-Tarim Basin: Indostan gains +4% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -4% Regional Influence, Indostan losses: -4.25 HC, -2.59 IC, -5.88 EC, -2.32 MC)


Thunder Dragon’s regent
Q1-Q2 1894: The nation of Bhutan has been under the Nepali vassalage ever since the Rama dynasty “prime-ministers” subjugated it to their will. Symbolized by the Thunder Dragon displayed on its banner, that small Himalayan nation has been for centuries split between administrative and ecclesiastical rule of penlops (governors) and dzongpens (lords of monastery-fortresses). This system, once manageable in a divided and backward country like Bhutan, gave rise to a series of civil wars that’d lasted throughout most of the 19th century. However, now this seems to be changing. A farsighted Buddhist statesmen, one Ugyen Wangchuck, has used the weakness of the Nepali Rama dynasty to start solidifying the rag-tag realm of Bhutan under one royal rule - his rule. Ugyen Wangchuck’s war to eliminate Bhutan’s traditional dual system of government is still ongoing, but it already presents a question to Bhutan’s Indostani protectors: how should they react?

Country of Seven Cities
Spoiler :
1890: In the early days of the Dungan Rebellion that freed the peoples of the Tarim Basin from the power of the Qing, seven cities formed an urban confederation known as Yettishar. Now that the Tarim Basin up to Kashgaria has bowed to the resurgent Ma Dynasty, the Seven Cities remain a proud autonomy within the otherwise traditionally Chinese (albeit, Islamic) Ma kingdom. So far, no significant conflicts have taken places between Yettishar and Ma Dynasty’s ambahns (supervisors), but the peoples of the Seven Cities remain a proudly distinct entity in the body of the new kingdom.



Dzungar revenge
Spoiler :
1890: In the middle of the 18th century, the Qing court followed its conquest of Dzungaria by committing a slaughter known today as the Dzungarian genocide, all with a goal to repopulate their “New Territory” (or Xinjiang) with Han settlers. Now, more than a century later, the sins of their ancestors haunt the descendants of Han colonists as Dzingarians avenge their forefathers without mercy. To the Ma Emperor, this represents a challenge. He is very popular among the kingdom’s Muslims (including the Dzungarians), who brought him to power in the first place. But a huge number of his subjects are Han, and placating them is crucial if the Ma Dynasty were to ever hope to gain the Heavenly Mandate over the rest of China. While considerations are being weighted, Han villages continue to burn.

Q1-Q2 1893: As settling of old scores continued throughout Dzungaria, some Han villages started to form so-called “New Territory militias,” fighting back lynching mobs with surprising level of military organization and cohesion. While Ma agents were busy handling a wave of Han discontent in Outer Mongolia, the Emperor could do nothing beyond once again expressing his wishes for the chaos to stop and harmony to ensue. Meanwhile, French and North-American journalists residing in Taiping China were sent to Dzungaria, their trips paid for by the Heavenly Chancellery, in hopes to attract the world’s attention to atrocities of local intercommunal warfare. At that they succeeded, although their interpretations of events were somewhat different from wishes of the Heavenly Kingdom’s idealogues. French articles concentrated more on the collective aspect of Han resistance, depicting “New Territory militias” as vastly superior in knowledge of warfare and morale and thus not helping to establish them as helpless victims of a genocide. As for the North-American observers, they chose to concentrate on the old history of interethnic and inter-religious struggle in the region, moralizing toward the need of establishing a constitutional, progressive government akin to the North-American Union in this region, an image that only neighboring Siberian Popular Assembly somewhat satisfied. (Regional quest progress: 18.86%, ??? losses: -2.8? HC, -3.9? IC, -6.?? EC, -1.?? MC)

Q3 1893: While all of the Ma Dynasty’s police and army forces were busy containing the Jindandao revolt and border incidents in Outer Manchuria, Dzungaria became a hotbed of terrorism. Attacks on administrative offices and atrocities against Dzungar minorities became commonplace, as a sort of a quick revenge for the earlier Dzungar persecution of Han settlers. As the only bright spot for the Ma loyalists, success of the anti-insurgency campaign in Outer Manchuria allowed the army and the police to stop a constant influx of Han volunteers from mainland China, depriving the New Territory militias of their most valuable source of experienced reinforcements. Still, the situation is dire for the Ma regime, and if things are allowed to proceed at the same pace, Dzungaria may flare up into a full-scale Han rebellion soon. (Regional quest progress: 82.67%, ??? losses: -2.9? HC, -3.?? IC, -4.6? EC, -0.8? MC)

Q4 1893: To the Northern King’s disappointment, the Taiping-Ma ultimatum was resolved through a series of three-sided negotiations between the Sikh, Taiping, and Ma leadership. However, the Heavenly Kingdom’s assertiveness and the Sikh Maharaja’s defeatism did force the Ma Emperor agree to a number of concessions, which included a mild tax reform (as opposed to complete abolition of jizya, originally demanded by the Chinese), establishment of limited municipal autonomies for the Han, and dropping of any claims on mainland China. However, it seems like the New Territory militas’ interpretation of that agreement was completely different from the one signed by the three parties. Arms trade continued, with the militias not only refusing to disarm, but now featuring better equipment than their “oppressors.” New local governments were formed with almost demonstrative independence from Ma authorities, turning autonomy into de-facto independence. Representatives of such governments hurried to make public announcements of made-up concessions made by the Ma regime, going as far as promising redistribution of land from Uyghur landowners to the the farmers. Instead of sparking anger among the Dzungar and Uyghur population, which was already familiar with a completely different interpretation of the agreement from Ma mouthpieces, this encouraged some of the less disciplined Hans go ahead and take that was truly theirs by force. After all, the Ma Emperor and his lackeys had their arms tied, and the Egyptians weren’t going to arrive for at least eight weeks - and even after their arrival, how many peacekeepers could there be? That, however, was a heavy miscalculation. (Regional quest progress: 85.1%, ??? losses: -3.7? HC, -3.4? IC, -4.7? EC, -0.8? MC)

When the regulatory agreement was signed, a neutral peacemaking army was requested from a trusted third power, the Khedivate of Egypt, in order to enforce peace and quiet. The transfer of soldiers to distant Dzungaria through the newly completed Transhimalayan Railway took the most of the remainder of the year, letting the situation in Dzungaria to deteriorate some more, putting the region on the brink of a full-scale ethnic warfare. However, eventually the Egyptians did arrive in numbers unforeseen by the New Territory militias, making any aggressive deviation from the treaty challenging at best. Several attempts to take “rightfully farmers’” land from Uyghur landlords has led to several riots put down by Egyptian soldiers with little regard for human life. Armament transfer from the east was largely shut down, and the new “autonomous” governments were forced to pay their share of taxes to the Ma treasury (even with the jizya temporarily put on hold). Manipulating Egyptian commanders and soldiers into taking the Han side in various disputes proved to be almost impossible, as they naturally sympathized with fellow Muslims (their orders from Al-Kahira required impartiality, but that went only as far as obeying the formal rules of conduct). By the year’s end, it became clear that the New Territory militias and Dzungar rioters had no choice but to tone down their rhetorics and actions, although the Egyptian army presence is likely to be needed for quite some time for the tensions to completely dissipate. (Regional quest progress: 29.86%, Egypt losses: -6.9 HC, -1.9 IC, -4.83 EC, -2.4 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The quelling of intercommunal tensions in Dzungaria continued under a stern supervision of a large Egyptian peace army. Perhaps, seeing that any sort of escalation was going to be met with an overwhelming force, the New Territory militias stopped their activities almost altogether, making some observers wonder if they were truly decentralized, grassroot organizations all alone, as some Chinese newspapers claimed. One way or another, Dzungaria is now well on its way to final pacification. (Regional quest progress: -57.36%, Egypt losses: -5.45 HC, -1.5 IC, -3.53 EC, -1.89 MC)




Greater Mongolia
Spoiler :
Stagnant, vast region on the edge of the larger Chinese civilization, with inconsistent economic and demographic development.

Congress of clans
Spoiler :
1890: Ever since the Ma Dynasty incorporated Mongolian steppes into its fold, the Emperor has had to maneuver between traditional Chinese authoritarianism and the Mongolian tradition of feudal parliamentarism. Known as chigulgan, that assembly of steppe clan leaders seems to be deeply suspicious of Western technologies and what they can do to the Mongolian nomadic way of life. Dependent on the chigulgan’s support to control the vast steppe in the north of his kingdom, the Ma Emperor now has to constantly trade favors with Mongolian clan leaders in order to gain their support for his agenda.



Jindandao incident
Spoiler :
1890: A secret society of Han nationalists known as Jindandao was formed in the years that directly followed the collapse of the Qing imperial authority in Inner Mongolia. For a few decades, it remained just a small cabal, since even local Han settlers were acceptive of the relative stability and protection offered to them by the Ma imperial regime. However, as soon as rumors of the massacres of Han settlers in Dzungaria started reaching Inner Mongolia, Jindandao started to swell with thousands of new joiners. This year, the volcano of popular paranoia has finally erupted, as Jindandao conspirators started attacking and massacring local Mongol population, inflaming ethnic tensions across the Ma kingdom.

Q1-Q2 1893: Jindandao terrorism spiked earlier this year, surpassing a threat level of a violent protest and becoming an open insurgency. Swelling ranks of Jindandao fighters and improving quality of their training and especially armaments (at times not available even to regular Ma soldiers) hinted that the Han nationalists are being helped by a major power from without. Despite this, Jindandao insurgents themselves were surprised to face a powerful backlash from local Mongol population that fought them at every step, supported by underfunded and badly trained, but loyal and dedicated Ma dynasty’s own agents. (Regional quest progress: 18.86%, ??? losses: -13.?? HC, -4.5? IC, -7.5? EC, -2.6? MC, Ma Dynasty losses: -3.57 HC, -5.09 IC, -8.55 EC, -0.04 MC)

Q3 1893: The Jindandao crisis continued escalating this year, as Ma police prefects, tax collectors, and municipal magistrates became victims of bold and violent attacks and often assassinations, with very little losses on the part of the attackers. This wave of unrestricted terrorism forced the Ma Emperor to authorize deployment of the nation’s entire army to the border region of Outer Mongolia, in an effort to restore the order. This coincided with a drastic rise in the number and sophistication of Jindandao militias, which moved from cautious partisan warfare to more direct action against Ma military garrisons. This triggered a very well-executed anti-insurgency campaign, in which Ma forces showed that their outdated equipment and training could still be compensated by their morale and logistical superiority, especially when they deal only with a partisan force lacking heavy weaponry and numbers of a conventional army. A good number of partisan forces was encircled and destroyed, with quite a few prisoners of war turning out to be ex-Taiping soldiers and even officers. Some Jindandao militias still managed to survive the onslaught and continue to fight on, while a few desperate troops even escaped into the Heavenly Kingdom, apparently without resistance from Taiping border patrols. (Regional quest progress: 10.86%, ??? losses: 22.5? HC, -7.2? IC, -11.8? EC, -4.3? MC, Ma Dynasty losses: -13.25 HC, -4.48 IC, -7.52 EC, -0.03 MC)

Q4 1893: Just like in Dzungaria, Jindandao operatives proceeded to celebrate the avertion of a Taiping-Ma war like a complete capitulation of the Ma regime rather than an mutual compromise they had to respect. The main difference was not in the attitude, but its quantification: Han defiance was much stronger in Inner Mongolia. For a few brief weeks, it looked like the region was going to completely slip out of Ma control... (Regional quest progress: 66.14%, ??? losses: -4.5? HC, -4.?? IC, -5.7? EC, -0.9? MC)

...until the arrival of a large Egyptian peace corps. Just like in Dzungaria, the Egyptians arrived in numbers and quickly saw what sorts of abuses of power were taking place in the countryside. Several Jindandao cells (rebranded as autonomous municipalities) were forced to disarm, often after testing Egyptian determination in short shootouts. Eventually, Inner Mongolia started to stabilize, with both sides of the ethnic conflict being discouraged from troublemaking by a mere sight of Egyptian zamburak patrols with camel-mounted machine guns. (Regional quest progress: 39.29%, Egypt losses: -6.54 HC, -1.8 IC, -4.57 EC, -2.27 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Events in Inner Mongolia mostly resembled the peace operation in Dzungaria by the Egyptian troops in the early half of 1894. Few small-scale intercommunal conflicts still took place, but they were very localized and almost domestic. As the news of a mass disarmament of the still large Taiping army started leaking from across the border, the Ma King and his advisors could finally exhale with relief. The Jindandao incident wasn’t going to turn into a major war any time soon, despite some patrolling still required by the Egyptian army. (Regional quest progress: -36.48%, Egypt losses: -5.81 HC, -1.6 IC, -3.77 EC, -2.02 MC)

Seekers of White Waters
Spoiler :
1890: The Tuvan sub-state of Tannu Uriankhai has been formally independent for five hundred years, ever since they Sino-Mongolian Yuan dynasty fell apart. In truth, however, it’s been a protectorate of the Siberian Popular Assembly for the past twenty years, with its rulers being puppets of Siberian artels (or guilds). However, outside of Russian trading posts, Tannu Uriankhai had no foreign population in its lands. Recently this changed, as columns of religious exodites started settling in this wild, mountain region. Known as the Seekers of White Waters, these Russian settlers are followers of a local branch of Old Believers (who, in turn, are a splinter, heretical faction of the Russian Orthodox church). Inter-racial clashes have so far been rare, but the ruler of Tannu Uriankhai is not happy, as the newcomers appear to be very hard to negotiate with in terms of choosing the lands for them to settle. After all, the Seekers believe that they’re searching for a hidden bliss-giving creek, a mixture between a Siberian Eldorado and the Biblical Holy Land.



Korea-Manchuria
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing, recently devastated region with a wide, but stagnant labor market, and big, but not fully utilized resource potential.


Gates to the Heavenly Ford
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: The city of Tianjin is lies at a place of sedimentation of several rivers (including the Huanhe River) entering the Bohai Gulf of the Yellow Sea. It is viewed as one of the key ports for Chinese agricultural and coal export, and also an obstacle for any navy wishing to enter the Yellow River itself. Thus, the city of Tianjin lies well within the realm of the King of the Yellow River and wouldn’t become a subject of any internal political debates, had it not been, surprisingly, for the Taiping conquest of Inner Manchuria. The nature of the conflict is simple: the King of the Yellow River wishes to safeguard his precious Heavenly Ford from any potential naval attacks, be they directed by the Japanese, North-German, or Russian fleets. In order to do so, he wishes to found a powerful modern coastal fort and a naval base in the town of Lüshunkou which lies on the tip of the newly conquered Liaodong Peninsula of Southern Manchuria. These lands, however, are considered to be a domain of the Northern King, who has little interest in giving anything up to the already powerful (“Too powerful,” he says) King of the Yellow River. Meanwhile, Northern King himself is an old cavalryman, who fails to see any value in naval affairs and refuses to embark on a costly infrastructure project for the benefit of calming down his southern neighbor’s paranoia. Now the Heavenly Kingdom may need to find a way to resolve its strongmen’s dispute without compromising its security and naval power projection.



Taming the River of Foxes
Spoiler :
1892: The Wusuli river (also known to the Manchus as Usuri Ula, or the River of Foxes) is crossing the Outer Manchuria south to north, eventually merging with the Heilongjiang (Amur) river at the Pacific Directory border. Due to harsh winters and very contrasting thawing season, this river is infamous for its heavy floods, due to which its shores were never densely settled. However, now that the Taiping authority is coming to Outer Manchuria, it’s becoming apparent to many that the Wusuli is a great economic asset, being rich in high-valued types of fish, ranging from sturgeon to several types of salmon. Now anyone brave enough to invest into this region could tap into the Wusuli river valley natural reserves.



From freedom fighters to hoodlums
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Japanese organized crime, or Yakuza, traditionally recruits its members from discriminated social classes of people engaged in ritually “impure” professions, as well as other sorts of outcasts. With expansion of the Japanese colonial empire and economic influence well beyond the limits of the Home Islands, these groups of misfits were joined by ethnic aliens, ranging from displaced Polynesian and Ainu natives to work migrants from South Africa, British India, and the Confederate States of America. A special niche, however, belongs to Koreans who just recently were forced to become the Shogunate’s subjects. As ideologically-motivated proto-socialist bands of Donghak peasants and Nokrimdang “noble bandits” were cracked down and destroyed, some of the survivors formed powerful city gangs known as the Kkangpae. Near-complete moral and ideological flexibility makes kkangpae gangs quite capable of either competing with overly expansionist yakuza clans or forming temporary alliances with them for the sake of resisting their common foe: the Shogunate police.





Transural
Spoiler :
Fast-developing region, awash with natural resources and a good potential for industrial development.

Mistress of the Mountain
Spoiler :
1890: The boom of mineral excavation and mining in the Ural Mountains has uplifted many entrepreneurial individuals to wealth and prosperity. One of them, residing in Ust-Sysolsk, is drawing the ire of competitors. Not only is that person non-Russian, but that person is an unmarried, forty-year-old woman of Komi origin! In the tolerant Siberian society, a rich, powerful widow is not much of a scandal, but her Russian and North-German competitors seem to be launching a newspaper campaign aimed to tarnish her reputation and drive her out of business, thus opening a possibility for themselves to enter the local market. It remains to be seen if these efforts would succeed.



A city and a city
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Town of Izhevsk was founded in the 18th century around a major iron- and bronze-producing zavod (factory), developed in the distant Transural region specifically with a master plan to feed its manufacturing capacities with easily acquired timber from a neighboring forest and then deliver its output to the Russian heartland via the Izh River. Since then, the city of Izhevsk has greatly grown in its size and significance, becoming known as one of the biggest manufacturing centers of the Ural region, featuring a multitude of armories, gun and ammunition plants, forestries, distilleries, as well as brick and cement factories. However, hyper-libertarian laws of the Siberian Popular Assembly have a down side. With few regulations and safety nets in place, urban income inequality is rampant, showcased particularly well by Izhevsk, but not limited only to it. Factory owners, merchants, well-off businessmen, higher clergy, qualified artel craftsmen, and well-educated workers mostly settle in the Nagornaya volost, a lovely gated community of red brick houses located on a hill overlooking the factory town. Meanwhile, all sorts of have-not’s are forced to spend their off-work hours putting together wooden izbas (small cottages) down in the swampy and flood-prone valley of Zareka. As law enforcement in Siberia is also traditionally (and proudly) minimalist, this has led to long history of petty violence and mutual animosity between inhabitants of both neighborhoods. As Directorial Russia is starting to up its involvement with its Siberian satellite state, it may want to start looking into the issues that tear its eastern brothers apart.


Q1-Q2 1894: Now that the political obstacles to a greater Russian influence in Siberian politics have been lifted, the directorial government is starting to show the attraction of its ways to the liberty-loving Siberians. As a model town for just such display, they predictably chose Izhevsk. Thanks to plenty of lobbying and financial investment from across the Urals, the city’s municipal authorities did the unthinkable: broke with the Siberian tradition of minimal involvement in public matters and placed a series of municipal taxes on the city’s rich in order to funnel these money into improvements of urban infrastructure, law enforcement, and public order. The scope of the project was decidedly narrow, as the Russians wished to turn Izhevsk into a model town and leaving other town improvements across the vast region to the Popular Assembly itself. At this they succeeded, and even though though the ennoblement of Izhevsk was merely a drop in the sea of Siberian urban chaos, it did pave a road to a series of technological and policy improvements undertaken by the Siberian Popular Assembly in the first half of the year. (Regional quest completed with success, region Transural gains +5 IC, +5 EC, Directorial Russia gains +0.5% Regional Influence, Siberian Popular Assembly loses -0.5% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -1 HC, -1.67 IC, -2.67 EC, -0.66 MC)


The gates to Central Asia
Q1-Q2 1894: The city of Orenburg was founded in the 1740s in a river fork of the Or and Yaik (Ural) rivers, with its unusual German name being proposed as a way to adhere to post-Petrine policy of Germanization of the Russian Empire. From the very beginning, Orenburg was intended to become a gateway to Russian trade with Bukhara, Badakhshan, and the Aral Region, simultaneously creating a fortress from which Orenburg Cossacks could project power into Central Asia and the Kazakh steppe. The importance of the city has declined since the Second Time of Troubles, as Siberian authorities had much less interest in Central-Asian expansion or trade with the khanates and emirates of that region. However, the success of the Transsiberian Railway project has brought Orenburg to the light of Russian industrialists and trades once more. Nicknamed “the Asian capital of Russia,” this de-facto Siberian town is suggested to become the trade gateway for Siberian and, possibly, Russian trade expansion into Khiva, Basmachi Ferghana valley, and Iran. The cheapest option on the table (popular among the stingy Siberians) suggests simply establishing more or less well-maintained caravan routes between Orenburg and Tashkent. However, Russians wouldn’t be themselves had they not proposed also building a Trans-Aral Railway, stretching mostly through the territory of Khiva and thus requiring a series of diplomatic arrangements both with its khan and with his tribal nomadic vassals.


Land of ancestors and prisoners
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Yugra is a region in the far north of Eastern Urals, populated with Finno-Ugrian peoples of Khanty and Mansi. Besides everything else, it’s considered to be an ancestral land of ancient Hungarians, along with so-called Magna Hungaria on the western side of the Urals. Throughout the 15th century, Yugra was dominated by a pagan Pelymian Khanate, but since then it has been thoroughly incorporated into the Russian Siberian culture, partially thanks to decisive demographic advantages that Russian settlers had over the locals. Christianization of the Khanty and Mansi has been ongoing and lasting since the 18th century, and by now the region of Yugra would be a complete backwater of all the Russias, has it not been for the War of Hungarian Containment. Thousands of Hungarian prisoners now have found their way to Russian POW camps, costing the Russian taxpayers quite a dime to supply. Some fringe politicians and radical technocrats in Moscow and Saint-Petersburg recently suggested that Hungarian prisoners of war should be given a chance to earn their daily ratio - or even more, become rich! - by being put to work in dedicated colonies in distant Yugra, a region rich with minerals, timber, and fur animals, and suffering from a single limitation: lack of people. These politicians even suggest that such Hungarian colonies should follow the spirit of Russian “volya” (free will), meaning that the prisoners of war relocated to Yugra or Magna Hungaria would be given Russian or Siberian citizenship and full freedom of enterprise. Needless to say, many people doubt that the plan would be accepted in its current form, but some implementation of this bold venture may be closer than many observers think.





Central Siberia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, very resource-rich region, suffering from low population density, weak infrastructure, and unevenly spread population centers.


Life beyond the Arctic Circle
Spoiler :
1890: A North-German company is proposing to establish a series of Polar cities centered around mines tapping into the rich mineral resources of that region. Several experimental mining camps have been established and are showing to be profitable, but the burnout rate among the miners is horrific. Even stoic Siberians find living in the toxic tundra extremely difficult, with heart and lung disease, frostbites, alcoholism, depression, and insomnia taking a horrible toll on their health. However, as long as the revenues are great, people keep flocking to the Polar cities, attracted partially by wages and partially by the challenge itself.


Q1-Q2 1894: Directorial Russia is not the only nation that invests into Siberia. North-German companies have recognized the value of natural deposits located beyond the Arctic Circle, and they have started building proper infrastructure in mining settlements located in that desolate land. While the housing infrastructure improvement was fairly effective, with North-German experience of building a permanent settlement in the Danish Svalbard came in handy, their unfamiliarity with northern infrastructure was at a visible display in Siberia. In order to connect the Polar mining towns to the more developed regions located in the vicinity of the Transsiberian Railway, the North-Germans planned to use great Siberian rivers as avenues of commerce and communication. While very cost-effective and useful in the warm season, this approach turned out almost useless during long Polar winters, which left the towns almost cut off from the rest of the world throughout most of the year, unless some makeshift ways of transportation could be used. Still, despite all setbacks, the investment was a success, and it helped the NGF to return to this region as a potent economic player. (Regional quest completed, region Central Siberia gains +5 HC, +15 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.5%, North German Federation gains +4% Regional Influence, Siberian Popular Assembly loses -3% Regional Influence, Third Burmese Empire loses -1% Regional Influence, North German Federation losses: -1.99 HC, -1.93 IC, -5.3 EC, -3 MC)


Baghdad of Siberia
Q1-Q2 1894: A fabled trade city of Mangazeya (named after the local Nenets people’s ethnonym “Monkansi”) was founded on the Arctic Ocean coast in the early 1600s by Tobolsk Cossacks and freedom-loving Pomor merchants from Novgorodian Russia in order to facilitate walrus tusk and fur trade with Siberia and the Far East via the so-called Northern Sea Route. For decades, that town built in one of the most inhospitable regions on Earth saw some of the most impressive living standards in the Russian world (so much so that it was nicknamed “the Baghdad of Siberia”). That was because the Northern Sea Route allowed Pomor traders to effectively bypass any Tsarist customs that all merchants and fur traders had to pass through in the Urals. This combination of southern Russian merchants’ envy and Tsarist government’s fear that Mangazeya would open Siberia for Dutch and English trade penetration eventually led to the town’s downfall. The Northern Sea Route was forbidden in 1619 under the penalty of death and the city closed to outsiders: navigational markings were torn up, posts were established to intercept anyone who might attempt to get through, and maps were falsified. Mangazeya would survive for another few decades, until was abandoned due to a major fire. Now that the Tsars no longer rule over the people of Siberia, and lucrative business are starting to come to the lands beyond the Arctic Circle, some proposals are being voiced to resurrect Mangazeya in its past glory. However, a question remains: what role would such city play in the twilight of the 19th century?


Cheldon mavericks
Spoiler :
1890: Cheldons are the descendants of the first Russian settlers in Siberia, intermixed with local Altaic, Tatar, and Turkic population. They are infamous for their stubbornness and independence, perceiving any sort of law authority as a burden and annoyance. Under the Tsars, they used to move farther and farther from civilization each time civilization would catch up with them, but in newly independent Siberia they feel like the should no longer run, but instead stand their ground. As slim as it is, the Siberian government still has to collect taxes and enforce laws, which often leads to dramatic armed standoffs with grim and determined Cheldon foresters.


Q1-Q2 1894: Directorial Russia continues proving on words and in action that its interests stretch beyond Urals. This year, the Directorate chose to address the problem of distrust of the state among Cheldon settlers of Central Siberia. In contrast with the old Tsarist government, the directorial authority decided that the best way to encourage people to pay taxes is to show something for it. While the Siberian Popular Assembly was the one to collect the taxes (often facing all sorts of tax evasion and hostility among the Cheldons), it was the Directorial Russia that invested heavily into improvements of law enforcement, sanitation and infrastructure in remote regions populated by ever-industrious Cheldons. The first two initiatives met indifference at best, because most of Cheldon families are well-armed and are quite capable of policing their own tiny hamlets, which also require little sanitation measures due to a low population density. However, the development of a better infrastructure (even if it most consisted of river barges, cargo blimps and some vezdekhod-passable dirt roads) was welcomed by the Cheldons greatly, helping them with the challenging business of getting their fur, woodcraft, and other wares to urban markets, as well as getting a better access to modern healthcare. All in all, despite a meager return on the grand scale of the region, this move did help to start bringing the Cheldons closer to the Siberian and Russian identity not only in culture, but also in civil duty. (Regional quest completed with success, region Central Siberia gains +5 IC, +5 EC, Directorial Russia gains +6% Regional Influence, Siberian Popular Assembly loses -5% Regional Influence, Third Burmese Empire loses -1% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia losses: -2.17 HC, -2.65 IC, -5.7 EC, -2.43 MC)


Sables for us all
Q1-Q2 1894: Ever since the Russian settlers started to penetrate Central Siberia, fur trade was their main source of fortune. Many ex-serfs and and free townsmen would join the ranks of the promyshlenniki, or “fur trappers” (from the Russian word “promysel,” meaning literally “the trade”), making money off the vast population of sables living in these cold lands. At some point, the value of sable fur was so high that when the Tsarist government came to dominate these frozen forests, its original form of taxation was yasak or “fur tribute.” Growth of living standards across the world created a huge demand for Siberian furs, but a problem seems to be brewing. As more and more people are drawn to the promysel, the population of sables is starting to decline, with some tayga woods being complete cleansed of any fur animals whatsoever. Russian and Siberian naturalists predict that at this rate population of Siberian sables might drop to negligible levels soon, hurting both the environment and the promyshlenniki’s own pockets. Proposed solutions range from creating state-funded zakazniks (regulated wild areas kept as game reserves) to establishing privately owned “sable farms,” where fur animals can be bred in semi-wild conditions for later slaughtering. The former decision receives more support from naturalists from across the world, but is looked down upon by the traditionally libertarian Siberian government. At the same time, the second solution may require more investment before it starts to pay for itself.


Clean waters and full wallets
Spoiler :
1890: The Buddhist ulus of Buryatia is enjoying a big degree of independence under the protectorate of the Siberian Popular Assembly. Partially thanks to the religious ties with other Buddhist countries, this rich mountainous land is becoming an unlikely entrypoint for Burmese economic penetration of Siberia. In general, Russian Siberians have nothing against the Burmese businesses, but recently Russian settlers from Irkutsk were complaining about big amounts of industrial waste and even oil leaks reaching the clear waters of the Baikal lake from the Buryatian side. It appears that Burmese enterprises take advantage of loose Siberian laws to save money on waste disposal. Both side - Russian Siberians and Buryats - suffer from the ecologic impact, but the Buryats, at least, get some Burmese money in exchange, and it’s threatening to become a big regional issue soon.


 
r68zfuv.png

Update 6: January 1, 1894 - June 30, 1894

Asian Pacific Isles

Spoiler :
Slowly-developing, populous, colonially exploited region with big maritime significance as a naval hub between the Indian and Pacific oceans.


Cultivation system
Spoiler :
1890: First introduced as an economic policy of the Dutch East India Company, the Cultivation system is a tax, contributed by colonial peasants to the Company in the form of specified crops and spices. As simplistic as it is, this system contributes greatly to the profitability of the biggest Dutch colony. It also puts a lot of hardship on local underclass, leading to frequent famines and crippling poverty. While the colonial office seems to prosper, the locals are fuming with contempt at their Western overlords.



Light of the South
Q1-Q2 1894: The city of Singapore has long been a multicultural trade hub in the very heart of the East-Indian spice trade. Recently purchased by the Twin Crowns of Portugal and Brazil from the British Royal Commonwealth, it continued attracting greedy gases of modernizing Asiatic empires through the past few years, and now one of them has acted upon this greed with a peaceful expansion. Tokugawa Japan, to which the city is known as Syonan-to (“the Light of the South”) has attempted to expand its industrial and religious influence into Portobrazilian Malaya, donating large sums to local Buddhist (but not Muslim) temples and building sugar refineries, rubber plants, and other manufactories in Singapore itself, with their supply chain coming from the Peninsula. The Portobrazilians, however, were not to be underestimated, and a recently resurrected East India Company (Companhia da Índia Oriental) quickly rushed its resources to protecting its monopoly in the region. While the Twin Crowns were clearly outmatched in their attempt to retain the sympathy of the local Buddhists, it did have plenty of economic assets with which contain the Japanese ambitious economic takeover. Still, even that couldn’t change the general trend that saw more and more Malay people to make business with the Japanese instead of Europeans, and Japanese language is more and more widely spoken on the bustling streets of Singapore. (Regional quest completed with success, region Asian Pacific Islands gains +5 EC, +10 MC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +0.75%, Tokugawa Shogunate gains +4% Regional Influence, Portugal-Brazil loses -4% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -11.76 HC, -8.57 IC, -28.64 EC, -16.83 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -17.77 HC, -22.45 IC, -40.92 EC, -14.37 MC)

Mardijker guilds
Spoiler :
1890: The Dutch word “Mardijker” is used to describe people of mixed Porto-Indonesian descent living in small groups across the East Indies. With the return of Portugal to the region in the early 19th century, the Mardijker population has grown significantly, partially due to Portuguese tolerance to mixed marriages and acceptance of extramarital affairs with slaves. Not fully Portobrazilian citizens, but at the same time enjoying greater degrees of freedom than slaves, now the Mardijkers inhabit most of the Portobrazilian East Indies, and they’re starting to create bustling expatriate communities in the Dutch and British colonies as well. Industrious and tolerant, they’re starting to become a new underclass of regional entrepreneurs, traders, and mercenaries. This naturally worries European colonial authorities who enjoy the economic benefits the Mardijkers bring to their lands, but also are afraid that these people are too independent-minded and free-spirited and give a bad example to the suppressed locals.


Q1-Q2 1894: Just like in Malaysia, the Japanese used their image of neutral foreigners to develop positive relationships with the Indonesian Mardijkers, turning this ethno-class of industrious traders into a conduit of Tokugawa trade influence in the region. Just like in Singapore, the Companhia da Índia Oriental acted on behalf of itself and its weaker Dutch analog with the goal of containing the Japanese trade penetration and retaining the Twin Crowns’ mercantile advantages in that part of the Pacific. Still, the tools in the Portobrazilian arsenal were limited, as Japan clearly presented itself as a logistically more natural trade partner, and Portobrazilian vetting and censorship of foreign relations only set several Mardijker guilds on an even more determined pro-Japanese course, simply in spite. That solidified what many advisers at the Shogun’s court see as a large foreign trade victory that cost no lives whatsoever. (Regional quest completed with success, region Asian Pacific Islands gains +25 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation +1.25%, Tokugawa Shogunate gains +4% Regional Influence, Portugal-Brazil loses -2% Regional Influence, Netherlands loses -2% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -11.23 HC, -8.45 IC, -27.38 EC, -15.81 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -16.91 HC, -21.18 IC, -39.06 EC, -13.94 MC)


Graveyard of trade companies
Q1-Q2 1894: The Moluccas and Malaya were historically a popular starting point for a lot of European trade companies, as the spices of South-East Asia attracted investments like a magnet. The Dutch East Indies Company (Verenigde Oost-Indische Compagnie or shortly VOC) was one of the oldest survivors of the Age of Discoveries, but the recent Portobrazilian colonial renaissance, a purchase of British Malaya, and a “co-administration” treaty with the Netherlands brought the Twin Crowns’ own Companhia da Índia Oriental back to life. In its first years after its unlikely rebirth, it saw the collapse of yet another spice-trading venture, this one being the Boer EAST-C (East-ASian Spice Trading Company) that fell to the Burmese blockade and Taiping and Japanese mercantilist measures. Yet, now the Companhia da Índia Oriental is facing its first big challenge. The Tokugawa trade expansion and Taiping purchase of some key Dutch ports in the region have created a lot of competition for the Portobrazilian colonial company. Trade margins are shrinking, threats of Asiatic imperialism are growing, and the Anti-British war launched by three great rising empires of the Orient have already put the Portobrazilian merchant marine in the region in a direct confrontation with the Burmese navy. Above all, Portobrazilian investors now wish to know, what plan does the Companhia’s leadership has to combat all of these challenges?


Spices of the Malacca Strait
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: The Boer East Asian Spice Trading Company has dramatically expanded its business to the Dutch and Portobrazilian colonies surrounding the Malacca Strait, a marine region critical for Trans-Indian Ocean commerce. In the Dutch Riau region, local rulers are starting to be persuaded to deal with the Boers, although the sultans of Riau and Aceh try to play it safe, probing the Dutch colonial authorities for permissions. In the Portobrazilian Pattani region, the company simply applied for establishment of its offices, playing on its status of friends of the Twin Crowns. As for the British Malaya, the EAST-C wisely chose to steer clear of the peninsula for its own safety. The expansion promised to be a huge commercial success, up until the disaster at Burmese Tavoy put the entirety of Boer Trans-Malaccan trade under question. Now it is up to the EAST-C board of directors if the situation could still be saved. (Regional quest progress: 54%, Free Boer Republic losses: -1.69 HC, -1.59 IC, -4.07 EC, -2.31 MC)

Q3 1893: Acting well within the reach of their communication lanes, Burmese naval squadrons started active patrolling of the Malacca Strait and seas surrounding the Indonesian Archipelago. Perhaps, seeing the futility of attempting to challenge the Burmese in their home waters, the Republican Navy of Boerika didn’t attempt to break the blockade, and the few adventurous EAST-C trader ships that tried to sneak past Burmese patrol boats while flying other nations’ flags were in their majority boarded, searched, and seized. EAST-C emporiums in Portobrazilian Malacca still manage to keep their doors open, but their cash is running low, and the company’s Malaccan branch is nearing its bankruptcy. (Regional quest progress: -41.71%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -3.69 HC, -2.34 IC, -4.83 EC, -8.38 MC)



Japanese Isles
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, well-consolidated “rising dragon” of Asian economy, education, and demographics with little access to natural resources.


Pachinko and mechanical arcades
Spoiler :
1891: A new craze is spreading through the overpopulated cities of Japan: pachinko machines and other mechanical arcades that help displaced Japanese commoners to kill time, gamble, and forget their burden as long as a pearl bounces bounces between shining gears, springs, and levers. A few state-sponsored companies have already started picking up on the new trend, building gambling machines that foreigners only marvel at. (Technology quest progress: 19.71%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.22 HC, -0.30 IC, -2.85 EC, -2.16 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: While the Japanese focus has been recently dedicated to the industrial revival of the Japanese Islands and away from the entertainment and gambling industries, Ottoman sailors visiting Yokohama docks were fascinated with one of the few pachinko arcade bars that exists there. The pachinko craze was so popular among the Turkish sailors that some witty Ottoman businessman invested into the failing company that came up with the first mechanical arcades in 1891 and had seen its investment flow dry up since then. This helped to bring the company back to life, and its founder only hopes that the investment flow will continue. (Technology quest progress: 38.91%, Sublime Porte losses: -2.13 HC, -0.48 IC, -6.08 EC, -3.83 MC)


Expel the Emperor, revere the barbarians
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: During the Bakumatsu (“tent-government”) period that preceded Japanese modernization and the Boshin War, “Sonnō jōi” (Revere the Emperor, expel the barbarians”) was a popular motto of Japanese traditionalists. After the unexpected reversal of fortunes during the Boshin War, a victorious and rejuvenated Tokugawa Shogunate saw to it that the new motto of the pen-and-sword bureaucracy changed to “Fukoku kyōhei” (“Enrich the state, strengthen the military”), placating militarists and chauvinists in the Japanese society. However, recent openness in foreign politics, courtly gestures to the American and South-African “barbarians,” and decreasing value of the army and fleet in the affairs of the state have alienated many Japanese chauvinists, so much that even the Korean “parade” could hardly satisfy them. As the nation’s industry and technocratic elites become ever more dominant, the martial values of the old seem to be shifting out of the nation’s focus, making traditionalists exchange a bitter, sarcastic take on the old motto: “Expel the Emperor, rever the barbarians.”



Dikasi quarter
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: As a part of the blooming cultural exchange between the Tokugawa Shogunate and the Confederate States of America, a new legation quarter started to form in the outskirts of Edo, right beside the trade post of the Boer East Asian Spice Trading Company. Known to Confederate expats simply as Dixie-town (and butchered by locals as “Dikasi”), this cluster of Louisiana-style buildings is yet far from the glamor of the Chrysanthemum district of New Orleans, but with time and investments it could truly become a unique place in this generally self-isolated and xenophobic nation.



Industrial associations
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Now that one of the key pillars of Japanese new capitalism-friendly regime - zaibatsu corporations - is firmly in its place, Bakufu samurai-savants have started lingering on filling in another socioeconomic gap that differentiates Japanese society from its European tutors. Pen-and-sword magistrates note that labor unions and cooperatively-owned enterprises alike to Russian artels create a healthy layer of small and medium businesses that keep Western economies and societies stable and adaptive, while also providing an economic outlet for enterprising low and middle class members. A recent romance between the Boer East Asian Spice Trading Company and various bakuto and tekiya factions of major port cities has suggested to Shogun’s analysts that the Japanese society was already standing on the verge of a natural boom of such grassroot associations, and the biggest fear the Bugyō bureaucrats had was that they’d form spontaneously and grassroot-like, thus compromising the social hierarchy of the Tokugawa regime. In an attempt to jump ahead of that trend, they have determined that the state needs to be the first one to artificially create controlled, obedient, and loyal “industrial associations,” led by state-appointed overmen. Once the plan was approved, these surrogate cooperatives started popping up across the Japanese Isles, comprised mostly of nō (serf farmers and generally unskilled laborers), kō (urban craftsmen), and poor shō (merchants). Due to their artificial nature and dedication to reinforcing the social hierarchy rather than improve vertical mobility, the first sangyō soshiki have proved to be not quite as effective (or attractive to new joiners) as their Western counterparts, effectively copying pyramidal structures of larger zaibatsu corporations on a smaller scale. At the current state, it appears that Japan’s industrial associations are likely to provide an only humble boon to the nation’s vibrant economy, but they can become an important brick in the wall of the Shogunate’s social stability and rigidity. (Regional quest progress: 54.81%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.88 HC, -2.57 IC, -6.78 EC, -3.43 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The pen-and-sword technocracy’s love affair with the guild-based horizontal social organization suddenly developed into a turbulent romance in the first half of 1894. Seeing that building the sangyō soshiki (“industrial associations”) from the top as smaller scale copies of larger zaibatsu corporations, the Bakufu government made a risky and almost shocking move, releasing these artel-like cooperative businesses from under the state control almost entirely, leaving the daymo-appointed overmen only with veto right for particularly unacceptable decisions. This decision sent shockwaves through the Japanese society, pleasantly surprising a few Westernizers, enraging some hardliners, and making the majority of urbanites to freeze in uncertainty as to how long that liberty would last. Still, more open-class economy reforms came through the second quarter of the year, and some of the West-oriented bureaucrats even presented more successful industrial associations of specialized craftsmen (jukuren kō) to the Shogun as business cases of success that Japan would only benefit from. To boost the chances of similar associations forming in the future, special “trade colleges” started being built across the country, preparing a generation of workers that may truly fit into the open-class philosophy the Land of the Rising Sun is trying to embrace. (Regional quest progress: 76.69%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.95 HC, -4.68 IC, -7.36 EC, -1.66 MC)


Petty factionalism
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Competition for state influence between various clans and factions is deeply rooted into the Japanese history, being shaped by a series of feudal wars fought for control over central institutions that de-facto never seized to exist. As the Tokugawa Shogunate rises to new heights of modernization and industrialization, new factions of samurai-savans and pen-and-sword bureaucrats naturally started to take shape out of this mentality of petty factionalism. Loyalty to one’s superior and, more broadly, to the single institution he represents continues guiding many decisions in the Bakufu administration, leading to unnecessary rivalry and constant infighting. Some observers point out that it pushes individuals to strive for excellence in order not to be overtaken by rivaling factions, but proponents of a more conventional, centralized-state approach still view this culture of factional contention as a weakness of the modern Japanese state.


Q1-Q2 1894: The development of entrepreneurial free spirit among the industrial associations was not the only revolutionary development in Tokugawa Japan in the first part of 1894. Seeking to eliminate traditional factionalism that defines the very hierarchies of various Japanese state organization, the Bakufu regime chose a three-pronged approach. Firstly, the uji (clans) serving the Shogunate were allowed to channel their competitive spirit in various contests, ranging from traditional sports and martial arts to such exotic competitions as contest-driven land exploration and computational programming. These didn’t always play out well, as some fake islands were discovered in the Pacific Ocean, and some batches of steel were produced in lower quality due to attempts to beat the quantity record by riviling factories. Besides, the contests only worsened the more impactful part of the factionalism, namely showing different branches of service how alien other servants of the Shogun truly were (showcased by a karate tournament, in which army representatives maimed several promising clerks and a palace artist). Still, the contests did work as some sort of a highly dysfunctional valve, letting the Bakufu reformists concentrate on another dangerous experiment: namely, learning from the “Superior men” of the Sublime Porte (a group of Pan-Ottoman supremacists) a fine art of xenophobia and empire-worship (as if the Japanese culture was somehow deprived of those valuable concepts). This did somewhat lower the tensions between Japanese servants of the Tokugawa Shogunate, but instead created them in its fringes and the colonies, with quite a few atrocities committed in Papua-New Guinea by some Shogunate infantrymen inspired by the unearned, but intoxicating sense of racial and imperial superiority. Meanwhile, the third aspect of the proposed solution was arguably harder and more expensive to implement, but was more liked by more pragmatic advisers of the Shogun (mostly the same people who took chances with introducing open class economy measures in January). Their proposal was to create matrixed command structures for particular tasks, with leadership boards being formed of representatives of different branches of the government united by a single leader who functions as a task leader. These joint task forces at times were unruly and disunited, but a few of them did show great results after the initial sense of pride and mistrust was left behind. The Shogun is being advised to act carefully and not to give his subordinates too much freedom in decision-making (lest they become too autonomous and thus ambitious) and also warn him that the skill of reaching out across the aisle may help his subjects to form political alliances against him. These warnings are likely to be rational, but, still, the reform of the traditional faction system of Tokugawa Japan is likely to reach its conclusion soon. (Regional quest progress: 81.11%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.25 HC, -3.57 IC, -5.61 EC, -1.26 MC)


Japanese electrified manufacturing
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Electrification of the Japanese industry is a gradual process, but the Bakufu leadership has expressed its intentions to speed it up in a traditional Tokugawa manner of targeted state intervention. Industry-critical factories and plants across the Japanese Isles have been identified and issued loans with the incentive to increase speed of adopting electrified manufacturing techniques, using the power produced by a new generation of Japanese coal and hydropower plants. Despite all efforts to keep the scope of the project narrow, it quickly became obvious that Japan’s sprawling industry had too many major economic players to accomplish the transition to full electrification of production in mere three months. Besides, many economic advisers point out that the nation’s leadership is wasting money and resources trying to speed up what was going to happen organically and thus with a better insight anyway. Yet, the upcoming year will show what results for the booming Japanese industry this push will generate. (Regional quest progress: 69%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.74 HC, -0.6 IC, -6.75 EC, -5.16 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Fully realizing that the the top-down approach to developing home-based electrified manufacturing wasn’t going to generate an organic growth of the Japanese economy, the pen-and-sword samurai and their subordinate caste of analytical engine cyberneticists insisted that the initiative should be taken to a successful conclusion for the betterment of the nation’s heavy industry. That they achieved, creating a wide diversity of modern factories dedicated to broaching, drill press, gear shaping, hobbing, honing, lathing, screwing, milling, sheering, shaping, sawing, planning, and grinding machine production. However, as impressive as the list of expanded industries looked, the Shogun’s advisers warned him that any attempt to produce yet another expansion via a direct state intervention instead of an more broad stimulus package could succeed only at the cost of slowing down the regional economic growth in general. (Regional quest completed with success, region Japanese Isles gains +20 MC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.91 HC, -0.62 IC, -6.99 EC, -5.69 MC)


Japanese armaments
Q1-Q2 1894: Ever after the British arms sale helped the Shogunate to turn around the Boshin War, the Tokugawa army was primarily armed with British-made weapons. That trend remained until the end of the First Atlantic War, when the first rift started to appear between the Shogunate and the increasingly isolationist Royal Commonwealth. Now that Japan and Great Britain have become martial enemies, the Shogunate has no other option other than develop its own, independent armament manufacturing industry, ranging from naval shipbuilding to gunmaking to armor works to supply basics, such as canned food. That, of course, was also a rather direct economic move, with state-aligned Jitsugyōka industrialists doing most of the legwork in exchange for low-interest loans and state subsidies. This new phase of industrial expansion is still ongoing, but it promises to fully provide the Tokugawa military a homemade materiel. (Regional quest progress: 88.24%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.04 HC, -0.43 IC, -4.89 EC, -3.98 MC)


Flowers for warriors
Q1-Q2 1894: The bustling activity that’s engulfed the Land of the Rising Sun wasn’t limited only to pragmatic endeavors. Sometimes, enjoying the beauty of untouched nature and breathing in a smell of blooming flowers is just important to a samurai-savant as his daily service to the Shogun. For that reason, botanical gardens started to open across the country, inspired by a beautiful conservatory built around the largest Kyoto temple, the Nanzen-ji pagoda. Some observers noted that the fascination with botanical gardens might have come to Japan from their overseas “Dikasi” partners, but, unlike the Dixie aristocrats, the daymos of Japan didn’t limit their gardening projects to what one would naturally expect to see in Japan. Instead, in their traditional desire to outdo each other, the landholders and monasteries started venturing father and farther into extravagance, bringing in all sorts of exotic flora from newly discovered island and, in some occasions, even trying to recreate tropical forests and deserts in miniature (with little resemblance of the real ecosystems, but always with incredible sense of artistic taste). Of course, not all of the gardens ended up serving their purpose, as some of the landscaping projects ended up sprawling right next to a newly built factory or a railway. Regardless, the Japanese botanical gardens ended up adding some color and character to the Japanese cities that had just started to lose their quiet beauty to the roar of big machines. Besides, some imaginative souls even suggest that eventually a so-called “greening program” could make industrial cities slightly more liveable for their common residents. (Regional quest completed, region Japanese Isles gains +15 HC, +5 IC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -0.58 HC, -0.32 IC, -1.4 EC, -0.93 MC)


Osaka analytical engine
Q1-Q2 1894: The samurai-savants of Japan continue expanding the nation’s capabilities in an unimaginative, yet direct manner. Now that the colleges and various heavy industries of the island have seen their share of state intervention, the turn came for an analytical engine expansion. With the Edo analytical engine being overworked and often bottlenecked by some urgent economic calculations, its twin engine was constructed in no time in the city of Osaka, its steam domes overlooking a newly constructed Imperial Medical College. (Regional quest completed, region Japanese Isles gains +15 IC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -0.58 HC, -0.32 IC, -1.4 EC, -0.93 MC)


Edo Imperial Music College
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: A development of Edo Ongaku Gakkō (musical conservatory) was another example of Bakufu administration’s obsession with details - an obsession that in this particular case brought few results. The intention was rather reasonable: to underline the ongoing trend of optimistic ultra-nationalism by developing musical theater and opera performances at home, while also establishing modern musical venues and halls across the islands. The only weakness of the plan was that the people tasked with this effort were mostly clerks and economists rather than cultural activists. As a result, the book-keeping and bureaucratic turnaround across Japanese musical education and performance scene have improved, but it had no impact on the artistic and cultural side of things, leaving the Edo Musical College a smoothly run husk that starves for talent. (Regional quest progress: 46.14%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.06 HC, -0.23 IC, -2.63 EC, -2.01 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The Tokugawa Shogun’s visit to an opera in the Edo Imperial Music College three weeks after its opening ended in a disaster. So bad and tasteless was the performance that in the middle of it the Shogun himself stood up and silently walked out. While not a single word was muttered by the old man, the message was clear. Soon, heads rolled, and a group of horrified pen-and-sword samurai was tasked with finding some artistic talent for the College even it requires fishing them out from an oni-ogre’s belly. That they did, and some practicing singers, dancers, and musicians were forcefully brought from across the entire country to teach in Edo, even if they themselves were not quite enthusiastic about the task and the risks associated with it. One way or another, the Edo Imperial Musical College is now at least operational, although the atmosphere of tense insecurity surrounding it leaves little space for creativity and artistic experimentation. (Regional quest completed, region Japanese Isles gains +5 IC, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -0.7 HC, -1.11 IC, -1.75 EC, -0.39 MC)


Hydroelectric plants
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Research cooperation around the globe has reached new heights in the late months of 1893, with many nations coming together to solve technological problems in mutually beneficial way. One of such international projects took place in the world capital of electricity production, Tokugawa Japan. Industrial engineering teams from Turkey, China and Confederate America arrived to the Japanese Isles in October 1893, to help their Japanese colleagues with building facilities for generation of electric power via conversion of mechanical energy from water current. The progress done was great, but the project remained unfinished due to the fact that a Mexican team failed to reach Japan, being busy with President Diaz’s pet projects at home. One way or another, hydroelectricity promises to become a new source of power generation in the upcoming year. (Technology quest progress: 89.63%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -0.46 HC, -0.1 IC, -1.13 EC, -0.86 MC, Confederate States of America losses: -0.57 HC, -0.13 IC, -1.54 EC, -1.24 MC, Taiping Mandate losses: -0.7 HC, -0.16 IC, -1.58 EC, -1.02 MC, Sublime Porte losses: -0.66 HC, -0.15 IC, -1.75 EC, -1.18 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Just as planned, the project to develop effective ways to generate electric power from the mechanical energy of running water was completed by June 1894, with first experimental plants being built on the Yodo and the Hai rivers. (Technology quest completed, Tokugawa Shogunate, Taiping Mandate, Confederate States of America, Sublime Porte adopt “Hydroelectric plants” for no additional cost, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -1.02 HC, -0.22 IC, -2.45 EC, -1.99 MC, Taiping Mandate losses: -0.92 HC, -0.21 IC, -2.28 EC, -1.36 MC)


Air-line land infrastructure
Q1-Q2 1894: Public transit and cargo transportation are very important for the efficiency of the dense, heated Japanese metropolitan economy. As a result, the Bakufu government is willing to go out of its way to streamline its integrated transportation networks - sometimes quite literally. In the first half of 1894, a particular attention was granted by the Shogunate’s industrialists to a new concept of air-line land infrastructure. In essence, this infrastructural approach aims at creating standard and railway roads based on a principle of choosing the shortest, straight route over an easier route, increasing construction costs, but greatly improving speeds. In a record time, the Japanese Isles got covered in a network of elevated railways and steamcar highways, while some mountains and hills got huge tunnels drilled through them, all just in order to help Japanese locomotives and automobiles to travel down straight, fast routes whenever feasible. This transportation technology has already attracted plenty of attention from industrialized foreign countries as well, because construction difficulty is becoming much less of a concern for them, compared to the end result of the transportation network efficiency. (Technology quest completed, Tokugawa Shogunate adopts “Air-line land infrastructure” for no additional cost, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -3.35 HC, -0.71 IC, -8.04 EC, -6.54 MC)




Pacific Siberia
Spoiler :
Fast-developing, strategically important region saturated with natural resources, access to which is limited due to bad infrastructure, low demographic capacity, and extreme climate.



The Green Wedge
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Historical migrations of Ukrainian settlers are closely tied with the establishment of Cossack Hosts on the frontiers of Russia. Known as klyns (lit. “wedges”), these “new Ukraines” are spread throughout all historical territories conquered or colonized by Russia since the 15th century. The Yellow Wedge exists in the Volga valley, the Crimson Wedge in the Kuban, the Gray Wedge in Northern Kazakhstan, and, eastward of all, there lies the Green Wedge of Transkathay, stretching all the way along the Amur river and up to the Ayan Bay in the north. Now that the Manchu population has been properly assimilated into the increasingly Asianized Transpacific nation, the Ukrainian settlers of the Green Wedge represent the biggest and most enterprising, yet also rather unruly ethnic minority of the Siberian part of the Directory. Gold miners, river traders, fishers, free farmers, and horse breeders, these freedom-loving people are well-connected to their Eastern European homeland and can become a valuable part of the growing nation, should the Board of Directors find a way to channel their energy in the right direction.



Pacific Europe
Spoiler :
1892: Wide range of cultural exchanges and migration to Pacific Siberia from the Baltic, Scandinavia, Moravia, and Italy is forming a unique blend of Russo-European culture on the western shores of the Pacific Ocean. While the American part of the Pacific Directory is experiencing an immigration wave from China and Japan, Siberian towns are developing a much different cultural and intellectual tradition, and even the dialects of Russian Americans and Russian Far-Easterners are starting to depart from each other. Now it’s on the Directory’s leadership (or anyone else willing to acknowledge this phenomenon) to turn it into a problem or an opportunity.

Q3 1893: The differences between two parts of the Directory separated by the ocean are seen in Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky as a dividing and unwanted factor for the young nation’s unity. To mitigate this, a wide range of assimilating actions was undertaking, ranging from publishing statewide Russian-language almanacs, newspapers, and translations of Chinese and Japanese classics, as well as promotion of standardized “Greater Russian” language as the lingua franca of education and administration. These efforts have just begun, but they promise to establish a great deal of unitarian state once completed. (Regional quest progress: 32.26%, Pacific Directory losses: -2.9 HC, -4.22 IC, -6.14 EC, -0.68 MC)

Q4 1893: The Directory continued working on mutual integration of the two parts of its bi-continental nation with same old means of generic Russification, but with a twist. With an effort to **** the nation’s demographic focus to the New World, Transpacfic Far-Easterners were informed through various state-sponsored publications of wealth and possibilities that await them in North America. That propaganda campaign came in the worst possible moment, when the completion of the Great Siberian Way brough previously unknown level of prosperity and economic mobility to Pacific Siberia, while simultaneously bottlenecking naval lanes between it and the Pacific American shore. As a result, those few Transpacificans who bought the promise of American riches ended up struggling to find ships that could take them east, and after crossing the stormy ocean on overcrowded coilers and clippers they found mostly wild lands with little infrastructure to speak of, uncomparable to newly flourishing boomtowns of Eastern Siberia. Yet, despite the fiasco of the migration propaganda campaign, the assimilation effort continues bringing its fruits and moves even closer to completion. (Regional quest progress: 82.74%, Pacific Directory losses: -3.59 HC, -5.21 IC, -7.59 EC, -0.84 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Efforts by the Pacific Directory’s leadership to promote multicultural unity have finally brought significant results. The cultural dialogue was especially improved in the cities of Vankuvyr’ (Vancouver City), Ayan, and Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, biggest melting pots of this young and motley nation. All in all, thanks to the bustling exchange of ideas, “Pacific Europe” is starting to enter a period of cultural and scientific renaissance, perceived so unlikely some five years ago. Besides that, the Directory is starting to see greater ethnic unity under its rule, as people of many ethnicities are feeling more included in the Transpacific society and contribute to it to a much greater degree. (Regional quest completed with success, region Pacific Siberia gains +5 HC, +15 IC, Pacific Directory gains +3% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia loses -2% Regional Influence, Siberian Popular Assembly loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Third Burmese Empire loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate loses -0.25% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America loses -0.25% Regional Influence, region North-Pacific America gains +5 IC, Pacific Directory gains +6% Regional Influence, Directorial Russia loses -3% Regional Influence, Confederate States of America loses -3% Regional Influence, Pacific Directory losses: -3.11 HC, -4.65 IC, -6.93 EC, -0.53 MC)


Between two volcanoes
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Most of Russian cities in the Far East are built on and between sopkas (gently sloping hills and mountains). When Vitus Bering, a Danish explorer on Russian service, founded Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky in 1740 in a bay huddled between two giant mountains, he probably didn’t think that less than a century later the sopkas would come alive. Now Avachinskaya Sopka and Koryakskaya Sopka are known to be fairly active volcanoes, causing no real damage to the capital of the Pacific Directory, but raising some concerns about the city’s security. Some of the more nervous magistrates suggest that the capital should be moved to the city of Okhotsk, the southern Pacific gateway to the Siberian River Routes, or to the bustling American port of Novo-Arkhangelsk, also known to its native residents as Sitka. Meanwhile, Petropavlovsk authorities display true Russian stubbornness and insist that the growing metropolis has nothing to worry about, pointing at the Italian shantytown growing on the Avachinskaya Sopka’s slope. If anything, they suggest that the volcanoes could become great tourist attractions or sources of volcanic ash for cement factories which would sure come handy should the Board of Directors follow up on their plan to expand the city’s port facilities and its fortress.



Sannikov’s Land
Q1-Q2 1894: In 1810-1811, two Russian explorers of the Arctic Ocean, Yakov Sannikov and Matvei Gedenschtrom, described existence of an island located deep in the Arctic ice sheet that since then was never sighted by any other explorer and thus became somewhat of a phantom land existing mostly in the folklore of Russian Arctic seamen. Nicknamed “Zemlya Sannikova” (“Sannikov’s Land”), it eventually gained a near-mythical status, with storytellers claiming it to be rich with precious minerals and bizarre macrofauna that doesn’t live anywhere else on Earth. Until recently, Sannikov’s Land was just that, a myth, but a recent expedition led by Eduard Gustav von Toll, a Russian geologist of Baltic German descent, observed a pillar of smoke somewhere deep in the Eastern-Siberian Sea, suggesting that a volcanic island or archipelago might exist there, giving ground to rumors and speculations about the possibility of it being the very same Sannikov’s Land that has captured imagination of Russian pioneers for over eighty years.


Statistical theory
Spoiler :
Q1-Q2 1893: Director Volya’s brainchild and past field of study, statistical theory is being integrated into the state apparatus of the Pacific Directory. Borrowing from the processing power of “Dobrynya Nikitich,” Russia’s “younger” analytical engine, Transpacific statisticians are looking to analyze all sorts of data for optimization, ranging from immigration rate to fishing yields. Once the first pilot projects are completed, the Board of Officer-Directors expects to put this new field of knowledge to serve their nation, using a range of techniques, in both study design and data analysis, that are used within applications of statistics, closely linked to probability theory, utility theory, and optimization theory. (Technological quest progress: 43.75%, Pacific Directory losses: -1.88 HC, -2.73 IC, -3.98 EC, -0.44 MC)

Russian analytical engineers and programme encoders working on the new “Dobrynya Nikitich” analytical engine were tasked with assisting their Transpacific colleagues with consolidating the statistical theory in a series of clack-simulations run through the computing machine. At current rate, the joint statistical theory is likely to be fully formalized and put to good use by the end of 1893. (Technology quest progress: 75.18%, Directorial Russia losses: -1.16 HC, -2.03 IC, -3.06 EC, -0.75 MC)

Q3 1893: Academic cooperation grows across the globe, and the Pacific Directory seems to be particularly welcoming of their Dixie colleagues. A number of academic exchanges took place between the two countries this year, helping scientific elites of the CSA come up to speed in statistical theory and practice. The research is still ongoing, but its completion in the upcoming months may open a new area of knowledge for Russian, Transpacific, and Dixie analysts. (Technology quest progress: 94.64%, Confederate States of America: -1.7 HC, -2.53 IC, -3.68 EC, -1.04 MC)

Q4 1893: Academic charity of Transpacific scientists knows no bounds. Having engaged into knowledge transfer with Directorial Russian and Confederate American statisticians, they now have extended their helping hand to their Baltic colleagues, inviting them to participate in the development of this promising new field of knowledge. The offer was gladly accepted by the United Duchies, whose intellectual elites have indeed become closely connected with Russia and its directories. Sadly, most of the fall was wasted on exchanging bureaucratic correspondence and then bringing Baltic researchers up to speed with the status of the project. By the time they could actually contribute to the theory and its applications, it was already December, and only then did inferiority of the Baltic delegation become truly clear to the Transpacific academia. Some humble progress was made, still, but it appears like the statistical theory is bogging down in a sequence of conferences and paperwork, with various components of the theory changing hands too often, becoming ever more convoluted and disorganized. (Technology quest progress: 98.14%, United Baltic Duchies losses: -2.76 HC, -5.75 IC, -8.78 EC, -0.91 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The curse of statistical theory was finally broken in the early 1894, as a group of mathematicians from the University of Atlanta consolidated the findings of the three separate research groups who had studied this new field of knowledge before. With this final milestone complete, statistical theory is going to be globally available to researchers from other nations quite soon, as its findings have been so widely shared that they can no longer be contained to the countries of their origin. (Pacific Directory, Directorial Russia, Confederate States of America, United Baltic Duchies adopt “Statistical theory” for no additional cost, Confederate States of America losses: -1.47 HC, -2.41 IC, -3.31 EC, -1.2 MC)


Hermeneutics and theory of language
Q1-Q2 1894: Just a few years have passed since the Pacific coasts of Russian Siberia and America had been truly open for immigration from other countries, but by now the Pacific Directory’s population is truly polyglot. With more than a dozen languages and dialects being spoken on the streets of its bustling towns every day, it’s no wonder that some of the European intellectuals who have settled in Transpacifica are starting to develop new theories and methodologies of interpretation and supporting fields of linguistics, known as hermeneutics.


Icebreakers and reinforced hull
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: Now that the North Pole has been conquered once, nations of the world are starting to realize that a single trip across the ice cap may not be the limit of human achievement. That notion is especially strong among the three Russian nations whose infrastructure could be significantly improved by making the Arctic Ocean navigable in winter. To no one’s surprise, the Pacific Directory has announced that it intends to start looking into ways of creating purpose-built ships for navigating frozen seas, or other sea vessels that feature powerful engines and a strengthened hull with a wide, curved shape. No assets have been so far dedicated to that ambitious project by the Directory itself, but its booming eastern neighbor, the Tokugawa Shogunate, was quick to offer its assistance in this shipbuilding research. Once access was granted, Japanese contractors started working on blueprints for the first ever ship with reinforced hull, which could come in especially handy not only in Arctic expeditions, but also in improvement of warship survivability. (Technology quest progress: 12.63%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.28 HC, -0.5 IC, -5.63 EC, -4.3 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Directorial Russian Navy was the one to be first offered a blueprint of new icebreaker ships in 1890, but a decision was made back then to pass that shipbuilding innovation to the Pacific Directory to deal with (most likely, burying it for a time being, as the Russian Far East had no resources to truly invest into the revolutionary design at the time. However, the recent attempt by Director Volya to outsource reinforced hull design to the Japanese alerted Russian shipbuilding executives somewhat. Not wishing to completely lose control of the technology they themselves disregarded earlier, directorial appointees offered their engineering help to the Pacific Directory. The latter was happy to accept them, as it was already in the process of organizing a major shipyard near a small town of Rybachy near Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky. The Transpacficans even went as far as investigating the hull of PDS Opyt, a Transpacifican corvette nearly crushed by ice during their Canadian expedition. This cooperation helped to push the icebreaker project closer to completion, which is likely to happen before the end of 1894. (Technology quest progress: 73.83%, Directorial Russia losses: -1.98 HC, -0.45 IC, -5.09 EC, -4.32 MC, Pacific Directory losses: -0.95 HC, -0.23 IC, -2.73 EC, -1.64 MC)



Australia-Oceania
Spoiler :
Slowly-developing, underpopulated, vast region with low economic potential, but big strategic value for control of the Pacific Ocean.


Q1-Q2 1894: Tokugawa agents and zaibatsu corporations were tasked with providing diplomatic and logistical support to the Shogunate’s navy in its Pacific campaign. However, as the Royal Navy was nowhere to be found, the Pacific naval action was nothing but an ocean-wide sea lane disruption campaign, opening some entrepoints for the Japanese influence and the capital, considering the degree of autonomy many of British “protectorate” island kingdoms had in the region. Yet, to such non-military threats the Royal Commonwealth responded in kind, dispatching both its colonial emissaries and tradesmen to keep the Japanese out of British Oceania. Still, quite a few islands that still nominally remain British de-facto became economic satellites of the Shogunate by June 1894, worsening the British position in the region even more. (Region Australia-Oceania gains +2.87% Regional Growth Fluctuation, Tokugawa Shogunate gains +9.32% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -9.32% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -13.68 HC, -9.48 IC, -33.3 EC, -20.09 MC, British Royal Commonwealth losses: -7.92 HC, -7.41 IC, -21.19 EC, -11.42 MC)

Professional criminals
Spoiler :
1890: For many years, the harsh shores of Terra Australia were used by Great Britain for establishing distant criminal colonies for unwanted individuals. In the early 19th century, this trend seemed to be changing, with proper civil colonial government being scrambled for. However, the ultraconservative twist of British politics in recent decades has led to a return to the old practices of criminal exile. What’s worst, vast majority of the convicts sent to Australia are so called “professional criminals” with few other skills needed for a successful, functional society. This has resulted in the state of squalor and poverty all across this God-forgotten colony.


Q1-Q2 1894: Knowing full well the dysfunctional nature of the penal colonies dotting the Australian continent, Tokugawa agents chose to exploit this weakness in order to create a quasi-independent “free state” of Australia as a part of its sphere. This clandestine operation was planned to go in parallel with the Shogunate’s victorious amphibious assault on British Oceania and, eventually, Australia itself. However, challenges started popping up rather soon. Firstly, the Japanese military campaigns, except their sea lane interdiction in the South Seas, were disastrous, giving many Australians an impression that siding with the Japanese (or, more broadly, against the British) was, at the very least, untimely. Besides, those Australians that did harbor some sentiment for independence were in vast majority perceiving independent Australia as a nation of “white Britons,” despising any notion of being somehow dependent on the “Asiatics.” Still, one group of locals did embrace the Japanese agitation: residents of penal colonies. For professional criminals and political exiles living in one of the numerous, low-security penal camps, the notion of gaining any sort of personal independence was synonymous with a rebellion against the British metropoly, so a series of riots quickly broke out across Australia. Thanks to the vast majority of Australia’s garrison being assigned to coastal guard duty, the prisoners successfully took control of several penal colonies and their arsenals, then spreading across the vast countryside as ragtag bands and anarchist militias. Some of the rebellions were short-lived, but deeper inland entire areas remain under control of the “penals.” The Troubles are now gripping Australia, even though they have little to do with a true war of independence as the Tokugawa Shogunate envisioned it. (Regional quest completed with a full failure, region Australia-Oceania gains -10 HC, -5 EC, Regional Growth Fluctuation -0.5%, Tokugawa Shogunate gains +2% Regional Influence, British Royal Commonwealth loses -2% Regional Influence, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.11 HC, -3.34 IC, -5.26 EC, -1.18 MC)


Great Penal Rebellion
Q1-Q2 1894: While the prison riots and penal colony uprisings didn’t form into a homogeneous independence movement, they did bring plenty of anarchy to the Australian countryside. Known to the locals as the Troubles, or Great Penal Rebellion to the British, this chaotic discontent might indeed one day form into some sort of a centralized mutiny against the colonial authorities. Yet, whoever wants to exploit it, would have to first find effective leaders capable of organizing and subordinating the freedom-loving “penals.” Needless to say, the best way to identify such capable individuals is by looking for islands of order in the sea of rural anarchy. One of such “penal countries” is ruled by a fanatical demagogue, one Joe I. Mortan, who leverages his power as the controller of the only freshwater lake in the region and attempts to transform that power in some sort of legitimacy over the local “non-penals” stuck under his rule. A similar, yet, at the same time, completely opposite development took place farther north, where a feminist commune of political exiles is now functioning as a social-liberal provisional government, led by a council known as the Thousand Mothers. Other areas are more anarchic, and some bands even seized steam carriages and road locomotives and drove them into the outback (or the Great White as they call the Australian desert), populated by Aboriginal tribes, where their track was completely lost.


Maori wars
Spoiler :
1890: Aboriginal people of New Zealand, the Maori have been a thorn in the British side for half a century now. With resources of the Commonwealth spread out over the entire globe, few troops are available for enforcing British colonial dominance in the Southern Island. Rumors have it that still independent tribes are being gradually united into a federation by a brutal, visionary warlord who is looking for ways to truly modernize the ways of his people for the sake of resisting the hated Pakeha (European settlers). If no action is taken, it may be only a matter of time before a new Maori nation springs out to existence.

Q4 1893: A Maori tribal chief known as Hone Riiwi Toia, the man behind the unification attempts of the entire Southern Island, was, according to rumors, approached by European foreigners this fall. They offered to supply his forces with modern small arms in exchange for two concessions: the defeated Maori tribes should be assimilated, but not slaughtered (something that Hone Riiwi Toia was intended to do anyway), and upon his ultimate victory the newly formed nation would provide its armaments suppliers with a chance to open some mining operations on the Southern Island. The offer was tentatively well-received, but the road to Maori unity is still a long one, and the natives’ new benefactors may have to stick to their promises for quite a while. As long as they do, Hone Riiwi Toia, a notable prophet and religious leader, has a good chance to unite various Southern Island tribes of tangata whenua (literally, "people of the land") into a centralized federation that may look rather primitive compared to modern and even feudal states of Eurasia, but would still be a huge departure from the primitive societies the British have grown accustomed to dealing with in Oceania over the course of the 19th century. (Regional quest progress: -16.43%, ??? losses: -1.5? HC, -2.7? IC, -4.2? EC, -1.3? MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: The embattled Royal Commonwealth had absolutely no resources to spare on containing the growing threat from the Southern Island. That allowed the armaments smuggling to continued unopposed, helping Hone Riiwi Toia to gradually grow his tribal army’s strength. (Regional quest progress: -31.43%, ??? losses: -1.7? HC, -2.9? IC, -4.5? EC, -1.4? MC)


Marsupials for sale
Spoiler :
Q3 1893: Appearance of Portobrazilian traders in the Pacific region has brought with them a new type of economic demand. The world capital of exotic pet trade, Brazil is ever hungry for new types of domesticated animals to feed the pride, curiosity, and insecurity of aristocratic eccentrics. Naturally, the insular lands of Australia and New Zealand are ideal sources of such pets, because local marsupials surpass anything human imagination can come up with (in overhunted lands of Europe, at least). This creates an influx of wealth into the otherwise poor region, but British colonial authorities have been warned that Portobrazilian hunting practices could do a lot of damage to local ecosystems (an obscure notion that sounds too scientific for anyone to care as of now).



Winds and waves
Spoiler :
Q4 1893: A major series of oceanographic expeditions was started this fall by Edo Nautical College of the Tokugawa Shogunate, nicknamed by the poetic Japanese “Kaze to Nami” or “Winds and waves.” The purpose of this ambitious endeavor is to get a better understanding of oceanic ecosphere, while also mapping currents, winds, and potential open-sea fisheries across the Southern Seas. Despite a huge area covered by the proposed research, the progress was rather robust, with most of the mapping almost done by 1894. Once the research is complete, it could easily give the Tokugawa Shogunate a big edge in exploitation of the Pacific Ocean for its natural resources, as well as generally improve maritime navigation across the region. (Regional quest progress: 81.29%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -3.13 HC, -3.55 IC, -5.87 EC, -3.8 MC)


Q1-Q2 1894: Japanese exploration of the Pacific region and its ocean and air currents continued throughout the first part of the year 1894, slowing down significantly due to two factors: a loss of some financing and security concerns due to a war with Great Britain. Still, quite a few scientific discoveries were made in areas ranging from geology to botany to climate study, and Japanese explorers now have to simply compile and classify their findings in a comprehensive research paper. (Regional quest progress: 99.21%, Tokugawa Shogunate losses: -2.67 HC, -4.24 IC, -6.66 EC, -1.5 MC)


Battle for the All-Red Route
Q1-Q2 1894: The ties of friendship that had connected the British Empire with the Kingdom of Portugal were briefly cut during the brief period of isolation experienced by Great Britain in the aftermath of the First Atlantic War, but since then Lord-Protector Strange has reconnected with the Twin Crowns. In fact, Great Britain went as far as commissioning hundreds of Portobrazilian ships to run cargo delivery and dispatching services for the All-Red Route, a steamship lane dotted with coaling stations that connects all parts of the Royal Commonwealth. That was a natural choice, as Portugal-Brazil’s rebounding overseas empire largely shared colonial presence in different regions with the British one. However, now it seems like the repercussions of that fateful decision are being truly felt on the Portobrazilian merchant marine and the Twin Crowns’ diplomacy. The Burmese Royal Navy, having switched from being Great Britain’s ally to its enemy, has initiated Operations Dha-Shay and Dha-Hmayaung, which in essence was an attempt to raid “British-aligned” merchant shippingeast of the cape of Good Hope and in the south-eastern part of the Indian Ocean, thus intersecting the All-Red Route in one of its most outstretched sections. The British Indian Ocean Territories (comprised of the Chagos Islands) and the western approach to Australia, however, were mostly dependent on East Indies-bound Portobrazilian shipping, meaning that the vaguely put Burmese operational order pitched the Third Empire’s Arakanese and Mon commerce raiders against formally neutral, but still battle-ready Portobrazilian convoys. That resulted in what essentially was a prolonged series of attacks on convoys and their escorts, in which the Portobrazilians proved that, while their steam frigates and protected cruisers were much better equipped for “fair” engagements, the Burmese ships enjoyed much better operational space and superb echo-locating equipment, The perception of the attacks was highly negative at home in Brazil and Portugal, as the people viewed Burma as the ultimate two-faced Judas, flipping their sides and attacking shipping of a formally neutral nation with cautions thrown to the wind. While demand of an official war declaration (or, at least, a punishing expedition) grow among Portobrazilian jingoists, the Konbaung dynasty is struggling to find the optimal diplomatic path in this situation. Backing off of that largely unintended escalation would make the Third Empire look very weak in the eyes of its multinational subjects, while going full forward with the attacks on Portobrazilian shipping could easily expand the scope of the war to include Portugal-Brazil and, possibly, even other European powers in the region. One way or another, war experts that don’t bother with diplomatic matters admit that Operations Dha-Shay and Dha-Hmayaung are close to doing enough damage to Portobrazilian shipping bound for British Australia and Oceania to significantly cripple the British colonies in the region and almost entirely isolate them from the metropoly. (Regional quest progress: 96.43%, Third Burmese Empire losses: -17.08 HC, -9.56 IC, -26.41 EC, -36.66 MC, Portugal-Brazil losses: -17.69 HC, -11.3 IC, -24.32 EC, -40.42 MC)

 
Back
Top Bottom